AN5516-06 Optical Line Terminal Equipment GUI Reference

AN5516-06
Optical Line Terminal Equipment
GUI Reference
Version: A
Code: MN000000819
FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

May 2011
Thank you for choosing our products.
We appreciate your business. Your satisfaction is our

goal. We will provide you with comprehensive technical
support and after-sales service. Please contact your
local sales representative, service representative or
distributor for any help needed at the contact information
shown below.
Fiberhome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address: No. 5 Dongxin Rd., Hongshan Dist., Wuhan, China
Zip code: 430073
Tel:
+86 27 8769 1549
Fax:
+86 27 8769 1755
Website: http://www.fiberhomegroup.com
Legal Notice
TM
TM
are trademarks of FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

(Hereinafter referred to as FiberHome)
All brand names and product names used in this document are used for
identification purposes only and are trademarks or registered trademarks
of their respective holders.
All rights reserved

No part of this document (including the electronic version) may be
reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written permission from FiberHome.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
Preface
Related Documentation
Document
Description
AN5516-06 Optical Line
Introduces the retrieval method, contents, releasing,
Terminal Equipment
reading approach, and suggestion feedback method for the
Documentation Guide
complete manual set for the AN5516-06.

Introduces the AN5516-06's network location, functional

Terminal Equipment Product
Description
features, hardware structure, FTTx application model,

equipment configuration, network management system and
technical specifications. It is the foundation of the complete
manual set. The other manuals extend and enrich the
concepts introduced in the Product Description.
Introduces the key features supported by the AN5516-06,

Terminal Equipment Feature
Description
including GPON / EPON access, GPON / EPON terminal

management, VLAN, broadcast, voice and safety; and
introduces these functions in details in terms of definition,
characteristic, specification, principle description,
references and so on.

Terminal Equipment Hardware
Description
Introduces the appearance, structure, functions, technical

specifications, and usage method for the AN5516-06s
cabinet, PDP, subrack, cards, cables and wires, facilitating
users mastery of the hardware features of the equipment.
Introduces the overall installation and verifying procedure
from unpacking inspection to power-on examination after
Terminal Equipment Installation
the equipment is delivered on site, and provides reference
Guide
information (e.g. safety principles and wiring scheme of a

variety of interfaces) to guide users to install the equipment.
Introduces the method for configuring the EPON services
supported by the equipment via ANM2000 Network
Management System, such as basic configuration, voice
Terminal Equipment EPON
service configuration, data service configuration, multicast
Configuration Guide
service configuration, and software upgrading configuration,

to guide users on start-up for various services and software
upgrading.
Document
Description
Introduces the shortcut menu for every card of the

Terminal Equipment GUI
Reference
AN5516-06 inside ANM2000 Network Management

System, including the function, parameter explanation,
precautions and configuration example of every command
in the shortcut menu of each card, to help users master the
operation of the AN5516-06 inside ANM2000.
Introduces the operation procedures of replacing the
AN5516-06s components, including preparations,
Terminal Equipment Component
precautions, early operations, operation process and
Replacement
subsequent operations, so as to guide users with the

completion of component replacement on the hardware.
Introduces routine maintenance operations of the
Terminal Equipment Routine
AN5516-06, including remote maintenance and on-site
Maintenance
maintenance.

Terminal Alarm and Event
Reference
Introduces the AN5516-06s alarm information and event

reference, including alarm / event names, alarm / event
levels, possible reasons, effects on the system, and
processing procedure.
Introduces the fault processing principles and methods of

Terminal Equipment
Troubleshooting Guide
fault diagnosis and locating for the AN5516-06. Also

discusses the typical fault cases of various services. If the
trouble is too complicated to process, users can refer to
FiberHome for technical support according to the
instructions in this document.
II
Introduces the AN5516-06 installation and cable connection
Terminal Equipment Quick
and layout using diagrams to guide a quick installation for
Installation Guide
users.
Version
Version
Description
This manual corresponds to the EPON 1.0 version of the
AN5516-06.
It is the initial version.
Intended Readers
This manual is intended for the following readers:
Commissioning engineers
Operation and maintenance engineers
To utilize this manual, these prerequisite skills are necessary:
Access network technology
EPON principles
Ethernet switch technology
Computer network technology
Basic operation methods of the ANM2000
III
Conventions
Terminology Conventions
Terminology
Convention
AN5516-06
FiberHome AN5516-06 Optical Line Terminal Equipment

FiberHome e-Fim ANM2000 Broadband Access Network
ANM2000
Management System
EC4B
4EPON-C Interface Card (type B)
EC8B
8EPON-C Interface Card (type B)
GC4B
4GPON-B Interface Card (type B)
GC8B
8GPON-C Interface Card (type B)
C155A
1STM-1 Optical Interface Card (CES Mode)
CE1B
32E1 Optical Interface Card (CES mode) (type B)
PUBA
Public Card (type A)
HSWA
Core Switch Card (EPON) (card number: 2.115.334)
HU1A
4GE +110GE Optical Interface Uplink Card
HU2A
2GE +210GE Optical Interface Uplink Card
GU6F
6GE Optical Interface Uplink Card
CIO
Common Interface Card
PWR
Power Supply Card
FAN
Fan Control Card
Symbol Conventions
Symbol
Convention
Description
Note
Important features or operation guide.
Caution
Warning
IV
Possible injury to persons or systems, or cause traffic

interruption or loss.
May cause severe bodily injuries.
Operation Safety Rules
The network management computer should be placed away from

direct sunlight, electromagnetic interference, heat source, humidity
and dust, and with at least 8 cm distance from other objects in
order to keep good ventilation.
Use UPS power supply to avoid loss of network management data
caused by accidental power failure.
The computer case, UPS power supply and switch (or hub) should
be connected to protection earth ground.
To shut down the network management computer, first exit the
operation system normally and then shut off the power supply.
Do not exit the network management system when it is working
normally. Exiting the network management system does not
interrupt traffic in the network, but precludes centralized control of
the networked equipment.
The network management computer cannot be used for purposes
other than network management. Use of unidentified memory
devices should be prohibited so as to avoid computer viruses.
Do not delete any file in the network management system
randomly or copy any irrelevant file into the network management
computer.
Do not visit Internet via the network management computer. Doing

so may increase data flow in the net card and hence affects normal
network management data transmission or results in other
accidents.
WS/OS
No access to Internet !
Figure 1
No access to Internet
Do not perform service configuration or expansion during service

busy hours via the network management system.
Do not modify the network management computers protocol
settings, computer name or LAN settings. Doing so may result in
abnormal operation of network management system.
VI
No modification !
Figure 2
Do not modify protocol settings (1)
VII
No modification !
Figure 3
VIII
Do not modify protocol settings (2)
No modification !
Figure 4
Do not modify computer name
IX
No modification !
Figure 5
Do not modify LAN settings
Contents
Preface .................................................................................................................... I
Related Documentation...................................................................... I
Version
....................................................................................... III
Intended Readers ............................................................................ III

Conventions ..................................................................................... IV
Operation Safety Rules .......................................................................................... V
1
Common Command ..................................................................................... 1-1

1.1
Querying Status ............................................................................. 1-2
1.2
Querying Instant Performance ....................................................... 1-5
1.3
Querying Performance History ....................................................... 1-7
1.4
Querying Current Alarms................................................................ 1-9
1.5
Querying Alarm History ................................................................ 1-11
1.6
Querying Real Time Performance ................................................ 1-13

1.6.1
Querying CPU / Memory Utilization Ratio .................. 1-13
1.6.2
Querying PON Port Performance Statistical Value ..... 1-14
1.6.3
Querying Uplink Port Performance Statistical Value ... 1-15
1.6.4
Querying Uplink / Downlink Rate................................ 1-16
1.7
Resetting a Card .......................................................................... 1-17
1.8
Deleting an Object ....................................................................... 1-18
1.9
Querying and Modifying Properties .............................................. 1-19
1.10
Refreshing an ONU ...................................................................... 1-23
1.11
Displaying ONU Subscribers........................................................ 1-24
1.12
Hiding ONU Port Panel ................................................................ 1-25
GUI Reference of a System ......................................................................... 2-1

2.1
Adding a Module ............................................................................ 2-2
2.2
Viewing Topology ........................................................................... 2-3
2.3
Pinging ........................................................................................... 2-4
2.4
Telnetting........................................................................................ 2-5
2.5
Time Calibration ............................................................................. 2-6
2.6
Detecting Physical Configuration ................................................... 2-7
2.7
Authorizing Cards .......................................................................... 2-8
2.8
Performing Synchronization Operation .......................................... 2-9

2.8.1
2.9
Manually Synchronizing ONUs..................................... 2-9
Defining a Profile.......................................................................... 2-10

2.9.1
Defining an ONU Port Rate Control Profile ................ 2-10
2.9.2
Defining an ONU Data Port Property Profile .............. 2-11
2.9.3
Defining a Bandwidth Profile ...................................... 2-12
2.9.4
Defining a Service Model Profile ................................ 2-14
2.9.5
Defining a SVLAN Profile ........................................... 2-16
2.9.6
Defining a Softswitch Platform Interconnection Parameter

Profile ......................................................................... 2-17
2.9.7
Defining an ONU Voice Port Advanced Configuration

Profile ......................................................................... 2-23
2.10
2.11
Batch Configuration ..................................................................... 2-25

2.10.1
Configuring an ONU Data Port ................................... 2-25
2.10.2
Configuring ONU Data Service .................................. 2-27
2.10.3
Configuring ONU Voice Basic Items........................... 2-29
2.10.4
Configuring an ONU Voice Port.................................. 2-32
2.10.5
Configuring an ONU ................................................... 2-35
2.10.6
Activating an ONU Voice Port .................................... 2-35
Managing Alarms ......................................................................... 2-37

2.11.1
Managing User Defined Alarms.................................. 2-37
2.11.2
Defining a Threshold Configuration Profile ................. 2-37
2.11.3
Binding an Object with a Profile ................................. 2-40
GUI Reference of the HSWA Card ............................................................... 3-1

3.1
3.2
Performing ONU Authentication ..................................................... 3-3

3.1.1
Configuring Authentication Mode of a PON Port .......... 3-3
3.1.2
Setting Physical Identifier Whitelist of an ONU............. 3-4
3.1.3
Setting Password Whitelist of an ONU ......................... 3-6
3.1.4
Setting Logical Identifier Whitelist of an ONU .............. 3-7
Configuring a Service VLAN .......................................................... 3-9
3.2.1
Configuring a Local VLAN ............................................ 3-9
3.3
Configuring VLAN Properties ....................................................... 3-11
3.4
Adding a Port to a VLAN .............................................................. 3-13
3.5
Configuring Voice Service ............................................................ 3-15
3.6
3.5.1
Configuring a NGN Uplink Port .................................. 3-15
3.5.2
Configuring NGN Uplink PPPoE ................................ 3-20
3.5.3
Configuring NGN Uplink Subscriber Data .................. 3-21
3.5.4
Configuring NGN Uplink DHCP .................................. 3-23
3.5.5
Configuring NGN Heartbeat Parameters .................... 3-25
3.5.6
Configuring NGN Register Parameters ...................... 3-26
3.5.7
Binding an IAD Softswitch Interconnection Profile ..... 3-27
3.5.8
Configuring IAD MD5 ................................................. 3-28
3.5.9
Configuring Digitmap .................................................. 3-29
3.5.10
Activating a NGN Voice Port Automatically ................ 3-29
3.5.11
Registering / Logging Out a NGN Subscriber............. 3-30
3.5.12
Viewing MGC / Register Server Status....................... 3-31
3.5.13
Viewing NGN Subscriber Port Status ......................... 3-32
3.5.14
Viewing IAD IP Address ............................................. 3-33
Configuring Multicast Service....................................................... 3-35

3.6.1
Selecting Multicast Version ........................................ 3-35
3.6.2
Configuring a Multicast Profile.................................... 3-35
3.6.3
Configuring Group Parameters .................................. 3-37
3.6.4
Configuring Port Parameters ...................................... 3-39
3.6.5
Configuring Multicast Protocol Parameters ................ 3-42
3.6.6
Configuring a Multicast Cascade Port ........................ 3-44
3.6.7
Configuring Uplink Port Maximum Multicast Bandwidth

................................................................................... 3-44
3.6.8
Configuring Multicast Mode ........................................ 3-45
3.6.9
Configuring a Multicast VLAN .................................... 3-47
3.6.10
Configuring Dynamic Multicast VLAN Mode .............. 3-47
3.6.11
Configuring a Multicast Proxy IP Address .................. 3-48
3.6.12
Prejoining a Certain Multicast Group .......................... 3-49
3.6.13
Configuring Default Preview Parameters ................... 3-50
3.6.14
Configuring Log Time ................................................. 3-51
3.6.15
Configuring Multicast Log Automatic Report .............. 3-52
3.6.16
Configure ONU Parameters ....................................... 3-54
3.6.17
Multicast Log FTP Report........................................... 3-56
3.6.18
Forcing Subscribers to Leave..................................... 3-57
3.6.19
Refreshing Multicast Configuration Information.......... 3-58
3.6.20
Clearing Log ............................................................... 3-59
3.6.21
Viewing Online Multicast Group Information .............. 3-59
3.6.22
Viewing Online Group Information of an ONU Port .... 3-60
3.6.23
Viewing Uplink Port Information ................................. 3-62
3.6.24
Viewing Core Switch Card Multicast Address Table ... 3-62
3.6.25
Viewing ONU Multicast Address Table ....................... 3-63
3.6.26
Viewing PON Interface Card Multicast Address Table 3-64
3.6.27
Viewing Multicast Group Statistics Information........... 3-65
3.6.28
Viewing ONU Port Statistics Information .................... 3-66
3.6.29
Viewing Log Information ............................................. 3-68
3.6.30
Querying ONU Fast Leave Capability ........................ 3-69
3.6.31
Querying Core Switch Card Multicast Source Address

Table .......................................................................... 3-70
3.7
3.8
3.9
Configuring a Profile .................................................................... 3-72

3.7.1
Configuring a GPON Service Bandwidth Profile......... 3-72
3.7.2
Configuring a Data Service Profile ............................. 3-73
3.7.3
Configuring a Multicast Service Profile ....................... 3-78
3.7.4
Configuring a Voice Service Profile ............................ 3-81
3.7.5
Configuring a Service Profile ...................................... 3-84
3.7.6
Binding a Service Profile ............................................ 3-86
Configuring QinQ ......................................................................... 3-89

3.8.1
Configuring a QinQ Profile ......................................... 3-89
3.8.2
Configuring an OLT QinQ Domain ............................. 3-91
3.8.3
Configuring a GPON OLT VLAN Operation Table ...... 3-95
Configuring QoS .......................................................................... 3-97

3.9.1
Configuring a QoS Profile .......................................... 3-97
3.9.2
Binding / Unbinding a QoS Profile with a Slot .......... 3-103
3.9.3
Binding / Unbinding a QoS Profile with an Uplink Port

................................................................................. 3-104
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.9.4
Configuring / Querying Priority Mode ....................... 3-105
3.9.5
Configuring Flow Classification Rule ........................ 3-107
3.9.6
Configuring Traffic Policy.......................................... 3-108
Managing a DBA Profile ............................................................. 3-112

3.10.1
Configuring a DBA Configuration Profile .................. 3-112
3.10.2
Configuring a SLA Configuration Profile ................... 3-113
3.10.3
Refreshing a DBA Profile ......................................... 3-117
Configuring DHCP ..................................................................... 3-119

3.11.1
Enabling DHCP Snooping Function ......................... 3-119
3.11.2
Configuring a DHCP Snooping Trusted Port ............ 3-119
3.11.3
Managing Line Identifier ........................................... 3-120
3.11.4
Configuring Line Identifier Format ............................ 3-122
Configuring Clock ....................................................................... 3-126

3.12.1
Selecting System Synchronization Reference Source

................................................................................. 3-126
3.12.2
3.13
Configuring Clock Mode ........................................... 3-126
Configuring PON Port Protection ............................................... 3-128

3.13.1
Setting a PON Port Protection Group ....................... 3-128
3.13.2
Configuring PON Port Protection Group Mode......... 3-129
3.13.3
Configuring a Hand-in-Hand PON Port Protection Group

................................................................................. 3-131
3.13.4
PON Port Protection Group Forced Switching ......... 3-132
3.13.5
PON Port Protection Group Ranging ....................... 3-133
3.13.6
Viewing PON Port Protection Group Operating Status

................................................................................. 3-134
3.14
Managing Uplink Function.......................................................... 3-135

3.14.1
Configuring Trunking Link Aggregation .................... 3-135
3.14.2
Setting LACP............................................................ 3-136
3.14.3
Aggregation Setting.................................................. 3-138
3.14.4
Setting LACP Port Parameters................................. 3-139
3.14.5
Viewing LACP Port Information ................................ 3-140
3.14.6
Configuring Port Mirroring ........................................ 3-141
3.14.7
Enabling / Disabling RSTP ....................................... 3-142
3.14.8
Configuring Uplink Card Protection .......................... 3-143
3.14.9
Configuring Dual Uplink Protection .......................... 3-144
3.14.10 Querying Dual Uplink Protection Status ................... 3-145

3.14.11 Packet Suppression on an Uplink Port ..................... 3-146
3.14.12 Viewing Uplink Port Loopback.................................. 3-147
3.15
System Security Management ................................................... 3-149

3.15.1
3.16
User Security Management........................................................ 3-150

3.16.1
3.17
3.18
3.19
Enabling Anti-DOS Attack Function ......................... 3-149
Enabling Anti MAC Spoofing Function...................... 3-150
Aging MAC Addresses ............................................................... 3-151

3.17.1
Configuring Aging Time ............................................ 3-151
3.17.2
Viewing OLT MAC Address Table ............................. 3-151
3.17.3
Configuring ONU MAC Address Aging Time ............ 3-152
Replacing an ONU ..................................................................... 3-154

3.18.1
Replacing an ONU ................................................... 3-154
3.18.2
Configuring ONU Replacement Aging Interval ......... 3-155
ONU Bridge Management .......................................................... 3-156

3.19.1
Configuring a Packet Suppression Profile ................ 3-156
3.19.2
Configuring an Ethernet Switch Queue Scheduling
Algorithm Profile ......................................................................... 3-157

3.20
Configuring Signaling Tracing .................................................... 3-160

3.20.1
Enabling / Disabling Signaling Tracing Function ...... 3-160
3.21
Configuring a Smart Grid Server ................................................ 3-162
3.22
Configuring Network Management Parameters ......................... 3-163

3.22.1
Configuring a Management VLAN............................ 3-163
3.22.2
Configuring a SNMP TRAP Receiving Address........ 3-165
3.22.3
Configuring a Static Route ....................................... 3-166
3.22.4
Configuring Access Control of Network Management

System ..................................................................... 3-167
3.22.5
3.23
Configuring a CLI Account ....................................... 3-168
Alarm and Performance Data Management ............................... 3-169
3.23.1
Configuring Temperature Threshold ......................... 3-169
3.23.2
Configuring Optical Module Alarm Thresholds ......... 3-170
3.23.3
Configuring CPU / Memory Utilization Ratio Threshold of

a Card ...................................................................... 3-173
3.23.4
Configuring CPU / Memory Utilization Ratio Threshold of

ONUs ....................................................................... 3-174
3.23.5
Enabling / Disabling Performance Classification ...... 3-175
3.23.6
Viewing Enabling Status of Performance Classification

................................................................................. 3-176
3.24
3.25
Time Management ..................................................................... 3-177

3.24.1
Configuring Timing Mode ......................................... 3-177
3.24.2
Configuring SNMP Time System .............................. 3-178
3.24.3
Querying Equipment Uptime .................................... 3-179
3.24.4
Querying Equipment Time ........................................ 3-179
Upgrade and Backup Operation................................................. 3-181

3.25.1
Saving Configuration in Flash .................................. 3-181
3.25.2
Setting Saving Configuration Rule ........................... 3-182
3.25.3
Upgrading System Software..................................... 3-183
3.25.4
Backing up System Software ................................... 3-184
3.25.5
Upgrading Line Interface Cards in a Batch Manner . 3-185
3.25.6
Upgrading ONUs Automatically ................................ 3-185
3.25.7
Viewing ONU Automatic Upgrade Log ..................... 3-187
3.25.8
Upgrading ONUs in a Batch Manner ........................ 3-188
3.25.9
Importing Configuration Files ................................... 3-189
3.25.10 Exporting Configuration Files ................................... 3-190

3.25.11 Clearing Configuration in Flash ................................ 3-191
3.26
3.27
Reset Operation ......................................................................... 3-192

3.26.1
Resetting Line Interface Cards in a Batch Manner ... 3-192
3.26.2
Restarting an Appointed Device ............................... 3-193
3.26.3
Resetting Standby Card ........................................... 3-194
3.26.4
Resetting a PON Port ............................................... 3-194
Log Operation ............................................................................ 3-196

3.27.1
Exporting Log Files .................................................. 3-196
3.27.2
Uploading System Log Automatically ....................... 3-197
3.28
Forced Active / Standby Switch .................................................. 3-199
3.29
Viewing System Information ....................................................... 3-200

3.29.1
Viewing Card Software / Hardware Version ............. 3-200
3.29.2
Viewing System Time ............................................... 3-200
3.29.3
Viewing System Status ............................................. 3-201
GUI Reference of the EC4B / EC8B Card .................................................... 4-1

4.1
Configuration Command ................................................................ 4-2

4.1.1
Configuring OLT Optical Power Compensation ............ 4-2
4.1.2
Enabling / Disabling a PON Port .................................. 4-3
4.1.3
Configuring PON Port Isolation .................................... 4-4
4.1.4
Configuring PON Port Operating Mode ........................ 4-5
4.1.5
Enabling / Disabling FEC Function of a PON Port ....... 4-6
4.1.6
Configuring DBA Parameters ....................................... 4-7
4.1.7
Enabling / Disabling Performance Classification ........ 4-10
4.1.8
Binding / Unbinding a PON Port with a Domain ......... 4-11
4.1.9
Suppressing Broadcast / Multicast / Unknown Packet of a

PON Port .................................................................... 4-12
4.2
4.3
Control Command ........................................................................ 4-13

4.2.1
Resetting .................................................................... 4-13
4.2.2
Deauthorizing an ONU ............................................... 4-13
4.2.3
Resetting an ONU ...................................................... 4-14
4.2.4
Refreshing Firmware .................................................. 4-15
Get Information Command ........................................................... 4-16

4.3.1
Viewing ONU Type and Version Number ................... 4-16
4.3.2
Viewing PON Port Firmware Version ......................... 4-17
4.3.3
Viewing ONU Authorization List ................................. 4-18
4.3.4
Viewing Unauthorized ONU List ................................. 4-19
4.3.5
Viewing Registered ONU List ..................................... 4-19
4.3.6
Viewing Unregistered ONU List.................................. 4-20
4.3.7
Viewing PON Port MAC Address Table ...................... 4-21
4.3.8
Viewing Optical Module Parameters .......................... 4-21
GUI Reference of the GC4B / GC8B Card ................................................... 5-1

5.1
Configuration Command ................................................................ 5-2

5.1.1
Configuring Bandwidth ................................................. 5-2
5.1.2
Configuring QinQ ......................................................... 5-2
5.1.3
Enabling / Disabling Performance Classification .......... 5-3
5.1.4
Enabling / Disabling a PON Port .................................. 5-4
5.1.5
Configuring PON Port Isolation .................................... 5-5
5.1.6
Enabling / Disabling FEC Function of a PON Port ....... 5-6
5.1.7
Configuring PON Port Key Modification Interval........... 5-7
5.1.8
Binding / Unbinding a PON Port with a VLAN Operation

Table ............................................................................ 5-7
5.1.9
Suppressing Broadcast / Multicast / Unknown Packet of a

PON Port ...................................................................... 5-8
5.2
5.3
Control Command ........................................................................ 5-10

5.2.1
Resetting .................................................................... 5-10
5.2.2
Resetting an ONU ...................................................... 5-10
5.2.3
Deauthorizing an ONU ............................................... 5-11
Get Information Command ........................................................... 5-12

5.3.1
Viewing ONU Type and Version Number ................... 5-12
5.3.2
Viewing ONU Authorization List ................................. 5-13
5.3.3
Viewing Unauthorized ONU List ................................. 5-14
5.3.4
Viewing Registered ONU List ..................................... 5-15
5.3.5
Viewing Unregistered ONU List.................................. 5-15
5.3.6
Viewing Port Loopback Status.................................... 5-16
5.3.7
Viewing PON Port MAC Address Table ...................... 5-18
5.3.8
Viewing Optical Module Parameters .......................... 5-18
GUI Reference of the HU1A / HU2A / GU6F Card ....................................... 6-1

6.1
Configuring Uplink Port Properties ................................................. 6-2
6.2
Configuring Port Performance Thresholds ..................................... 6-5
6.3
Configuring Port RSTP .................................................................. 6-7

6.3.1
Configuring Port RSTP Parameters ............................. 6-7
6.3.2
Viewing RSTP Bridge Information ................................ 6-7
6.3.3
6.4
Enabling / Disabling Performance Classification .......................... 6-11
6.5
Enabling / Disabling VLAN Performance Statistics ...................... 6-12
6.6
Resetting a Card .......................................................................... 6-13
6.7
Viewing Optical Module Parameters ............................................ 6-14
GUI Reference of the CE1B / C155A Card ................................................... 7-1

7.1
7.2
Viewing RSTP Port Information .................................... 6-9
Configuring Clock ........................................................................... 7-2

7.1.1
Configuring System Clock Mode .................................. 7-2
7.1.2
Configuring Clock Recovery Mode ............................... 7-3
Performing Loopback ..................................................................... 7-6

7.2.1
Performing E1 Loopback of the C155A Card ............... 7-6
7.2.2
Performing Optical Interface Loopback ........................ 7-7
7.2.3
Performing E1 Loopback of the CE1B Card ................. 7-8
7.3
Enabling / Disabling Performance Classification .......................... 7-10
7.4
Viewing E1 Status ........................................................................ 7-11
7.5
Resetting ...................................................................................... 7-12
GUI Reference of the PUBA Card ................................................................ 8-1

8.1
Enabling / Disabling Performance Classification ............................ 8-2
8.2
Configuring Alarms ......................................................................... 8-3

8.2.1
Managing User Defined Alarms.................................... 8-3
8.2.2
Configuring Report Conditions of User Defined Alarms 8-4
GUI Reference of the FAN Card ................................................................... 9-1

9.1
Configuring Fan Parameters .......................................................... 9-2
10 GUI Reference of an EPON Terminal ......................................................... 10-1

10.1
Managing User Defined Alarms ................................................... 10-2
10.2
Deauthorizing an ONU ................................................................. 10-3
10.3
Configuration Command .............................................................. 10-4

10.3.1
Binding / Unbinding an ONU with a Domain .............. 10-4
10.3.2
Binding an ONU with a DBA Profile............................ 10-5
10.3.3
Performing Loop Test of a Port................................... 10-6
10.3.4
Managing Alarm Report of an ONU............................ 10-7
10.3.5
Managing Alarm Report of an ONU Port .................... 10-9
10.3.6
Configuring Voice MD5 Authentication ..................... 10-11
10.3.7
Enabling / Disabling Performance Classification ...... 10-13
10.3.8
Configuring Data Service on a Port .......................... 10-14
10.3.9
Configuring Voice Service on a Port......................... 10-17
10.3.10 Configuring CATV Service on a Port ........................ 10-20

10.3.11 Configuring TDM Service on a Port .......................... 10-20
10.3.12 Configuring Encryption ............................................. 10-21
10.3.13 Configuring Port Isolation ......................................... 10-23
10.3.14 Configuring Performance Threshold of an FE Port .. 10-24
10.3.15 Configuring VLAN Translation Mode ........................ 10-25
10.3.16 Controlling Port MAC Address Number .................... 10-26
10.3.17 Binding a Packet Suppression Profile ...................... 10-28
10.3.18 Configuring User Defined Alarms ............................. 10-29
10.3.19 Configuring Port ACL Rules ..................................... 10-30
10.3.20 Configuring Port QoS Rules ..................................... 10-31
10.3.21 Configuring Port Flow Rate Control Rules ............... 10-32
10.3.22 Configuring ONU Optical Power Compensation....... 10-34
10.3.23 Configuring Bandwidth of the Highest-Priority Service
................................................................................. 10-35
10.3.24 Configuring Voice Media Stream .............................. 10-36
10.3.25 Enabling / Disabling a POTS Port ............................ 10-39
10.3.26 Configuring POS Telephone Number ....................... 10-40
10.3.27 Configuring Intelligent Public Telephone Number..... 10-41
10.3.28 Configuring ONU Bandwidth .................................... 10-42
10.3.29 Configuring Optical Line Protection .......................... 10-43
10.3.30 Configuring RSTP .................................................... 10-44
10.3.31 Configuring Optical Power Monitor Function ............ 10-45
10.3.32 Configuring ONU Ethernet Switch Queue Scheduling
Algorithm .................................................................. 10-46
10.3.33 Configuring Management VLAN of an ONU ............. 10-48
10.3.34 Configuring WAN-Connected Service ...................... 10-50
10.3.35 Configuring Binding Relationship with WAN............. 10-54
10.4
10.5
Control Command ...................................................................... 10-56

10.4.1
Resetting an ONU .................................................... 10-56
10.4.2
Refreshing Firmware ................................................ 10-57
10.4.3
Performing Forced Protection Switching of an ONU 10-58
10.4.4
Forcing to Register Again ......................................... 10-59
Get Information Command ......................................................... 10-60

10.5.1
Viewing Optical Module Parameters Information ..... 10-60
10.5.2
Viewing PON Port Operating Status ......................... 10-61
10.5.3
Viewing Wi-Fi Status Information ............................. 10-62
10.5.4
Viewing WAN Connection Information ..................... 10-63
10.5.5
Obtaining ONU Port MAC Address .......................... 10-65
10.5.6
Viewing ONU Port Connected Equipment Type ....... 10-66
10.5.7
Viewing ONU Ranging Value ................................... 10-67
10.5.8
Testing POTS Port External Line Status ................... 10-68
10.5.9
Testing POTS Port Internal Line Status .................... 10-71
10.5.10 Viewing NGN Statistical Information ......................... 10-72

10.5.11 Viewing NGN Port Statistical Information ................. 10-74
10.5.12 Viewing NGN Resource Status ................................ 10-76
10.5.13 Viewing NGN RTP Resource Configuration ............. 10-78
10.5.14 Viewing RSTP Bridge Information ............................ 10-79
10.5.15 Viewing RSTP Port Information ................................ 10-80
10.5.16 Viewing Equipment Information................................ 10-81
10.5.17 Querying MG Configuration ..................................... 10-82
10.5.18 Querying Parameter Configuration of Fax / Modem
Service ..................................................................... 10-85
10.5.19 Querying ONU POTS Port Status ............................ 10-86
10.5.20 Performing Emulation Command ............................. 10-88
10.5.21 Querying ONU Capability ......................................... 10-91
11 GUI Reference of a GPON Terminal .......................................................... 11-1
11.1
Deauthorizing an ONU ................................................................. 11-2
11.2
Configuration Command .............................................................. 11-3

11.2.1
Configuring GPON Service Bandwidth ....................... 11-3
11.2.2
Configuring Data Service on a Port ............................ 11-5
11.2.3
Configuring Voice Service on a Port......................... 11-13
11.2.4
Configuring CATV Service on a Port ........................ 11-16
11.2.5
Configuring Multicast Service on an ONU ................ 11-17
11.2.6
Configuring Wi-Fi Service ........................................ 11-20
11.2.7
Configuring TL1 Interface WAN-Connected Service 11-26
11.2.8
Configuring Management VLAN of an ONU ............. 11-31
11.2.9
Configuring Voice Media Stream .............................. 11-33
11.2.10 Configuring POS Telephone Number ....................... 11-36

11.2.11 Configuring Intelligent Public Telephone Number..... 11-37
11.2.12 Configuring ONU Port Loopback .............................. 11-38
11.2.13 Configuring Port Isolation ......................................... 11-39
11.2.14 Controlling Port MAC Addresses Number ................ 11-40
11.2.15 Configuring Performance Threshold of an FE Port .. 11-41
11.2.16 Enabling / Disabling Performance Classification ...... 11-43
11.2.17 Configuring Optical Power Monitor Function ............ 11-44
11.2.18 Configuring GEMPort Mapping Mode ...................... 11-45
11.2.19 Performing Loop Test of a Port................................. 11-46
11.2.20 Binding Ethernet Switch Queue Scheduling Algorithm
Profile ....................................................................... 11-47
11.2.21 Binding an ONU Port with a Traffic Policy ................ 11-48
11.2.22 Configuring Control of ONU Fan .............................. 11-50
11.2.23 Enabling / Disabling RSTP ....................................... 11-51
11.2.24 Binding a Packet Suppression Profile ...................... 11-52
11.2.25 Configuring Bandwidth of an ONU ........................... 11-54
11.2.26 Enabling Anti-DoS Attack Function .......................... 11-55
11.2.27 Configuring Remote Management ........................... 11-59
11.3
11.4
Control Command ...................................................................... 11-64

11.3.1
Resetting an ONU .................................................... 11-64
11.3.2
Resetting an ONU FE Port ....................................... 11-65
11.3.3
Resetting an ONU PON Port .................................... 11-66
Get Information Command ......................................................... 11-67

11.4.1
Viewing ONU Ranging Value ................................... 11-67
11.4.2
Testing POTS Port External Line Status ................... 11-68
11.4.3
Testing POTS Port Internal Line Status .................... 11-70
11.4.4
Viewing NGN Statistical Information ......................... 11-72
11.4.5
Viewing NGN Port Statistical Information ................. 11-74
11.4.6
Viewing NGN Resource Status ................................ 11-77
11.4.7
Viewing NGN RTP Resource Configuration ............. 11-78
11.4.8
Viewing ONU Port Loopback Test ............................ 11-79
11.4.9
Viewing Port Status Information ............................... 11-80
11.4.10 Viewing Optical Module Parameters Information ..... 11-82

11.4.11 Querying MG Configuration ..................................... 11-83
11.4.12 Querying Parameter Configuration of Fax / Modem
Service ..................................................................... 11-85
11.4.13 Querying ONU POTS Port Status ............................ 11-86
11.4.14 Performing Emulation Command ............................. 11-88
11.4.15 Viewing RSTP Bridge Information ............................ 11-91
11.4.16 Viewing RSTP Port Information ................................ 11-93
11.4.17 Obtaining ONU MAC Address .................................. 11-95
11.4.18 Querying ONU Environment Status.......................... 11-96
11.4.19 Viewing ONU Port Connected Equipment Type ....... 11-97
11.4.20 Querying ONU Voice Port Activation Status ............. 11-98
11.4.21 Viewing ONU Power Supply Management Status .... 11-99
11.4.22 Viewing Equipment Information.............................. 11-100
11.4.23 Viewing Wi-Fi Status Information ........................... 11-101
11.4.24 Viewing WAN Connection Statistical Information ... 11-103
Common Command
This chapter discusses common commands of the AN5516-06 in detail, and
includes the following sections.
Querying status
Querying instant performance
Querying performance history
Querying current alarms
Querying alarm history
Querying real time performance
Resetting a card
Deleting an object
Querying and modifying properties
Refreshing an ONU
Displaying ONU subscribers
Hiding ONU port panel
Version: A
1-1
AN5516-06 Optical Line Terminal Equipment GUI Reference
1.1
Querying Status
Command function
The querying status command is used to query the status information of a certain
card or ONU.
Applicable object
The EC4B, EC8B, GC4B, GC8B, HU1A, HU2A, GU6F, CE1B, C155A, PUBA, FAN
cards and EPON ONUs of various types all support this command.
Access method
Querying status of a card
Right-click a certain card in the object tree pane, and then select Status Query in
the shortcut menu to enter the Status Query window.
Querying status of an ONU
Click the interface card that is connected with the designated ONU in the object
tree pane, and right-click this ONU in the ONU list tab at the right of the GUI; then
select Status Query in the shortcut menu to enter the Status Query window.
1-2
Version: A
1 Common Command
Parameter
Parameter of the card status
Parameter
Name
Slot ID
Software
Version
Hardware
Version
Online-Status
Link Status
Parameter Description
The number of the slot containing the
Value Range /
Requirement
card.
The software number of the card, not
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
suitable for the core switch card and

the uplink card.
The hardware number of the card, not
suitable for the core switch card and

the uplink card.
The present status of the uplink card,
only suitable for an uplink card.

The connection status of the uplink
card, only suitable for an uplink card.
Parameter of the ONU status

Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The number of the slot containing
Read-only
Read-only
The online status of the ONU.
Read-only
ONU Type
The type of the ONU.
Read-only
ONU MAC/SN
The MAC address of the ONU.
Read-only
Slot No.
the PON interface connected with

the ONU.
ONU Authorized
The authorization number of the
No.
ONU.
ONU
Online-Status
Version: A
1-3
Parameter of the FAN card status

Parameter Name
FAN NO
Online-Status
FAN-Speed
Temperature
1-4
The number of the slot
containing the FAN card.
Whether the FAN card is
present and used.
The rotating speed of the
FAN card.
The ambient temperature
of the FAN card.
Value Range /
Property
Configuration Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Requirement
Version: A
1 Common Command
1.2
Querying Instant Performance
Command function
The querying instant performance command is used to query the current 15-minute
performance data and the past sixteen 15-minute performance data records of a
certain card or ONU.
Note:
1. Before querying the instant performance of a card or ONU, users
need to enable the performance collection function in the
Performance Group tab of this card or ONU.
2. Before querying the instant performance, users need to set the
performance collection scheme. The access method is: clicking
Performance Performance Collection Scheme in the main
menu.
Applicable object
The EC4B, EC8B, GC4B, GC8B, HU1A, HU2A, GU6F cards and ONUs of various
types all support this command.
Access method
Querying instant performance of a card
Right-click a card in the object tree pane, and then select Instant Performance in
the shortcut menu. Then the Instant Performance window will appear.
Querying instant performance of an ONU
select Instant Performance in the shortcut menu to enter the Instant
Performance window.
Version: A
1-5
Parameter
Parameter Name
Object
Performance Type
Value
Unit
Begin Time
End Time
The card or ONU to be
queried.
The query result of the
performance type.
The current value of the
performance.
The unit of the performance
value.
The start time of performance
statistics.
The end time of performance
statistics.
Value Range /
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Requirement
The category of performance

Performance
Group Type
statistics, including Packet

Count, Error Frame Count,
Manage Packet Count,
Traffic Analysis, etc.
1-6
Version: A
1 Common Command
1.3
Querying Performance History
Command function
The querying performance history command is used to query the performance
history of a certain card or ONU in a designated 15-minute or 24-hour period.
Note:
1. Before querying the performance history, users need to set the
performance collection scheme. The command access method is:
clicking Performance Performance Collection Scheme in the
main menu.
2. Before querying the performance history, users need to ensure that
the collection function in the Performance Group tab is enabled in
the designated interval.
Applicable object
The system, the module, the EC4B, EC8B, GC4B, GC8B, HU1A, HU2A, GU6F
cards and ONUs of various types all support this command.
Access method
Querying performance history of a system, module, or card
Right-click a system, module, or card in the object tree pane, and then select
Historical Performance in the shortcut menu. Then the Historical Performance
window will appear.
Querying performance history of an ONU
select Historical Performance in the shortcut menu to enter the Historical
Performance window.
Version: A
1-7
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Object
The card or ONU to be queried.
Performance
The query result of the
Type
performance type.
Value
Unit
Begin Time
End Time
The current value of the

performance.
The unit of the performance value.
The start time of performance
statistics.
The end time of performance
statistics.
Value Range /
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Requirement
The category of performance

Performance
Group Type
statistics, including Packet

Count, Error Frame Count,
Manage Packet Count, Traffic
Analysis, etc.
1-8
Version: A
1 Common Command
1.4
Querying Current Alarms
Command function
The querying current alarms command is used to query current alarms of a card or
ONU, including all alarms that are not handled and not confirmed by users.
Applicable object
The system, the module, the HSWA, EC4B, EC8B, GC4B, GC8B, HU1A, HU2A,
GU6F, CE1B, C155A, PUBA, PWR, CIO, FAN cards and ONUs of various types all
support this command.
Access method
Querying current alarms of a system, module, or card
Current Alarm in the shortcut menu. Then the Current Alarm window will appear.
Querying current alarms of an ONU
select Current Alarm in the shortcut menu to enter the Current Alarm window.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Network
Element
Object
Alarm Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The NE generating the alarm.
Read-only
The object reporting the alarm.
Read-only
Read-only
The name of the reported

alarm.
Alarm Type
The type of the alarm.
Read-only
Begin Time
The start time of the alarm.
Read-only
End Time
The end time of the alarm.
Read-only
Version: A
1-9
Parameter
Name
Confirm
The time at which a user
Time
confirms the alarm.
Confirm
The user who confirms this
User
alarm.
Confirm
Information
1-10
Value Range /
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Requirement
The confirmation information

input by the user confirming
the alarm.
Version: A
1 Common Command
1.5
Querying Alarm History
Command function
The querying alarm history command is used to query the alarm history of a card or
ONU, including all alarms that have ended and been confirmed by users.
Applicable object
GU6F, CE1B, C155A, PUBA, PWR, CIO, FAN cards and ONUs of various types all
Access method
Querying alarm history of a system, module, or card
Historical Alarm in the shortcut menu. Then the Historical Alarm window will
appear.
Querying alarm history of an ONU
select Historical Alarm in the shortcut menu to enter the Historical Alarm
window.
Parameter
Parameter Name
NE
The NE generating the alarm.
Object
Value Range /
Property
Read-only
The object reporting the alarm.
Read-only
Alarm Name
The name of the alarm.
Read-only
Alarm Type
The type of the alarm.
Read-only
Begin Time
The start time of the alarm.
Read-only
End Time
The end time of the alarm.
Read-only
Version: A
Requirement
1-11
Parameter Name
Last Time
The duration of the alarm.
Confirm Time
Confirm User
Confirm
Information
1-12
The time at which a user

confirms the alarm.
The user who confirms this
alarm.
Value Range /
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Requirement
The confirmation information

input by the user confirming
the alarm.
Version: A
1 Common Command
1.6
Querying Real Time Performance
1.6.1
Querying CPU / Memory Utilization Ratio
Command function
The querying CPU / memory utilization ratio command is used to query the CPU /
memory utilization ratio of a card or ONU. Via this command, users can know the
equipment running status.
Note:
Before querying the CPU / memory utilization ratio of a card or ONU,
users need to enable the CPU / memory utilization ratio collection
function in the Performance Group tab of this card or ONU.
Applicable object
The HSWA, EC4B, EC8B, GC4B, GC8B, CE1B, C155A, and PUBA cards, the
AN5006-07B, the AN5506-04B, and the AN5506-10B all support this command.
Access method
Querying CPU / memory utilization ratio of a card
Right-click a card in the object tree pane, and then select Realtime Performance
CPU/memory Proportion in the shortcut menu. Then the CPU/memory
Proportion window will appear.
Querying CPU / memory utilization ratio of an ONU
select Realtime Performance CPU/memory Proportion in the shortcut menu
to enter the CPU/memory Proportion window.
Version: A
1-13
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Realtime
Curve
Property
The real time sampling curve of

the CPU / memory utilization
Select the PON port or ONU to be queried in
Read-only
ratio of the card or ONU.
the logical window, and then click the Start

Collect button in the toolbar.
The real time sampling value of

the CPU / memory utilization

Performance
ratio of the card or ONU.
Data
It includes the following items:

object, time, performance type,
Read-only
the logical window, click the Start Collect

button in the toolbar, and then click
Performance Data in the tab that appears.
performance value, and unit.
1.6.2
Querying PON Port Performance Statistical Value
Command function
The querying PON port performance statistical value command is used to query
the PON port performance statistical value of an interface card.
Note:
Before querying the PON port performance statistical value of a card,
users need to enable the PON port performance staticstics function in
the Performance Group tab of this card.
Applicable object
The EC4B, EC8B, GC4B, and GC8B cards support this command.
Access method
Right-click a card in the object tree pane, and then select Realtime Performance
Statistics on OLT End PON Port in the shortcut menu. Then the Statistics on
OLT End PON Port window will appear.
1-14
Version: A
1 Common Command
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Realtime
Curve
Property

the PON port performance of the
Select the PON port to be queried in the logical
Read-only
card.
window, and then click the Start Collect button

in the toolbar.

Select the PON port to be queried in the logical
the PON port performance of the

Performance
card.
Data
Read-only
window, click the Start Collect button in the

toolbar, and then click Performance Data in
the tab that appears.
1.6.3
Querying Uplink Port Performance Statistical Value
Command function
The querying uplink port performance statistical value command is used to query
the uplink port performance statistical value of an uplink card.
Applicable object
The HU1A, HU2A, and GU6F cards support this command.
Access method
Right-click a card in the object tree pane, and then select Real Time Performance
Uplink Port Statistics in the shortcut menu. Then the Uplink Port Statistics
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Realtime
Curve
Version: A
Property

the uplink port performance of the
uplink card.
Select the uplink port to be queried in the
Read-only
logical window, and then click the Start Collect

button in the toolbar.
1-15
Parameter
Name
Property

Select the uplink port to be queried in the
the uplink port performance of the

Performance
uplink card.
Data
Read-only
logical window, click the Start Collect button in

the toolbar, and then click Performance Data
in the tab that appears.
1.6.4
Querying Uplink / Downlink Rate
Command function
The querying uplink / downlink rate command is used to query the uplink / downlink
rate of an ONU.
Applicable object
ONUs of various types all support this command.
Access method
select Realtime Performance Up/Down Rate in the shortcut menu to enter the
Up/Down Rate window.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Realtime
Curve
Property

the uplink / downlink rate of the
Read-only
ONU.
the logical window, and then click the Start

Collect button in the toolbar.

the uplink / downlink rate of the

Performance
ONU.
Data

Read-only
the logical window, click the Start Collect

button in the toolbar, and then click
Performance Data in the tab that appears.
1-16
Version: A
1 Common Command
1.7
Resetting a Card
Command function
The resetting command is used to modify the card at the ANM2000 GUI and the
type of the card in the designated slot. When a certain card of the equipment is
replaced with a card of another type, users need to perform this command to
complete the type modification.
Applicable object
The EC4B, EC8B, GC4B, GC8B, HU1A, HU2A, GU6F, CE1B, C155A, and PUBA
cards support this command.
Access method
Click a certain module in the object tree pane, and the equipment panel will be
displayed in the top right pane of the GUI. Right-click the card in the designated slot,
and select Reset To in the shortcut menu. Then the Reset To window will
appear.
Caution:
This command can delete the original card and clear the configured
services on this card, so use care when executing it.
Version: A
1-17
1.8
Deleting an Object
Command function
The deleting command is used to delete the designated object and subscriber
service configuration on this object.
Applicable object
GU6F, CE1B, C155A, PUBA, PWR, CIO, FAN cards, and ONUs of various types all
Access method
Deleting a card, module, or system
Right-click a card, module, or system in the object tree pane, and then select
Delete in the shortcut menu. Then the Delete window will appear.
Deleting an ONU
select Delete in the shortcut menu to enter the Delete window.
Caution:
This command can delete the designated object and the configured
services on this object, so use care when executing it.
1-18
Version: A
1 Common Command
1.9
Querying and Modifying Properties
Command function
The querying and modifying property command is used to query and modify
property parameters of the designated object.
Applicable object
GU6F, CE1B, C155A, PUBA, PWR, CIO, FAN cards, and ONUs of various types all
Access method
Querying properties of a card, module, or system
Right-click a card, module, or system in the object tree pane, and then select
Property in the shortcut menu. Then the Property window will appear.
Querying properties of an ONU
select Property in the shortcut menu to enter the Property window.
Version: A
1-19
Parameter
System property parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The system number of the

System No.
equipment in the entire ANM2000,
Read-only
generated automatically.
It should be
System Name
The system name. It can be
composed of
defined by users.
English letters or
Optional
Click to type the

system name.
digital numbers.
System Type
The equipment type.
Read-only
Optional.
Users can
Protocol Type
The type of the network

management protocol.
keep the
default
setting
Click the drop-down

list to select the
protocol type.
directly.
IP Address
IP Mask
Gateway
The IP address of the equipment.

The subnet mask of the
equipment.
The gateway address of the
equipment.
Managing
The IP address of the network
Program
management computer.
Compulsory
Compulsory
Compulsory
Read-only
Click to type the IP

address.
Click to type the
subnet mask.
Click to type the
gateway address.
Optional.
UserName
The user name of the AN5516-06

system administrator.
Users do not
need to
configure
Click to type the user

name.
this item.
Optional.
Password
The password of the AN5516-06

system administrator.
Users do not
need to
configure
Click to type the

password.
this item.
1-20
Version: A
1 Common Command
Module property parameter

Parameter Name
Property
Read-only
The number of the module in

Module No.
this system, generated

automatically.
Optional.
Users do not need
Module Name
The name of the equipment

module.
to configure this
item, and can use
Click to type the module name.
the module name

generated by the
system.
Module Type
Serial No.
The type of the module.

The user defined serial number
of equipment module.
Read-only
Optional.
Users can leave this
Click to type the serial number.
item blank.
Card property parameter

Parameter Name
Property
Read-only
The number of the card,

Card No.
generated automatically by the

system. It is the same as the
slot number of this card.
Optional.
Users do not need
to configure this
Card Name
The name of the card.
item, and can use
Click to type the card name.
the card name

generated by the
system.
Card Type
The type of the card.
Read-only
Optional.
Version
The version of the card.
Users do not need

to configure this
Click to type the card version.
item.
Version: A
1-21
ONU property parameter

Parameter
Name
Card No.
ONU.
Property
Read-only
Optional.
Users can use the default setting,
Card Name
The object name of the ONU.
which is composed of the PON

port connected with the ONU and
Click to type the ONU

name.
the name of the ONU.

Card Type
Read-only
Optional
Version
The version of the ONU.
Users do not need to configure

this item.
1-22
Click to type the

version.
Version: A
1 Common Command
1.10
Refreshing an ONU
Command function
The refreshing command is used to refresh the status information of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
Click an EPON / GPON interface card in the object tree pane, right-click the
designated ONU in the ONU list tab at the right of the GUI, and then select Refresh
in the shortcut menu to execute this command.
Version: A
1-23
1.11
Displaying ONU Subscribers
Command function
The displaying ONU subscriber command is used to expand and display
information of ONU subscribers in the ONU list tab; information of ONU subscribers
includes the number of the PON port connected with each ONU, the slot number of
the card containing each PON port, the authorization number of each ONU, etc.
Applicable object
Access method
Click an EPON / GPON interface card in the object tree pane, right-click a certain
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right of the GUI, and then select Display ONU User
in the shortcut menu. In the ONU list tab, an expand button will appear at the left of
each ONU; users can click this expand button to expand and display information on
this ONU.
After the ONU subscriber information is displayed, right-click a certain ONU in the
ONU list tab, and the Hide ONU User command will appear in the shortcut menu.
Click Hide ONU User to hide the ONU-related subscriber information.
1-24
Version: A
1 Common Command
1.12
Hiding ONU Port Panel
Command function
The hiding ONU port panel command is used to hide the port panel of the
designated ONU on the ANM2000 GUI.
Applicable object
Access method
Click an EPON / GPON interface card in the object tree pane, right-click the
designated ONU in the ONU list tab at the right of the GUI, and then select Hide
ONU Port Panel in the shortcut menu. After the previous operations, the port panel
of the designated ONU will not be displayed on the ANM2000 GUI.
After the ONU port panel is hidden, right-click the designated ONU, and the
Display ONU Port Panel command will appear in the shortcut menu. Click
Display ONU Port Panel to display the ONU port panel on the ANM2000 GUI.
Version: A
1-25
GUI Reference of a System

This chapter discusses operation commands of the AN5516-06 system in detail,
and includes the following sections.
Adding a module
Viewing Topology
Pinging
Telnetting
Time calibration
Detecting physical configuration
Authorizing cards
Performing synchronization operation
Defining a profile
Batch configuration
Managing alarms
Version: A
2-1
2.1
Adding a Module
Command function
The adding module command is used to add equipment modules after a system is
created.
Access method
Right-click the designated system in the object tree pane, and then select Add
Module in the shortcut menu. Then the Add Module window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Module
No.
Property
Read-only
The number of the module

in this system, generated
automatically.
Optional.
Module
The name of the equipment
Name
module.
Users do not need to

configure this item, and can
Click to type the module name.
use the module name

generated by the system.
Module
The type of the equipment
Type
module.
Serial No.
2-2
Read-only
The user defined serial
Optional.
number of equipment
Users can leave this item
module.
blank.
Click to type the serial number.
Version: A
2 GUI Reference of a System
2.2
Viewing Topology
Command function
The viewing topology command is used to view the topology view of the network.
Access method
Right-click the designated system in the object tree pane, and then select
Topology in the shortcut menu. Then the topology view will appear.
Version: A
2-3
2.3
Pinging
Command function
The pinging command is used to ping the equipment from the network
management server, so as to check whether the ANM2000 communicates with the
system equipment normally.
Access method
Right-click the designated system in the object tree pane, and then select Ping in
the shortcut menu. Then the Ping command window will appear.
2-4
Version: A
2.4
Telnetting
Command function
The telnetting command is used to telnet the system equipment, so as to execute
the operations in the CLI network management system.
Access method
Right-click the designated system in the object tree pane, and then select Telnet in
the shortcut menu. Then the Telnet command window (for the operations in the CLI
network management system) will appear.
Version: A
2-5
2.5
Time Calibration
Command function
The time calibration command is used to synchronize the system equipment with
the network management system.
Access method
Right-click the designated system in the object tree pane, and then select Config
Time Calibration in the shortcut menu. Then the Time Calibration window will
appear.
In the Time Calibration window, click the OK button, and the system will start to
execute the time calibration command.
2-6
Version: A
2.6
Detecting Physical Configuration
Command function
The detecting physical configuration command is used to synchronize the current
physical configuration of the equipment with the network management system.
Access method
Right-click the designated system in the object tree pane, and then select Detect
Physical Configuration in the shortcut menu. Then the Detect Physical
Configuration window will appear.
Version: A
2-7
2.7
Authorizing Cards
Command function
The authorizing card command is used to authorize the cards of the system
equipment.
Access method
Right-click the designated system in the object tree pane, and then select Card
Config in the shortcut menu. Then the Set Card Authorization window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
Set Card
Authorization
ANMS Config
Device
Config
containing the card.
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Click the drop-down list to
Is used to select the type of the

authorized card, suitable for the
Optional
The type of the card added via

the ANM2000.
select the type of the card

to be authorized.
pre-authorization application.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The card type issued to and

stored in the RAM of the
equipment.
Hardware
The type of the card actually
Config
inserted in the equipment slot.
2-8
Value Range /
Version: A
2.8
Performing Synchronization Operation
2.8.1
Manually Synchronizing ONUs
Command function
The manually synchronizing ONU command is used to synchronize information of
various ONUs manually.
Access method
Right-click the designated system in the object tree pane, and then select ONU
Manual Synchronization in the shortcut menu to manually synchronize
information of various ONUs under this system.
Version: A
2-9
2.9
Defining a Profile
2.9.1
Defining an ONU Port Rate Control Profile
Command function
The ONU port rate control profile is used to perform the rate control of the uplink /
downlink data stream on an ONU port, so as to prevent this ONU port from
occupying too much bandwidth.
Access method
Right-click the designated system in the object tree of the object tree pane, and
then select Config Profile Definition ONU Port Speed Limit Profile in
the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Port Speed Limit Profile window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Profile
The name of the ONU port rate
Name
control profile.
Us
Policing
Status
Enabling / disabling the uplink

rate control function.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Click the
Enable / Disable
Compulsory
When Us Policing
the unit being
Status is set to
kbit/s. The default
Enable, this
value is null.
parameter is valid.
follows: When a burst occurs in
The value range is
Optional.
the uplink data stream and
0 to 4294967294,
When Us Policing
exceeds the guaranteed rate,
with the unit being
Status is set to
the system can assign a rated
byte. The default
Enable, this
traffic (exceeding the guaranteed
value is null.
parameter is valid.
The minimum rate of the uplink

data stream.
(kbit/s)
drop-down list to
select the value.
0 to 1000000, with
CIR
type the profile

name.
Optional.
Policing
Method
Double-click to
The value range is
Us
Configuration
Double-click to
type the uplink
port guaranteed
rate.
Its meaning is described as
Us CBS
(Byte)
Double-click to
type the uplink
specific burst
length.
rate) for this port to use.
2-10
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Its meaning is described as

follows: When a burst occurs in
Us EBS
(Byte)
the uplink data stream and
The value range is
Optional.
exceeds the guaranteed rate
0 to 4294967294,
When Us Policing
and the specific burst length, the
with the unit being
Status is set to
system can assign an extra
byte. The default
Enable, this
traffic (exceeding the guaranteed
value is null.
parameter is valid.
Double-click to
type the uplink
excess burst
length.
rate and the specific burst

length) for this port to use.
Ds
Policing
Status
Enabling / disabling the downlink

Ds
Policing
The minimum rate of the
CIR
downlink data stream.
(kbit/s)
Ds
Policing
The maximum rate of the
PIR
downlink data stream.
(kbit/s)
2.9.2
Click the
Enable / Disable
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
The value range is
Optional.
0 to 16777215,
When Ds Policing
with the unit being
Status is set to
kbit/s. The default
Enable, this
value is null.
parameter is valid.
The value range is
Optional.
0 to 16777215,
When Ds Policing
Double-click to
with the unit being
Status is set to
type the downlink
kbit/s. The default
Enable, this
peak cell rate.
value is null.
parameter is valid.
Double-click to
type the downlink
port guarantee
rate.
Defining an ONU Data Port Property Profile
Command function
The ONU data port property profile is used to bind itself with an ONU data port and
configure port properties of the ONU. The port properties of an ONU include
auto-negotiation property, rate, duplex mode, and enable / disable status of flow
control function.
Access method
then select Config Profile Definition ONU Data Port Attribute Profile in
the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Data Port Attribute Profile window will appear.
Version: A
2-11
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Profile Name
The name of the ONU data
port property profile.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
type the profile

name.
When this item is set to

Enable, the data port of the
Auto
ONU and other equipment
Negotiation
ports can be auto
Click the
Enable / Disable
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
negotiated to the maximum

transmission rate.
The value range is
Is used to select the
Speed
operating rate of the ONU

data port.
10M, 100M, and

1000M, with the
unit being bit/s.
The default value
is 100M.
Optional.
When Auto
Click the
Negotiation is set to
drop-down list to
Disable, this parameter
select the value.
is valid.
Is used to configure the

operating mode of the ONU
Optional.
data port, and users can

Duplex
select Full-Duplex
Full-Duplex /
(bi-directional transmission)
Half-Duplex
or Half-Duplex
When Auto
Click the
Negotiation is set to
drop-down list to
Disable, this parameter
select the value.
is valid.
(unidirectional
transmission).
Is used to enable / disable
the flow control function of
Flow Control
the ONU data port; when

flow control function is
Select or clear the
Optional
enabled, the congestion
Flow Control
check box.
control will be performed.
2.9.3
Defining a Bandwidth Profile
Command function
The bandwidth profile is used to bind with an ONU and limit the bandwidth of this
ONU.
2-12
Version: A
Access method
then select Config Profile Definition Bandwidth Profile in the shortcut
menu. Then the Bandwidth Profile window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Profile
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
The name of the bandwidth profile.
Compulsory
type the profile

name.
Up MIN
The minimum guaranteed
The value range is 0 to
Guaranteed
bandwidth of the uplink service at
1000000, with the unit
Bandwidth
the ONU. This bandwidth resource
being kbit/s. The default
(kbit/s)
can be released.
value is 640.
Double-click to
type the uplink
Compulsory
minimum
guaranteed
bandwidth.
The maximum allowed bandwidth

of the uplink service at the ONU.
Up Max
The sum total of the Up MIN
Allowed
Guaranteed Bandwidth (kbit/s)
Bandwidth
value and the Upstream Fixed
(kbit/s)
Bandwidth (kbit/s) value cannot
value is 1000000.
Double-click to
type the uplink
Compulsory
maximum
allowed
bandwidth.
exceed the Up Max Allowed

Bandwidth (kbit/s) value.
Double-click to
Down MIN
The minimum guaranteed
Guaranteed
bandwidth of the downlink service
Bandwidth
at the ONU. This bandwidth
(kbit/s)
resource can be released.
value is 640.
type the
Compulsory
downlink
minimum
guaranteed
bandwidth.
The maximum allowed bandwidth

of the downlink service at the
Down Max
Allowed
Bandwidth
(kbit/s)
ONU. The sum total of the Down

MIN Guaranteed Bandwidth
(kbit/s) value and the Upstream
Fixed Bandwidth (kbit/s) value
cannot exceed the Down Max
Allowed Bandwidth (kbit/s)
Double-click to
type the

value is 1000000.
Compulsory
downlink
maximum
allowed
bandwidth.
value.
Version: A
2-13
Parameter
Name
Upstream
Fixed
Bandwidth
(kbit/s)
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The fixed bandwidth assigned to

the uplink service at the ONU. This
bandwidth resource cannot be
released, and is dedicated for this
being kbit/s.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the uplink

fixed bandwidth.
ONU.
2.9.4
Defining a Service Model Profile
Command function
The service model profile is used to configure the data service type in the batch
configuration of an ONU. The configuration items include service type, CVLAN
mode, translation enabling status, and QinQ function status.
Access method
then select Config Profile Definition Service Model Profile in the
shortcut menu. Then the Service Model Profile window will appear.
2-14
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter Name
Profile Name
The name of the service
model profile.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
type the profile

name.
The service type. unicast

Service type
corresponds to the data
(unicast /
service, and multicast
multicast)
corresponds to the IPTV
Click the
unicast / multicast
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
service.
The processing mode of
the CVLAN.
In Tag mode, the ONU
adds one VLAN tag for the
CVLAN Mode
data;
Click the
Tag / Transparent
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
In Transparent mode, the

ONU does not process the
data, and transmits them
transparently.
Compulsory.
the translation function;
When CVLAN
when the translation

TranslationState
function is enabled, the
Enable / Disable
CVLAN ID will be
Mode is set to
Transparent,
this parameter is
translated into the
Select or clear the

corresponding
check box.
valid.
appointed VLAN ID.

the QinQ VLAN function;
QinQ State
when the QinQ VLAN

double-tagged VLAN will
Select or clear the

Enable / Disable
Compulsory
corresponding
check box.
be added.
Version: A
2-15
2.9.5
Defining a SVLAN Profile
Command function
When the QinQ function is enabled, the SVLAN profile is used to add the SVLAN
tag for the designated service on an ONU.
Access method
then select Config Profile Definition SVLAN Profile in the shortcut menu.
Then the SVLAN Profile window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Profile
The name of the
Name
SVLAN profile.
Property
Double-click to type the
profile name.
Read-only.
SVLAN
Name
The related
The service name

configured in the local
VLAN tab.
configurations need to
be performed in the
VLAN Local Config

window.
The TPID value. The

TPID values of the inner
STPID
and outer tags both use

0x8100 defined by the
protocol.
The value range is 0

to 65534. The
default value is
Compulsory

TPID value.
33024.
to 4085. The default
SVID
The outer VLAN ID
value is null.
value.
Its value should be
Compulsory

outer VLAN ID value.
in the local VLAN

range of the service.
SCOS
2-16
The priority or CoS
priority of the packets in
to 7. The default
the PON.
value is null.
Compulsory

priority value.
Version: A
2.9.6
Defining
Softswitch
Platform
Interconnection
Parameter Profile
Command function
The softswitch platform interconnection parameter profile is used to configure the
parameters for interconnection between the VoIP service on an ONU and the
softswitch platform. The parameters to be configured include resource name,
digitmap, fax parameters, and voice call parameters.
Access method
then select Config Profile Definition Softswitch Parameters Profile in
the shortcut menu. Then the Softswitch Parameters Profile window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
The name of the

Profile Name
softswitch platform
interconnection

profile name.
parameter profile.
The fixed part of the
RTP resource name. If
Optional.
the RTP resource name

RTPNameFixedPart
When the MGC
is RTP/1000, the fixed
The default
protocol is the
part is RTP.
value is RTP/.
H.248 protocol,
This item is valid only
this parameter is
when the H.248
valid.

fixed part of the RTP
resource name.
protocol is used.
Optional.
The start value of the
RTPNameVarBegin
variable part of the RTP

resource name.
The value range
The start value
is 0 to 65534.
of the variable
start value of the
The default
part must be
value is 4000.
less than the
resource name.
end value of this
Version: A
2-17
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
part. When the

MGC protocol is
the H.248
protocol, this
parameter is
valid.
Optional.
The end value of
the variable part
must be larger
The end value of the
RTPNameVarEnd

resource name.
The value range
than the start
is 0 to 65534.
value of this
end value of the
The default
part. When the
value is 9000.
MGC protocol is
resource name.
the H.248
protocol, this
parameter is
valid.
Optional.
The step of the variable
RTPNameVarStep
part of the RTP

resource name.
The value range
When the MGC
is 0 to 65534.
protocol is the
step of the variable part
The default
H.248 protocol,
of the RTP resource
value is 1.
this parameter is
name.
valid.
Optional.
Is used to control the
RTPnameFixedlengt
length of the RTP
source name, and the

default value is Fixed.
Fixed / Unfixed.
The default
value is Fixed.
When the MGC

protocol is the
Click the drop-down list
H.248 protocol,
to select the value.
this parameter is
valid.
The value range

Digitmap Start Timer
The length of time to
(s)
wait for a dial tone.
is 1 to 254, with
the unit being s.
The default
value is 16.
Digitmap Short
Timer (s)
2-18
Optional.
When the MGC
protocol is the
H.248 protocol,
this parameter is

digitmap start timer
value.
valid.
The number string has
The value range
Optional.
matched a certain
is 1 to 254, with
When the MGC
digitmap short timer
dialing scheme in the
the unit being s.
protocol is the
value.
Version: A
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
digitmap, but the
The default
H.248 protocol,
system may receive
value is 4.
this parameter is
Property
valid.
numbers with more

digits to match other
dialing schemes. So the
system should not
report the matching
conditions immediately.
The number string
Digitmap Long
needs at least one digit
Timer (s)
to match any dialing

scheme in the digitmap.
The value range

is 1 to 254, with
the unit being s.
The default
value is 16.
Optional.
When the MGC
protocol is the
H.248 protocol,
this parameter is

digitmap long timer
value.
valid.
Optional.
If the number string

matches any dialing
Match Report /
When the MGC
Notify Match Each
scheme in the digitmap,
Report. The
protocol is the
Map
the system will report
default value is
H.248 protocol,
the matching conditions
Report.
this parameter is
valid.
immediately.
VBD State
Is used to enable /
Disable /
disable the Tx / Rx
Enable. The
packet interval
default value is
adjustment function.
Disable.
The value range
VBD Tx Interval (ms)
Adjusts the Tx packet

interval.
is 1 to 254, with
the unit being
ms. The default
value is 20.
The value range
VBD Rx Interval (ms)
Adjusts the Rx packet

interval.
is 1 to 254, with
the unit being
ms. The default
value is 10.
VBD Voice Coder
Version: A
Optional

Optional.
When VBD
State is set to
Enable, this
VBD Tx packet interval.
parameter is
valid.
Optional.
When VBD
State is set to
Enable, this
VBD Rx packet interval.
parameter is
valid.
In T.30 transparent
Users can select
Optional.
mode, it means the
G711U, G711A,
When VBD
speech encoding
or No Change.
State is set to

2-19
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
format used by the
The default
Enable, this
system.
value is No
parameter is
Change.
valid.
Registers the howler

tone timeout processing
Offhook Warning
function. After howler
Tone Timeout
tone timeout occurs, the

system will stop playing
the howler tone.
The width of the Flash
FlashThrshold (ms)
lower pulse signal. The

generic width is 90 to
120 ms.
Property
Register /
Non-register.
The default
Optional
value is

Register.
The value range
is 90 to 200, with
the unit being
Optional
ms. The default

Flash time length.
value is 90.
auto
negotiation /
RFC2833 Negotiate
Registers the RFC2833
non auto
automatic negotiation,
negotiation.
and uses RFC2833 to
The default
encapsulate the DTMF.
value is non
Optional

auto
negotiation.
The value range
DefRFC2833PT
The RFC2833 value in
is 96 to 127. The
the default load mode.
default value is

Optional
value.
97.
The RFC2833
DefRFC2198PT
redundancy value in the

default load mode.
RFC2833 default PT
The value range

is 96 to 127. The
default value is
Optional

default PT value.
96.
The T.38 event

detection and report
mode. Its three values
T.38 Event Detect
Mode
have the following

meanings respectively:
Normal means
Normal / V21 /
All
Optional

reporting events to the

MGC according to
event types, V21
2-20
Version: A
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
means only reporting

the V21 events, and All
means reporting all
events to the MGC in
V21 mode.
Sets the caller ID
Caller ID Mode
display mode: the FSK

mode or the DTMF
mode.
FSK / DTMF.
The default
Optional
value is FSK.

The value range

OnHook Detect Time
(ms)
Polls about the test time

length of the on-hook
event.
is 90 to 2500,
with the unit
being ms. The

Optional
minimum on-hook test

time.
default value is
60.
The value range
Dial Tone Timeout
The time to play the dial
(s)
tone.
is 1 to 254, with
the unit being s.
Optional
The default

dial tone time.
value is 60.
The length of ring tone.
No Answer Tone
If a timeout expires, the
Timeout (s)
call is considered not

answered.
The value range

is 1 to 254, with
the unit being s.
Optional
The default

non-response-time.
value is 60.
The value range
Busy Tone Timeout

(s)
The time length of
is 1 to 254, with
playing the busy tone
the unit being s.
when the line is busy.
The default
Optional

busy tone time.
value is 60.
The time length of the
ROH Timeout (s)
howler tone from the

telephone after the
busy tone.
The value range

is 1 to 254, with
the unit being s.
The default

howler tone time.
value is 60.
This item means the
The value range
Retransmiter
time length of the MG
is 1 to 254, with
Timeout (s)
sending the transaction
the unit being s.
request to the MGC. If
The default
Version: A
Optional
Optional

repeater timer.
2-21
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
the set time expires, the
value is 25.
Property
system will stop

sending the transaction
request.
Performs error
EC Mode
correction of certain
errored packets.
Disable /
Enable. The
default value is
Optional

Disable.
The IAD CLI language.

Users can select
CLI Language
Chinese or English.
Chinese /
Now only the
English
Optional

AN5006-05 supports
this function.
The value range
NGN Register Timer
Threshold (s)
The time threshold of
is 1 to 3600, with
the IAD registering to
the unit being s.
the MGC.
The default

Optional
NGN register time

threshold.
value is 600.
The threshold of
subscribers that cannot
register. Within the time
threshold of the IAD
NGN Register User
Threshold
registering to the MGC,

if the number of
subscribers that cannot

The value range
is 1 to 4096.
Optional
NGN register
subscriber number
threshold.
register exceeds the

threshold set by this
item, an alarm will
occur.
The format of sending
the keep-alive
Alive format
command. Users can

send the keep-alive
command in Notify or
Includes Notify
and Service
Change.
Compulsory
to select the keep-alive

format.
Service Change mode.
2-22
Version: A
2.9.7
Defining an ONU Voice Port Advanced Configuration

Profile
Command function
The ONU voice port advanced configuraion profile is used to configure the
parameters related to the voice and fax functions of an ONU voice port. The
parameters to be configured include fax mode, mute mode, echo suppression, and
input / output gain.
Access method
then select Config Profile Definition ONU POTS Advanced Configure
Profile in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU POTS Advanced Configure Profile
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Profile
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The name of the ONU voice

port advanced configuraion
profile.
Double-click to type the profile
name.
G.711A / G.711U /
Voice Code
The speech encoding rule of
G.723 / G.729
Mode
the IAD.
The default value is
Optional
Click the drop-down list to select

the value.
G.711A.
Fax Mode
The encapsulation mode of

the fax service.
Transparent / T.38.
Optional
Transparent.

the value.
The silence compression

Silence
Switch
function.
Disable / Enable.
It is used to reduce mute
frames in the line and save
Enable.
Optional

the value.
bandwidth resources.
Echo
Cancel
Version: A
Enables or disables the
Disable / Enable.
echo suppression function.
When this item set to
Enable.
Optional

the value.
2-23
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Enable, the echo in the

conversation will be cleared.
The value range is
Input Gain
The input volume of the
-32 to 32, with the
(DB)
microphone.
unit being dB. The
Optional
Double-click to type the input

gain.
default value is 0.
The value range is
Output
The output volume of the
-32 to 32, with the
Gain (DB)
telephone receiver.
unit being dB. The
Optional
Double-click to type the output

gain.
default value is 0.
Transparent /
DTMF
Selects the transmission
RFC2833. The
Mode
mode of the DTMF signal.
default value is
Optional

the value.
Transparent.
2-24
Version: A
2.10
Batch Configuration
2.10.1
Configuring an ONU Data Port
Command function
The ONU data port configuration command is used to configure rate control and
operating mode of an ONU data port. The parameters to be configured include port
enabling status, ONU port rate control profile, and port property profile.
Access method
then select Config Batch Configure ONU Data Port Configure in the
shortcut menu. Then the ONU Data Port Configure window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
containing the interface card that
Compulsory
the ONU is connected with.

PON NO.
ONU No.
Port No.
Enable/Disable
MAC Limit
Version: A
The number of the PON port that

is connected with the ONU.
ONU.
The subscriber port number of
the ONU.
Enables / disables the data
service port.
Method
Select the value in

Slot No.
Configuration
the Set Condition

Object pane.
Select the value in
Compulsory
the Set Condition

Object pane.
Select the value in
Compulsory
the Set Condition

Object pane.
Select the value in
Compulsory
the Set Condition

Object pane.
Click the drop-down
Enable / Disable.
The default value
Compulsory
value.
is Enable.
Is used to restrict the number of
The value range is
MAC address learned of a port,
0 to 254.
list to select the
Optional
Double-click to type
the maximum
2-25
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
and the value here refers to the
number of MAC
maximum number of MAC
addresses learned.
addresses learned.
For an FTTH ONU, the total
number of MAC addresses
learned for all ports is 64; for an
FTTB ONU, the number of MAC
addresses learned for each port
is 64.
ONU Port Rate

Control Profile
Is used to perform the rate
Select a profile
control of the uplink / downlink
name that has
data stream on an ONU port, so
been configured in
that this ONU port will not
the ONU port rate
occupy too much bandwidth.
control profile.
Click the drop-down

Optional
list to select the

value.
Select a profile
ONU Data Port
Property Profile
operating mode of an ONU port.
Click the drop-down
name that has

been configured in
the ONU port rate
Optional
list to select the

value.
control profile.
2-26
Version: A
2.10.2
Configuring ONU Data Service
Command function
The ONU data service configuration command is used to configure data services in
a batch manner. The parameters to be configured include the CVLAN, SVLAN,
priority, flow classification rule, binding with the service model profile and the
SVLAN profile.
Access method
then select Config Batch Configure ONU Data Service Configure in the
shortcut menu. Then the ONU Data Service Configure window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property

Slot No.
containing the interface card

that the ONU is connected
Select the value in the
Compulsory
The number of the PON port

that is connected with the
Compulsory
ONU.
ONU No.
Port No.
The authorization number of

the ONU.
The subscriber port number
of the ONU.
The CVLAN TPID value.
CTPID
The TPID value of the inner

tag uses 0x8100 defined by
the protocol.
The inner VLAN ID value.
Compulsory
Set Condition Object

pane.
Compulsory

pane.

Compulsory
value is 33024.

value is null.
Version: A

pane.

CVLAN ID

pane.
with.
PON NO.
Compulsory

CVLAN TPID.

CVLAN ID.
2-27
Parameter
Name
CCOS
Requirement
The CVLAN priority value or
CVLAN CoS priority value
to 7. The default
of a packet in the PON.
value is null.
The TPID value of the

TTPID
Value Range /
translation VLAN. The TPID

value uses 0x8100 defined
by the protocol.
Property
Compulsory

Optional
value is 33024.
priority value.

translation VLAN TPID.
Optional.
When
Translation
TVID
The post-translation VLAN

ID.

value is null.
State is set
to Enable in
the service
translation VID.
model
profile, this
parameter is
valid.

TCOS
translation VLAN. The TPID

value uses 0x8100 defined
by the protocol.

Optional
value is 33024.

priority value.
Optional.
When QinQ
QinQ Profile
Name
Its value should be
State is set
The profile name configured
selected in the profile
to Enable in
in the QinQ profile of the
names configured in
the service
core switch card.
the QinQ profile of
model
the core switch card.
profile, this

select the value.
parameter is
valid.
Its value should be
SVLAN Name
The service VLAN name in

the local VLAN.
selected in the VLAN

names configured in
Compulsory
service VLAN data of

select the value.
the local VLAN.

STPID
SVLAN. The TPID value

uses 0x8100 defined by the
protocol.
2-28

value is 33024.
Compulsory

SVLAN TPID.
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property

SVID
The outer VLAN ID value.
Compulsory
value is null.
SCOS
The SVLAN priority value or
SVLAN CoS priority value of
to 7. The default
a packet in the PON.
value is null.
Compulsory
SVLAN ID.
priority value.
Includes Non-TLS
TLS Enable
Whether the service uses
and TLS.
the TLS protocol.
Compulsory

select the value.
Non-TLS.
This profile is used to
Service
configure service type,
Model Profile
CVLAN mode, translation,

and QinQ function.
When the QinQ function is
enabled, this profile is used
SVLAN Model
to add the SVLAN tag for

the designated service of an
ONU.
Its value should be

names configured in
Compulsory
the service model

select the value.
profile.
Its value should be
names configured in
Compulsory

select the value.
the SVLAN profile.

Its value should be
Flow
Is used to classify the
selected in the rule
Classification
downlink data stream on the
names configured in
Rule
ONU.
the flow classification
Optional

select the value.
rule tab.
2.10.3
Configuring ONU Voice Basic Items
Command function
The ONU voice basic configuration command is used to configure voice services in
a batch manner. The parameters to be configured include the IAD IP address,
binding with the softswitch platform interconnection parameter profile, and DHCP
Option60 parameters of the ONU.
Version: A
2-29
Access method
then select Config Batch Configure ONU Voice Basic Configure in the
shortcut menu. Then the ONU Voice Basic Configure window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property

Slot No.
containing the interface

card that the ONU is
Compulsory
Compulsory
Compulsory
Select the value in the Set

Condition Object pane.
connected with.
The number of the PON
PON NO.
port that is connected

with the ONU.
ONU No.
The authorization
number of the ONU.

Its value should be

IAD
Softswitch
Profile ID
The name of the

softswitch platform
interconnection
parameter profile.
selected in the
profile names
configured in the
Compulsory
softswitch platform

select the value.
interconnection
parameter profile.
IP Config
Mode
Selects the IP
configuration mode of
the IAD.
static / pppoe /
dhcp.
The default value
Compulsory

select the value.
is static.
Compulsory.
When IP Config
Mode is set to
pppoe or dhcp,
ONU Static
Public IP
The static public

network IP address of
the ONU.
the ONU will use
Double-click to type the ONU
the dynamically
static public network IP
configured IP
address.
address to
overwrite the
configured static
public network
2-30
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
IP address, but
this parameter
must be
configured.
ONU Static
Public IP
Mask
ONU Static
Public IP
Gateway
The static public IP
The default mask
mask of the ONU.
is 255.255.0.0.
The static public IP

gateway of the ONU.
Compulsory

static public network IP mask.
Optional
static public network IP

gateway.
Optional.
When IP Config
PPPoE User
The name of the
Name
PPPoE subscriber.
Mode is set to
pppoe, this
PPPoE user name.
parameter is
valid.
Optional.
When IP Config
PPPoE
The password of the
Password
PPPoE subscriber.
Mode is set to
pppoe, this
PPPoE password.
parameter is
valid.
Enables / disables the
Optional
DHCP Option60
DHCP
Option60
Enable
function.
When the DHCP
Option60 function is
enabled, the system will
Enable / Disable.
The default value
is Disable.
When IP Config
Mode is set to
dhcp, this
select the value.
parameter is
valid.
transmit DHCP packets

with Option60.
DHCP
Option60
Value
Version: A
The identifier postfix of
Optional
DHCP Option60. The
When IP Config
DHCP server uses this
Mode is set to
parameter to assign a
dhcp, this
proper IP address for
parameter is
the IAD.
valid.

identifier postfix of DHCP
Option60.
2-31
2.10.4
Configuring an ONU Voice Port
Command function
The ONU voice port configuration command is used to configure voice ports of a
voice service ONU in a batch manner. The parameters to be configured include the
telephone numbers of the ONU, VLAN IDs, end point subscribers, binding with the
advanced configuration profile of the ONU voice port, and parameters related to
the SIP protocol.
Access method
then select Config Batch Configure ONU POTS Configure in the
shortcut menu. Then the ONU POTS Configure window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property

Slot No.

that the ONU is connected
Compulsory

Compulsory
ONU.
ONU No.
Port No.
Port Enable

the ONU.
The subscriber port number
of the ONU.
Enables / disables the voice
port.

pane.
with.
PON NO.

pane.
Compulsory

pane.
Compulsory

pane.
Enable / Disable.
Compulsory
null.

select the value.
The internal logical number

Phone No.
of the system. It does not
refer to the actual telephone
to 99999999.
Compulsory

telephone number.
number defined by the
2-32
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
softswitch, and is only used

to configure indexes inside
the system. Users can
configure this parameter as
the actual telephone number
defined by the softswitch.
Signalling
Service
Name
Is used to identify the name

of the NGN voice service
VLAN of a user at the OLT
side.
Its value should be

selected in the
service VLAN
Compulsory
names configured in

select the value.
the local VLAN data.

When SVLAN
Enable State is set
SignalVLAN
ID
The voice signaling VLAN ID.
to Disable, the
value range of this
Compulsory

signaling VLAN ID.
parameter is 1 to
4085.
SVLAN
Enables / disables to add the
State
SVLAN.
Enable / Disable.
Compulsory

select the value.
Optional.
SVLAN ID
The outer VLAN ID value.

value is null.
When SVLAN
State is set to
Enable, this
SVLAN ID.
parameter is
valid.
Its value should be

selected in the
Voice Port
Profile ID
The name of the voice port
profile names
advanced configuration
configured in the
profile.
ONU voice port
Compulsory

select the value.
advanced
configuration profile.
Optional.
The SIP
Endpoint
Domain
Name
The domain name of the

gateway.
protocol does
not need
configuration

endpoint domain name.
of this
parameter.
Version: A
2-33
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property

to 65535, and users
can ascertain the
protocol type
ONU
Protocol
Port NO.
The ONU protocol port.
according to the
If the H.248 protocol is used,
service name. If the
the default value of this
H.248 protocol is
parameter is 2944; if the
used, the default
MGCP protocol is used, the
value of this
default value is 2427; if the
parameter is 2944; if
SIP protocol is used, the
the MGCP protocol
default value is 5060.
is used, the default
Compulsory

ONU protocol port.
value is 2427; if the

SIP protocol is
used, the default
value is 5060.
When the H.248 / MGCP
Endpoint
protocol is used, this
User Name/
parameter refers to the TID
SIP
name; When the SIP protocol
telephone
is used, this parameter refers
No.
to the subscriber telephone
Compulsory
endpoint user name / SIP

telephone number.
number.
Optional.
When the
SIP User
Name
The user name authenticated

by the SIP terminal and the
SIP register server.
H.248 / MGCP
protocol is
SIP protocol
used, this item
authenticated user name.
does not need

configuration.
Optional.
When the
SIP User
Password
The password authenticated

by the SIP terminal and the
H.248 / MGCP
protocol is
SIP protocol
used, this item
authenticated password.
does not need

configuration.
2-34
Version: A
2.10.5
Configuring an ONU
Command function
The ONU configuration command is used to bind an ONU with the designated
bandwidth profile.
Access method
then select Config Batch Configure ONU Config in the shortcut menu.
Then the ONU Config window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Property

Slot No.
Compulsory
that the ONU is connected with.

PON No.
ONU No.
Bandwidth
Profile
Name

that is connected with the ONU.
ONU.
The name of the bandwidth
profile.
Compulsory
Compulsory
Compulsory
Select the value in the Set Condition Object
pane.
pane.
pane.
Click the drop-down list to select a bandwidth
profile as required.
GPON
Service
The name of the GPON service
Bandwidth
bandwidth profile.
Compulsory
Click the drop-down list to select a GPON service

bandwidth profile as required.
Profile
2.10.6
Activating an ONU Voice Port
Command function
The ONU voice port activation command is used to activate a voice port of the
destigated ONU.
Version: A
2-35
Access method
then select Config Batch Configure ONU Voice Port Activation in the
shortcut menu. Then the ONU Voice Port Activation window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property

Slot No.
containing the PON interface

Compulsory
Compulsory
Compulsory
Compulsory

connected with.
PON No.

ONU.
ONU No.
Port No.

the ONU.
The voice port number of the
ONU.

Activates or deactivates an
Port
Activation
ONU voice port. Users can
Includes
provision voice services on a
Activate and
certain port only when this
Deactivate.
Compulsory

select Activate or Deactivate.
port is activated.
2-36
Version: A
2.11
Managing Alarms
2.11.1
Managing User Defined Alarms
Command function
The user defined alarm management command is used to define environment
related alarms of the equipment, such as the fire alarm, the water alarm, and the
overhigh / overlow temperature alarm.
Access method
Right-click the designated system in the object tree pane, and then select Custom
Alarm Manage in the shortcut menu. Then the Custom Alarm Manage window
will appear.
In the left pane of the Custom Alarm Manage window, select a certain ONU, and
click the Add button to customize the user defined alarms.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Equipment
Name
The name of the selected
Default
The default alarm name of
Alarm Name
the ONU.
Alarm
English
Name
2.11.2
ONU.
The actual alarm item

defined on the ONU.
Value Range /
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Compulsory
Requirement

the alarm name.
Defining a Threshold Configuration Profile
Command function
The threshold configuration profile definition command is used to configure the
performance threshold profile of the designated object.
Version: A
2-37
Access method
then select Config Profile Definition PM Threshold Profile in the
shortcut menu. Then the Threshold Profile window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
It can be composed of
The name of the
Profile Name
performance threshold
profile.
letters, digital
numbers, or
underlines, and the
Compulsory

profile name.
maximum length is 20
characters.
The applicable object

hierarchy of the
Object
designated performance
Includes ONU and
threshold profile. Now the
ONU Port.
Compulsory

select the object hierarchy.
ONU and the ONU port

support this function.
Includes ONU and
Object Type
The applicable object type
ONU Port.
of the designated
When Object is set to
ONU, this item must
profile. Now the ONU and
be set to ONU; When
the ONU port support this
Object is set to ONU
function.
Port, this item must
Compulsory

select the object type.
be set to ONU Port.

When Object Type is
set to ONU, the value
of this item can be set
to Internal
Temperature High,
Alarm Code
The name of an alarm.
Internal
Temperature Low,
Compulsory

select the alarm code.
Up BIP8 Alarm
Threshold, and
Down BIP8 Alarm
Threshold.
2-38
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
When Object Type is

set to ONU Port, the
value of this item can
be set to Rx Optical
Power High, Rx
Optical Power
Lower, Tx Optical
Power High, Tx
Optical Power
Lower, Bias Current
High, Bias Current
Low, Bias Voltage
High, Bias Voltage
Low, Temperature
High, and
Temperature Low.
Alarm
Threshold
Switch
Includes Enable and
alarm threshold function.
Disable.
Compulsory

select Enable or Disable.
The alarm reporting

threshold. When a
Alarm Report
detected physical quantity
Threshold
reaches the set threshold,

the corresponding alarm
A measurement
carried to two decimal
Compulsory
places.

alarm report threshold.
will be reported.
Alarm Report
Threshold
Range
The range of the threshold

value for alarm reporting.
Read-only
The alarm clear threshold.

Clearing
Alarm
Threshold
When a detected physical

quantity reaches the set
threshold, the system will
stops reporting the
A measurement
carried to two decimal
Compulsory
places.

alarm clear threshold.
corresponding alarm.
Clearing
Alarm
The range of the alarm
Threshold
clear threshold.
Read-only
Read-only
Range
Unit
Version: A
The unit of the alarm
2-39
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
threshold.
2.11.3
Binding an Object with a Profile
Command function
The object binding command is used to bind a certain object with a performance
threshold profile.
Access method
then select Config Profile Definition PM Threshold Profile Bind in the
shortcut menu. Then the PM Threshold Profile Binding window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Requirement
Information of all objects

Object Name
under the designated

system.
Object Type
Types of all objects under

the designated system.
If it is needed to bind an
object with the
profile, select the name of
Includes the name of
Template
the created performance
the created
Name
threshold profile; If it is not
needed to bind an object
profile and Unbind.
with the performance
to select the name of

Compulsory
the created
profile to be bound or
Unbind.
threshold profile, select

Unbind.
2-40
Version: A
GUI Reference of the HSWA Card

This chapter discusses operation commands of the AN5516-06 HSWA card in
detail, and includes the following sections.
Performing ONU authentication
Configuring a service VLAN
Configuring VLAN properties
Adding a port to a VLAN
Configuring voice service
Configuring multicast service
Configuring a profile
Configuring QinQ
Configuring QoS
Managing a DBA Profile
Configuring DHCP
Configuring clock
Configuring PON port protection
Managing uplink function
System security management
User security management
Aging MAC addresses
Replacing an ONU
ONU bridge management
Configuring signaling tracing
Version: A
3-1
Configuring a smart grid server

Configuring network management parameters
Alarm and performance data management
Time management
Upgrade and backup operation
Reset operation
Log operation
Forced active / standby switch
Viewing system information
3-2
Version: A
3 GUI Reference of the HSWA Card
3.1
Performing ONU Authentication
3.1.1
Configuring Authentication Mode of a PON Port
Command function
The PON port authentication mode configuration command is used to configure
the authentication mode of each PON port on a certain interface card. The
authentication modes can be classified into the EPON authentication mode and the
GPON authentication mode. The EPON authentication mode includes: physical
identifier authentication, logical identifier authentication, physical identifier / logical
identifier mixed authentication, non-authentication, logical identifier authentication
(without the password), and physical identifier / logical identifier mixed
authentication (without the password); the GPON authentication mode includes:
non-authentication, physical identifier authentication, physical identifier + password
authentication, and password authentication.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree of the object tree pane, and then select
Config ONU Authentication PON Authentication Mode in the shortcut
menu. Then the PON Authentication Mode window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Configuration
Value Range / Requirement
Property
The value range is 11 to 16.
Read-only
Read-only
Method

Slot No.
containing the PON

interface card that the
ONU is connected with.
PON port

with the ONU.
Users can select one of the

Authentication
The authentication mode
following values: PHISIC-ID
Mode
of the designated ONU.
Authentication,
PHISIC-ID+Password
Version: A
Click the drop-down

Compulsory
list to select the

value.
3-3
Parameter
Name
Property
Configuration
Method
Authentication, Password
Authentication LOGIC-ID
Authentication,
PHISIC-ID/LOGIC-ID Mixed
Authentication, NO
Authentication, LOGIC-ID
Authentication (No
Password), and
PHISIC-ID/LOGIC-ID Mixed
Authentication (No
Password). The default
value is PHISIC-ID
Authentication.
3.1.2
Setting Physical Identifier Whitelist of an ONU
Command function
The ONU physical identifier whitelist setting command is used to set the physical
identifier authentication whitelist of an ONU. The ONUs in the physical identifier
whitelist will be authorized under any one of the following conditions: The
authentication mode of an EPON ONU is physical identifier authentication, physical
address / logical identifier mixed authentication, or physical identifier / logical
identifier mixed authentication (without password); the authentication mode of a
GPON ONU is physical identifier authentication or physical identifier + password
authentication.
Access method
Config ONU Authentication ONU Physic-IDaddress Whitelist in the
shortcut menu. Then the Physical Address White List Setting window will
appear.
3-4
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Property
Configuration
Method
If the MAC address is used,
Physical ID
The physical identifier of
the value range is 0 to 9, a to
an ONU. The physical
f. If the physical SN is used,
identifier of an ONU can
the value range is described
be either the MAC
as follows: The first four bits
address or the physical
should be fixed strings, and
SN identifier of this ONU.
the last eight bits should be in
Double-click to
Compulsory
type physical
identifier.
the range from 0 to 9, a to f.

Optional.
When the
physical
address /
logical identifier
Password
The password is used in
mixed
the physical address /
authentication
logical identifier mixed
of an EPON
authentication of an
ONU or the
Double-click to
physical
type the
physical identifier +
identifier +
password.
password mixed
password
authentication of a
mixed
GPON ONU.
authentication
EPON ONU and the
of a GPON
ONU is used,
this item is
valid and needs
configuration.
Slot No.
containing the PON

Click the
Compulsory
select the value.

PON No.
drop-down list to
Click the
Compulsory
with the ONU
drop-down list to
select the value.
Click the
ONU Type
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Version: A
3-5
Parameter
Name
ONU No.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the ONU

number.
Implemented
The authorization status
Implemented /
Status
of the ONU.
non-Implemented
3.1.3
Property
Read-only
Setting Password Whitelist of an ONU
Command function
The ONU password whitelist setting command is used to set the password
authentication whitelist of an ONU. When the authentication mode of an ONU is
password authentication, the ONUs in the password whitelist will be authorized.
Access method
Config ONU Authentication ONU Password Whitelist in the shortcut
menu. Then the Password White List Setting window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
When the authentication

Password
The password is used in the
mode is password
password authentication of
authentication, this item is
a GPON ONU.
valid and needs
Optional
Double-click to
type the
password.
configuration.
Slot No.
containing the PON

interface card that the ONU
Click the
Compulsory
select the value.
is connected with.
PON No.
Click the
Compulsory
ONU
ONU Type
3-6
drop-down list to
drop-down list to
select the value.
Compulsory
Click the
drop-down list to
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
select the value.
ONU No.

the ONU.
Double-click to
type the ONU

number.
Implemente
The authorization status of
Implemented /
d Status
the ONU.
non-Implemented
3.1.4
Compulsory
Read-only
Setting Logical Identifier Whitelist of an ONU
Command function
The ONU logical identifier whitelist setting command is used to set the logical
identifier authentication whitelist of an ONU. When the authentication mode of an
ONU is logical identifier authentication or mixed authentication, the ONUs in the
logical identifier whitelist will be authorized.
Access method
Config ONU Authentication ONU SN: LOID Logic SN Whitelist in the
shortcut menu. Then the Logical SN Whitelist List Setting window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Logical ID
The logical identifier of the
ONU.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Compulsory
Configuration
Method
the logical identifier.
When the authentication

Password
The logical identifier

password of the ONU.
mode is logical identifier

authentication (with
Optional
the password.
password), this item is valid

and needs configuration.

Slot No.
containing the PON

Click the drop-down

Compulsory
value.

PON No.
Version: A
list to select the
Compulsory
Click the drop-down
3-7
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
port that is connected with
list to select the
the ONU
value.
Click the drop-down
ONU Type
Compulsory
list to select the

value.
ONU No.
The authorization number

of the ONU.
Implemented
The authorization status of
Implemented /
Status
the ONU.
non-Implemented
3-8
Compulsory
Read-only
the ONU number.
Version: A
3.2
Configuring a Service VLAN
3.2.1
Configuring a Local VLAN
Command function
The local VLAN configuration command is used to configure the range of the
service VLAN ID on an uplink port, so as to restrict the service VLANs through this
uplink port.
Access method
Config Local VLAN in the shortcut menu. Then the Local End Service VLAN
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The service name must be

Service
The name of the service VLAN for
composed of English
Name
an uplink port of the AN5516-06.
letters, numbers, or
Starting
VLAN ID
service VLAN for an uplink port of
4085, and the value of
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
service name.
underlines.
The starting ID number of the
Configuration
Double-click to
type the
Compulsory
starting ID
the AN5516-06. Starting VLAN
Starting VLAN ID must
ID is used to set the convergence
not exceed that of VLAN
number of the
domain for the uplink SVLAN.
ID End.
service VLAN.
Double-click to
4085, and the value of
type the
The ending ID number of the

service VLAN for an uplink port of
the AN5516-06. The value of
VLAN ID End
Starting VLAN ID must not

exceed that of VLAN ID End.
VLAN ID End is used to set the
convergence domain for the
Starting VLAN ID must
Compulsory
ending ID
not exceed that of VLAN
number of the
ID End.
service VLAN.
uplink SVLAN.
Version: A
3-9
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
TRUNK group number of the
Method
Click the
Sets the uplink port number or

Interface No.
Configuration
Compulsory
uplink service VLAN.
drop-down list
to select the
value.
Sets the tag processing mode of

the uplink service VLAN.
For this parameter, TAG indicates
adding the VLAN tag, and UNTAG
indicates not adding the VLAN
tag.
In UNTAG mode, the tag of an
uplink packet will be stripped
automatically when the packet
passes through the port, and the
Click the
untagged packet will be

TAG/UNTAG
transferred in the uplink direction
TAG / UNTAG
Compulsory
continuously.
drop-down list
to select the
value.
In TAG mode, an uplink packet

will not be processed, and will be
transferred in tagged mode in the
uplink direction continuously.
In an uplink port, only one service
VLAN can be set to UNTAG, and
its Starting VLAN ID and VLAN
ID End must have the same
value. Under other conditions,
users must select TAG.
The service types to be
selected include:
1. data
Service Type
The type of the service VLAN for

an uplink port of the AN5516-06.
Click the
2. iptv
3. ngn
4. voip
5. vod
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
6. cncview
7. system
3-10
Version: A
3.3
Configuring VLAN Properties
Command function
The VLAN properties configuration command is used to create a VLAN bearing
data services.
Note:
If the local VLAN has been configured, the configured VLAN ID and
service type will be displayed in the VLAN property configuration GUI
directly.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and then select Config
VLAN Arribute Config in the shortcut menu. Then the Vlan Arribute Config
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
VLAN ID
The VLAN ID value to be added.
Value Range /
Requirement
or 1 to 4085.
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the VLAN

ID value.
Selects the number of service virtual

ports.
Vlan Type
SIN means adding one service virtual

port;
Click the
SIN / MUL
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
MUL means adding multiple service

virtual ports.
Selects the operating mode of the
VLAN.
VLAN
COMMON means that the
Mode
VLAN-related service virtual ports are

only used to perform operations of
Click the
COMMON / QinQ
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
outer tags (in single-tagged mode).
Version: A
3-11
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
QinQ means that the VLAN-related

service virtual ports can be used to
perform operations of double tags
(SVLAN+CVLAN in double-tagged
mode).
The service types to be
selected include:
1.data
Service
The type of the service VLAN for an
Type
uplink port of the AN5516-06.
Click the
2.iptv
3.ngn
Compulsory
4.voip
drop-down list
to select the
value.
5.vod
6.cncview
7.system
Click the
VLAN
Role
Selects the role of the VLAN.
General VLAN / Super

VLAN
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
3-12
Version: A
3.4
Adding a Port to a VLAN
Command function
The adding-port-to-VLAN command is used to add a line interface card to the
configured local VLAN.
Note:
When Slot Bind Mode in the local VLAN configuration GUI is set to Manual, the
operations mentioned in Section 3.4 are valid.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and then select Config Add
Slot Port to VLAN in the shortcut menu. Then the Add Slot Port to VLAN window
will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
the line interface card to be added
Compulsory
to the designated local VLAN.
Port No.
Method
Click the

Slot No.
Configuration
drop-down list
to select the
value.
The port number of the line
Its value range depends on
interface card to be added to the
the corresponding line
designated local VLAN.
interface card.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
The value range is 4088 or

1 to 4085. Its value should
Starting
VLAN ID
The VLAN ID value of the local
be the same as that of
VLAN that the line interface card
VLAN ID End, and the
will be added to.
VLAN IDs should be

configured in the Local End
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
starting VLAN
ID.
Service VLAN window.
Version: A
3-13
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The value range is 4088 or

1 to 4085. Its value should
VLAN ID
End
The VLAN ID value of the local
be the same as that of
VLAN that the line interface card
Starting VLAN ID, and the
will be added to.
VLAN IDs should be
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
ending VLAN
ID.
configured in the Local End

Service VLAN window.
Click the
TAG/UNTAG
Sets the tag processing mode of

the VLAN.
TAG / UNTAG
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
3-14
Version: A
3.5
Configuring Voice Service
3.5.1
Configuring a NGN Uplink Port
Command function
The NGN uplink port configuration command is used to configure the parameters in
the ONU voice services, and these parameters are related to communications with
the softswitch platform.
Access method
Config Voice Config NGN Interface in the shortcut menu. Then the NGN
Interface window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Signalling
Service Name
Is used to identify the name of
the NGN voice service VLAN of
a user at the OLT side.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Compulsory
to select the
Click the
softswitch platform. The

AN5516-06 supports three
drop-down list
value.
VLAN data.
The protocol type of the

Protocol Type
Method
Click the
Select from the service

VLAN names
Configuration
MGCP / H.248 / SIP
Compulsory
types of NGN protocols:
drop-down list
to select the
value.
MGCP, H.248, and SIP.

Compulsory.
When the SIP
MGC1 IP
Address/Standby
Address 1 of the softswitch
SIP Register
platform.
Server Address
protocol is
Double-click to
It should be configured
used, the port
type address 1
as an IP address or
number should
of the
domain name.
be the address
softswitch
of the standby
platform.
SIP register
server.
Version: A
3-15
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The value range is

1024 to 65535.
When the H.248
protocol is used, the
default port number is
MGC1
2944;
Double-click to
When the MGCP
type the port
Port/Standby SIP
The port number of the
Register Server
softswitch platform protocol.
Address
Compulsory
number of the
softswitch
2727;
platform
When the SIP protocol
protocol.
is used, the port

number should be the
port number of the
standby SIP register
server.
as an IP address or
Double-click to
domain name.
MGC2 IP
Address/Standby
SIP Proxy Server
platform.
is used, the port
type address 2
Compulsory
softswitch
Address
of the
platform.
address of the standby

The value range is
1024 to 65535.
When the H.248
MGC2
Port/Standby SIP
Proxy Server
Address
Double-click to
2944;
type the port
When the MGCP

2727;
Compulsory
number of the
softswitch
platform
protocol.
is used, the port

port number of the
3-16
Version: A
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
server.
as an IP address or
Double-click to
domain name.
MGC3 Address
platform.
is used, the port
type address 3
Compulsory
of the
softswitch
platform.
address of the standby

The value range is
1024 to 65535.
When the H.248
MGC3 Port
2944;
Double-click to
When the MGCP
type the port
Compulsory
number of the
softswitch
2727;
platform
protocol.
is used, the port

port number of the
server.
The values include
Disable, Enable
The heartbeat function is used
to check whether
communication between the
MG and the MGC is normal.
Keep-alive
When this function is enabled,

if communication between the
MG and the MGC fails, the
ANM2000 will display the
corresponding alarm.
Active, and Enable

Passive. The default
value is Disable.
Click the
Disable: Disables the

heartbeat function.
Enable Active: The
MG sends the
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
heartbeat command to
the MGC automatically.
Enable Passive: The
MGC sends the
heartbeat command to
Version: A
3-17
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
the MG, and the MGC

checks whether the
heartbeat command is
received.
Master DNS
Server
If the MGC address is in
Double-click to
domain name mode, users
type the IP
need to configure the IP
Optional
master DNS
address of the master DNS
server.
server.
Double-click to
If the MGC address is in

Slave DNS
domain name mode, users can
Server
configure the IP address of the
address of the
type the IP
Optional
address of the
slave DNS
slave DNS server.
server.
Enables / disables the DHCP

function.
When the DHCP function is
enabled, all ONUs using the
DHCP
configuration data of the
Enable / Disable. The
designated uplink port will
default value is
obtain the public network IP
Disable.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
addresses in DHCP mode; at

the same time, the
previously-configured static IP
addresses will be invalid.
Optional.
SIP Register
The address of the SIP register
Server Address
server.
When the
Double-click to
H.248 and
type the IP
MGCP
address or
as an IP address or
protocols are
domain
domain name.
used, this
address of the
parameter
SIP register
does not need
server.
configuration.
SIP Register
The port number of the SIP
Server Port
register server.
3-18
Optional.
Double-click to
The value range is
When the
type the port
1024 to 65535. The
H.248 and
number of the
MGCP
SIP register
protocols are
server.
Version: A
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
used, this
parameter
does not need
configuration.
Optional.
SIP Proxy Server
The address of the SIP proxy
Address
server.
When the
Double-click to
H.248 and
type the IP
MGCP
address or
as an IP address or
protocols are
domain
domain name.
used, this
address of the
parameter
SIP proxy
does not need
server.
configuration.
Optional.
When the
SIP Proxy Server
The port number of the SIP
Port
proxy server.
H.248 and
Double-click to
The value range is
MGCP
type the port
1024 to 65535. The
protocols are
number of the
used, this
SIP proxy
parameter
server.
does not need

configuration.
Optional.
When the
H.248 and
SIP Expire (s)
SIP registration refresh

interval.
MGCP
protocols are
value is 3600.
used, this
parameter
does not need
Double-click to
type the
register
refresh time of
the SIP
protocol.
configuration.
Version: A
3-19
3.5.2
Configuring NGN Uplink PPPoE
Command function
The NGN uplink PPPoE configuration command is used to configure an ONU to
obtain the IAD IP address dynamically in PPPoE mode. If the ONU uses the static
IP address or obtains the IP address dynamically in DHCP mode, users do not
need to perform the NGN uplink PPPoE configuration command.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, select Config Voice Config
PPPoE with NGN Uplinked in the shortcut menu, and click the PPPoE with
NGN Uplinked tab. Then the PPPoE with NGN Uplinked window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
PON Port No.
Value Range /
Requirement
The value
interface card that the ONU is
range is 11 to
connected with.
16.
The number of the PON port that is
The value
connected with the ONU.
range is 1 to 8.
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the slot

number.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the PON port

number.
Double-click to
type the
The value
ONU No.
The authorization number of the ONU.
range is 1 to
Compulsory
authorization
number of the
128.
ONU.
Enables / disables the PPPoE
function. When this parameter is set to
PPPoE
Enable
Enable, the PPPoE connecting

function of the designated ONU (IAD)
will be enabled to obtain the IAD IP
address for communication with the
Enable /
Disable. The
default value is
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Disable.
MGC.
PPPoE User
Name
3-20
The name of the PPPoE subscriber.
Optional.
Double-click to
When PPPoE
type the name of
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Enable is set to
the PPPoE
Disable, this
subscriber.
parameter is
invalid.
Optional.
PPPoE User
The password of the PPPoE
Password
subscriber.
When PPPoE
Double-click to
Enable is set to
type the password
Disable, this
of the PPPoE
parameter is
subscriber.
invalid.
3.5.3
Configuring NGN Uplink Subscriber Data
Command function
The NGN uplink subscriber data configuration command is used to configure the
local media gateway parameters of the voice service on an ONU.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree, select Config Voice Config
NGN Configuration in the shortcut menu, and click the NGN Configuration
Config tab. Then the NGN Configuration window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Its value should

be selected in
Signalling
Service Name
Is used to identify the name of the
the service
NGN voice service VLAN of a user at
VLAN names
the OLT side.
configured in
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
the local VLAN

data.
Telephone
Number
Version: A
The internal logical number of the
The value range
system. It does not refer to the actual
is 0 to
telephone number defined by the
99999999.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
telephone
3-21
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
softswitch, and is only used to
Users can
configure indexes inside the system.
configure this
Users can configure this parameter
parameter as
as the actual telephone number
the actual
defined by the softswitch.
telephone
Property
Configuration
Method
number.
number defined
by the
softswitch.
The static public network IP address
of the ONU.
Double-click to
When the DHCP or PPPoE function is

ONU Public IP
enabled, the ONU will use the

dynamically configured IP address to
type the public
Compulsory
network IP
address of the
overwrite the system-configured
ONU.
public network IP address, but this

parameter must be configured.
Double-click to
ONU Public IP
The public network IP mask of the
Subnet
ONU. Its default value is 255.255.0.0.
Compulsory
type the public

network IP mask
of the ONU.
Double-click to
ONU Public IP
The public network IP gateway of the
Gateway
ONU.
type the public
Compulsory
network IP
gateway of the
ONU.
The domain name address of the

Endpoint
gateway. When the MGC uses the
Domain
SIP protocol, if the SIP authentication
Name/SIP
user name is longer than 16
User Name
characters, this parameter should be
Postfix
set to the user name suffix (the first
Double-click to
Optional
type the domain

name / SIP
username postfix.
16 characters not included).

If the H.248
protocol is
ONU Protocol
Port No.
Double-click to
used, the
The ONU protocol port number.
default value of
this parameter
is 2944.
Compulsory
type the ONU

protocol port
number.
If the MGCP
3-22
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
protocol is
used, the
default value is
2427.
If the SIP
protocol is
used, the
default value is
5060.
When the H.248 / MGCP protocol is
Double-click to
Endpoint User
used, this parameter refers to the TID
type the endpoint
Name/ SIP
name; when the SIP protocol is used,
Telephone No.
this parameter refers to the
telephone
subscriber telephone number.
number.
Compulsory
user name / SIP
Optional.
SIP User
Name
The user name authenticated by the

SIP terminal and the SIP register
server.
When the
Double-click to
H.248 / MGCP
type the SIP
protocol is
protocol
used, this item
authenticated
does not need
user name.
configuration.
Optional.
SIP User
Password
The password authenticated by the

SIP terminal and the SIP register
server.
When the
Double-click to
H.248 / MGCP
type the SIP
protocol is
protocol
used, this item
authenticated
does not need
password.
configuration.
3.5.4
Configuring NGN Uplink DHCP
Command function
The NGN uplink DHCP configuration command is used to configure an ONU to
obtain the IP address of voice service in DHCP mode with Option 60.
Version: A
3-23
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree of the object tree pane, select Config
Voice Config DHCP with NGN Uplinked in the shortcut menu, and click
the DHCP with NGN Uplinked tab. Then the DHCP with NGN Uplinked window
will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
PON Port No.
Value Range /
Requirement
The value
interface card that the ONU is
range is 11 to
connected with.
16.
The value
range is 1 to 8.
Property
Compulsory
range is 1 to
Method
the slot number.
Compulsory
the PON port

number.
The value
ONU No.
Configuration
Compulsory
128.
the authorization
number of the ONU.
Enables / disables the DHCP function.
DHCP Enable
When the DHCP function is enabled,
Enable /
the ONU will use the dynamically
Disable. The
configured IP address to overwrite the
default value is
previously configured public network
Disable.
Click the drop-down

Compulsory
list to select the

value.
IP address.
Enables / disables the DHCP
DHCP
Option60 function.
Option60
When the DHCP Option60 function is
Enable
enabled, the system will transmit

DHCP packets with Option60.
DHCP
Option60
Value
3-24
Enable /
Disable. The
default value is
Click the drop-down

Optional
value.
Disable.
The maximum
The identifier postfix of DHCP
allowed length
Option60.
of the typed
string is 32 bits.
list to select the
Optional
the identifier postfix

of DHCP Option60.
Version: A
3.5.5
Configuring NGN Heartbeat Parameters
Command function
The NGN heartbeat parameter configuration command is used to configure the
heartbeat interval and heartbeat timeout times controlled by the media gateway of
the voice service on an ONU.
Access method
Voice Config Keep Alive in the shortcut menu, and click the Keep Alive
tab. Then the Keep Alive window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Its value should be

Signalling
Service Name
Is used to identify the name of the

NGN voice service VLAN of a user
at the OLT side.
selected in the
service VLAN
names configured
Click the drop-down

Compulsory
list to select the

value.
in the local VLAN

data.
The value range is
Alive Interval
The transmission period of the
(s)
heartbeat message.
1 to 43200, with
the unit being s.
Compulsory
the heartbeat
interval.
The default value

is 30.
The maximum timeout times of the

IAD sending the heartbeat message
to the MGC. If the actual timeout
Alive Times
times exceed the set threshold

value, the system will consider that
communication with the MGC has
The value range is

1 to 120. The
default value is 3.
Compulsory
the heartbeat
time-out times.
failed, and the IAD will register to the

standby MGC.
Version: A
3-25
3.5.6
Configuring NGN Register Parameters
Command function
The NGN register parameter configuration command is used to configure the
related parameters of the register packet sent to the NGN platform.
Access method
Voice Config NGN Register Configuration in the shortcut menu, and click
the NGN Register Configuration tab. Then the NGN Register Configuration
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Property
Configuration
Method
Click the
Service
The name of the created
Name
NGN voice service.
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the service
name.
Double-click to
NGN
The interval of the equipment
The value range is 1 to 7200,
Register
registering to the NGN
with the unit being s. The
Timeout (s)
platform.
type the interval

Compulsory
of the equipment
registering to the
NGN platform.
Double-click to
NGN
The number of the register
Register
packets sent to the NGN
Packets
platform by the equipment.
type the number

The default value is 0.
Compulsory
of the register
packets sent to
the NGN platform
by the equipment.
Double-click to
type the interval
NGN
The interval of the equipment
The value range is 1 to 3600,
Register
sending the register packets
with the unit being s. The
Interval (s)
to the NGN platform.
of the equipment
Compulsory
sending the
register packets
to the NGN
platform.
3-26
Version: A
3.5.7
Binding an IAD Softswitch Interconnection Profile
Command function
The IAD softswitch interconnection profile binding command is used to bind the
parameter profile (configured in the Softswitch Parameter Profile window) to the
ONU.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card the object tree, select Config Voice Config IAD
Softswitch Profile Binding in the shortcut menu, and click the IAD Softswitch
Profile Binding tab. Then the IAD Softswitch Profile Binding window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property

Slot No.
card that the ONU is connected
16.
No.
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the slot

number.
with.
PON Port
Configuration
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the PON port

number.
Double-click to
ONU No.
ONU.
128.
type the
Compulsory
authorization
number of the
ONU.
The name of the softswitch

ProfileName
platform interconnection
parameter profile of the
equipment.
Version: A
Select its value from the

names configured in the
Softswitch
ParameterProfile
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
window.
3-27
3.5.8
Configuring IAD MD5
Command function
When the gateway control protocol is the H.248 protocol, the IAD MD5
configuration command is used to configure the parameters related to the MD5
authentication.
Access method
Voice Config IAD MD5 Configuration in the shortcut menu, and click the
IAD MD5 Configuration tab. Then the IAD MD5 Configuration window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Endpoint
The domain name address of the
Domain
gateway, used in communication
Name
between the IAD and the gateway.

Enables or disables the MD5
MD5 State
authentication function of the

IAD.
The number identifier of the MG,
MGID
including the vendor and

equipment information.
KEY
The MD5 public key.
DHG
The base number g of logarithm
value
exchange.
DHP
3-28
The prime number p of logarithm
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Select its value from the

endpoint domain names
configured in the NGN
default value is Disable.
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the domain

name address of
the gateway.
Configuration window.
Enable / Disable. The
Configuration
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Double-click to
The maximum length of its

value is 32 characters.
Compulsory
type the number

identifier of the
MG.

Double-click to
Compulsory
type the MD5

public key.
Double-click to
value is 16 characters. The
type the base
characters that can be
Compulsory
number g of
used include 0 to 9, a to f,
logarithm
A to F.
exchange.
Compulsory
Double-click to
Version: A
Parameter
Name
value
exchange.
3.5.9
Value Range /
Property
Requirement
Configuration
Method
type the prime
The characters that can be
number p of
used include 0 to 9, a to f,
logarithm
A to F.
exchange.
Configuring Digitmap
Command function
When the SIP protocol is used, the digitmap configuration command is used to
configure the digitmap. When a subscriber dials, the gateway matches the dialed
digits against the numbering scheme in the digitmap and reports to the MGC when
a match is found.
Access method
Voice Config DigitMap in the shortcut menu, and click the DigitMap tab.
Then the DigitMap window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
The SIP protocol digitmap,
used to match the
DigitMap
numbering scheme when

dialing is performed by a
subscriber.
3.5.10
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

The characters that can be
used include 0 to 9, A to F,
Doubleclick to
Compulsory
X; S, L, ., , ,
type the SIP

protocol digitmap.
bracket / parenthesis.
Activating a NGN Voice Port Automatically
Command function
The NGN voice port automatic activation command is used to enable / disable the
automatic activation function of the voice port.
Version: A
3-29
Access method
Voice Config NGN Voice Port Auto Activation Switch in the shortcut
menu. Then the NGN Voice Port Auto Activation Switch window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property

automatic activation function
of a voice port.
Activation
Switch
A voice port is enabled by

default. If the automatic
activation function is

Enable.
Compulsory

select Enable or Disable.
disabled, all voice ports will

be disabled, and the voice
services will be interrupted.
3.5.11
Registering / Logging Out a NGN Subscriber
Command function
The NGN subscriber registering / logging out command is used to register / log out
a certain NGN subscriber to the MGC manually according to the telephone number
of this subscriber.
Access method
Control Command NGN User Register/Unregister in the shortcut menu.
Then the NGN User Register/Unregister window will appear.
3-30
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The telephone number

should be one of the
Telephone number

of the NGN subscriber.
Double-click to
telephone numbers
configured with the NGN
Compulsory
Config command. The
type the
telephone
number.
value range is 0 to
99999999.
Registers or logs out the
Register/Unregister
NGN subscriber to the
Click the
Register / Unregister.
Compulsory
MGC manually.
3.5.12
drop-down list to
select the value.
Viewing MGC / Register Server Status
Command function
The viewing MGC / regisiter server status command is used to view the real time
connection status between the IAD and the softswitch platform MGC. The status
parameters to be viewed include the IP address of the MGC connected with the
IAD and the current regisiter status.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree of the object tree pane, select Get
Information NGN Status in the shortcut menu, and click the MGC/Regisiter
Server Status tab in the window that appears. Then the MGC/Regisiter Server
Status window will appear.
Version: A
3-31
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property

Slot No.
16.
Compulsory
type the slot

number.

Method
Double-click to
connected with.
PON No.
Configuration
Double-click to
Compulsory
the ONU.
type the PON port

number.
Double-click to
ONU No.
of the ONU.
128.
Compulsory
type the ONU

authorization
number.
MGC/Register
Server
Address
The IP address of the MGC

connected with the IAD.
The connection status
Reg Status
between the IAD and the

MGC.
3.5.13
Read-only
Read-only
Reg Success / Reg Fail /

Registering / IAD Fail /
IAD Restarting /
Unregister
Viewing NGN Subscriber Port Status
Command function
The viewing NGN subscriber port status command is used to view status of a
certain subscriber port of the IAD according to the subscriber telephone number.
Access method
Information NGN Status in the shortcut menu, and click the NGN User Port
Status tab in the window that appears. Then the NGN User Port Status window
will appear.
3-32
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Property
Configuration
Method

corresponding to the ONU voice
port. Users should select a
Telephone
number
telephone number that is

configured with the NGN Config
command and has been issued
to the designated ONU voice
The telephone number should
Double-click to
be one of the telephone

numbers configured with the
Compulsory
NGN Config command. The
type the
telephone
number.
value range is 0 to 99999999.
port.
EP-STATUS-IDLE /
EP-CONNECTED /
EP-STATUS-BUSY /
Reg Status
Is used to display status of the

current subscriber port.
EP-RINGING /
EP-REGISTER-FAIL /
Read-only
EP-STATUS-INACTIVE /
EP-RING-BACK /
EP-HANGUP /
USER-NOT-HANGUP
3.5.14
Viewing IAD IP Address
Command function
The viewing IAD IP address command is used to view status of a certain subscriber
port of the IAD according to the subscriber telephone number.
Access method
Information NGN Status in the shortcut menu, and click the IAD IP tab in the
window that appears. Then the IAD IP window will appear.
Version: A
3-33
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
interface card that the ONU is connected

with.
PON No.
Value Range /
Requirement
11 to 16.
to 8.
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the slot

number.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the PON

port number.
Double-click to
ONU No.

to 128.
Compulsory
type the ONU

authorization
number.
IP Address
The ONU voice IP address dynamically

configured via DHCP.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The subnet mask corresponding to the

IP Mask
voice IP address actually used by the

ONU.
The gateway address corresponding to the
Gateway
voice IP address actually used by the

ONU.
Master
When the MGC address is in domain name
DNS
mode, this parameter is used to display the
Server
IP address of the master DNS server.
Slave DNS
Server
3-34
When the MGC address is in domain name

mode, this parameter is used to display the
IP address of the slave DNS server.
Version: A
3.6
Configuring Multicast Service
3.6.1
Selecting Multicast Version
Command function
The multicast version selection command is used to configure the version of the
IGMP protocol used by the equipment. The IGMP protocol has three versions:
IGMPv1 / v2 / v3; the IGMPv1 is defined by RFC1112, the IGMPv2 is defined by
RFC2236, and the IGMPv3 is defined by RFC3376.
Access method
IGMP Config IGMP Task in the shortcut menu. Then the IGMP Task window
will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The version of the IGMP protocol

Igmp
used by the equipment. Its value
Version
includes IGMP version 1/version 2
Compulsory
and IGMP version 3.
3.6.2
select the version of the

IGMP protocol.
Configuring a Multicast Profile
Command function
The multicast profile command is used to create a multicast profile and add
multicast programs in the created profile. A multicast profile is used to configure the
related parameters of a group of multicast programs. One multicast profile can be
applied on multiple ONU ports at the same time.
Main purposes of a multicast profile are described as follows:
Version: A
3-35
1.
In controllable mode, when authorizing subscriber access to multicast

programs, users need to bind the multicast profile.
2.
In uncontrollable mode, when it is needed to set the group parameters of a

certain multicast group, users should operate as follows: First create a
multicast profile, then add the designated multicast group in this multicast
profile, and finally configure the group parameters.
Access method
IGMP Config IGMP Profile and Port in the shortcut menu. Then the Igmp
Profile window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Can be composed of
Profile
The name of the multicast
Name
profile.
English letters, digital

numbers, or underlines,
Compulsory
the multicast profile

name.
and its maximum length

is 20 characters.
Auth
The IP address of the multicast
group
program.
Compulsory
the IP address of
the multicast
program.
The authorization of a subscriber

watching the designated
multicast program. Its value
includes Normal and Preview.
Authority
Normal: The subscriber can

watch this multicast program
with no restriction.
Click the drop-down
Compulsory
list to select the

value.
Preview: The subscriber only

can watch this multicast program
in the appointed periods.
3-36
Version: A
3.6.3
Configuring Group Parameters
Command function
The group parameter configuration command is used to configure the parameters
of a multicast group. The parameters to be configured include VLAN ID of downlink
multicast program stream, VLAN ID of uplink multicast protocol message, multicast
program stream bandwidth, preview parameters, etc.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree, select Config IGMP Config
IGMP Profile and Port in the shortcut menu, and click the Group Parameters tab
in the window that appears. Then the Group Parameters window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
address of the
group
multicast program
Configuration
Method
Read-only.
The destination IP
Auth
Property
stream.
Users need to configure

this parameter in the Igmp
Profile window.
Optional.
Preview
Counts
(Times)
When the authorization of
The times for a
16, with the unit being
the multicast program is
subscriber to
time. Its default value is
Preview, this parameter is
preview the
the value configured in
valid. The authorization of
multicast program.
the Default Preview
the multicast program
Parameter window.
should be configured in the
the times for a
subscriber to
preview the
multicast program.
Igmp Profile window.

Optional.
The duration for a
Preview
subscriber to
minute. Its default value
Time (Min)
preview the
is the value configured in
multicast program.
the Default Preview
Parameter window.
the duration for a
subscriber to
preview the
multicast program.
Version: A
3-37
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
Preview
Interval
(Min)
The interval
between each
preview of this
multicast program.
the Default Preview
Parameter window.
The interval
between each
preview of this
multicast program.

Optional.
Preview
The reset interval
Reset
of subscriber
Interval (h)
preview authority.
hour. Its default value is
the reset period of
the value configured in
subscriber preview
the Default Preview
authority.
Parameter window.

Optional.
Preview
Total Time
(min)
The total duration
for a subscriber to
preview the
multicast program.
the Default Preview
Parameter window.
the total duration for
a subscriber to
preview the
multicast program.

Group
The bandwidth of
Bandwidth
the multicast
(Kbit/s)
program stream.
kbit/s.
It is not
Reserved
recommended that
users configure this
parameter.

The VLAN ID of
4088, and its default
Group
the downlink
value is the value
VLAN
multicast program
configured in the Default
stream.
Preview Parameter
Compulsory
the VLAN ID of the

downlink multicast
program stream.
window.
3-38
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Configuration
Property
Method
The wait time from
the moment a
the wait time from
subscriber gives
the moment a
the multicast
Optional.
subscriber gives the
Leave
router a leaving
When the uncontrollable
multicast router a
Delay (s)
protocol message
300, with the unit being s.
multicast mode is used, this
leaving protocol
parameter is valid.
message to the
to the moment
when the leaving
moment when the
command
leaving command
becomes valid.
becomes valid.
The VLAN ID of
Signalling
the uplink
VLAN
multicast protocol
4095.
Compulsory
uplink multicast
protocol message.
message.
3.6.4
the VLAN ID of the
Configuring Port Parameters
Command function
The port parameter configuration command is used to configure the
multicast-related parameters of an ONU port. The parameters to be configured
include controllability of the port, name of the profile bound to the port, maximum
online group number on the port, etc.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, select Config IGMP Config
IGMP Profile and Port in the shortcut menu, and click the Port Parameters tab
in the window that appears. Then the Port Parameters window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
Version: A
Value Range /
Requirement
The value
the interface card that the ONU is
range is 11 to
connected with.
16.
Property
Compulsory
select the value.
3-39
Parameter
Name
PON No.
ONU No.
ONU Port
No.
ONU.
The FE port number of the ONU.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The value
range is 1 to 4
Compulsory
or 1 to 8.
The value
range is 1 to
PON port number.
Compulsory
ONU authorization
64.
number.
The value
range is 1 to
Compulsory
24.
FE port number of the

ONU.
Sets controllability of the ONU port

(controllable or uncontrollable).
This parameter should be set to
Control
Controlled only when the
Switch
controllable multicast mode is
Compulsory

select the value.
used. When other multicast modes

are used, always set it to
Uncontrolled.
Optional.
When the
controllable
multicast
mode is used,
this parameter
Profile
The name of the multicast profile
Name
to be bound with the ONU port.
is valid.
The multicast
profile names

select the value.
to be selected
here should be
configured in
the Igmp
Profile
window.
3-40
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The mode of a subscriber under

an ONU port leaving a multicast
group.
The value includes NON
FAST-LEAVE and FAST-LEAVE.
FAST-LEAVE: In this mode, after a
certain subscriber sends the leave
message, the system will stop
forwarding the multicast data
stream to this subscriber terminal
immediately.
Leave Mode
NON FAST-LEAVE: In this mode,

after a certain subscriber sends
the leave message, the ONU will
Includes NON
FAST-LEAVE
and
Compulsory

select the value.
FAST-LEAVE.
send the specific group query

message to the port receiving this
leave message; if the join
message of this subscriber
terminal is not received in the
query response time, the system
will stop forwarding the multicast
data stream to this subscriber
terminal.
The value
maximum number of
Max Online
The maximum number of multicast
range is 0 to
Groups
programs that can be online on the
255, and the
(Group)
ONU port at the same time.
default value is
can be online on the ONU
32.
port at the same time.
Compulsory
multicast programs that
The value
Port
Bandwidth
(Kbit/s)
The bandwidth used for multicast

service at the ONU port.
It is not recommended
range is 0 to
100000, with
Reserved
that users configure this

parameter.
the unit being

kbit/s.
Signal Vlan
The VLAN ID of the uplink
The value
multicast protocol message
range is 0 to
passing the ONU port.
4085.
VLAN ID of the uplink

Compulsory
multicast protocol
message passing the
ONU port.
Version: A
3-41
3.6.5
Configuring Multicast Protocol Parameters
Command function
The multicast protocol parameter configuration command is used to configure the
IGMP protocol parameters. The parameters to be configured include robustness
index, parameters related to common query, parameters related to specific query,
etc.
Access method
IGMP Profile and Port in the shortcut menu, and click the IGMP Protocol
Parameters tab in the window that appears. Then the IGMP Protocol Parameters
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
The robustness
parameter of the
IGMP protocol stack
Robustness
Variable
in relation to the
network packet loss.
16, and the default value
Refers to the times of
is 2.

Compulsory
robustness index. It is
recommended that the
default value be used.
sending the multicast

downlink query
message.
The maximum
Query
response
interval (s)
interval of a
subscriber
responding to a
second. The default value
common query
is 10.
command.
3-42
maximum interval of a
Compulsory
subscriber responding to a
common query command.
It is recommended that the
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
Last
The interval of the
member
equipment issuing a
query
specific group query
interval (s)
command.
is 1.
interval of the equipment

Compulsory
issuing a specific group

query command.
Last
member
query count
times of the equipment
The times of the

equipment issuing a
specific group query
16. The default value is 2.
Compulsory
issuing a specific group

query command.
command.

The interval of the
Query
equipment sending a
Interval (s)
common query
command.
is 125.
interval of the equipment

Compulsory
sending a common query

command.
The aging time of a

multicast member.
If a multicast
Group
member does not
Membership
respond during the
Interval (s)
set aging time, this

multicast member

is 260.
aging time of a multicast

Compulsory
member.
will be deleted from

the multicast group.
Version: A
3-43
3.6.6
Configuring a Multicast Cascade Port
Command function
The multicast cascade port configuration command is used to configure multicast
cascade ports. When the AN5516-06 cascades multicast services of other
equipment sets, users need to configure the AN5516-06 uplink port connected with
multicast services of another equipment set as a cascade port.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config IGMP
Config IGMP Cascade Ports in the shortcut menu. Then the IGMP Cascade
Ports window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
The number of the

Cascade
uplink port connected
Ports No.
with the cascaded
Compulsory
Click the drop-down list to select the

value.
equipment set.
3.6.7
Configuring
Uplink
Port
Maximum
Multicast
Bandwidth
Command function
The uplink port maximum multicast bandwidth configuration command is used to
configure an uplink ports maximum bandwidth used for the multicast service.
3-44
Version: A
Access method
IGMP Cascade Ports in the shortcut menu, and click the Max Uplink IGMP
Bandwidth tab in the window that appears. Then the Max Uplink IGMP
Bandwidth window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Uplink
Bandwidth
(Kbit/s)
Value Range /
Requirement
Configuration
Method
The value range is
0 to 7000000, with
the uplink ports
The uplink ports maximum bandwidth
the unit being
used for the multicast service.
kbit/s.
3.6.8
Property
Compulsory
maximum
bandwidth used for
The default value
the multicast
is 1.
service.
Configuring Multicast Mode
Command function
The multicast mode configuration command is used to configure the multicast
mode used by the AN5516-06.
Access method
Config IGMP Mode in the shortcut menu. Then the IGMP Mode window will
appear.
Version: A
3-45
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Property
The multicast mode used by the AN5516-06. The value

includes Proxy Mode, Snooping Mode,
Proxy-snooping Mode, Controlled Mode, and disable.
Proxy Mode: The multicast proxy equipment intercepts
multicast protocol messages sent by subscribers and the
router, and maintains its own multicast forwarding table,
so as to act as the proxy between the multicast router and
the host. In this mode, both the core switch card and the
PON interface card use the IGMP proxy protocol.
Snooping Mode: The multicast snooping equipment
snoops multicast protocol messages between the router
and the host, and maintains a multicast address table, so
as to set up corresponding relationships between the
IGMP Mode
multicast group and ports. The multicast snooping

equipment snoops and forwards IGMP messages
Compulsory

passively. In this mode, both the core switch card and the
PON interface card use the IGMP snooping protocol.
Proxy-snooping Mode: The integration of the proxy
mode and the snooping mode. In this mode, the core
switch card uses the IGMP proxy protocol, and the PON
interface card uses the IGMP snooping protocol.
Controlled Mode: The IGMP proxy protocol is used, and
the system adds management and control functions on
the authorization of a subscriber watching the multicast
programs.
disable: The core switch card broadcasts the multicast
messages, and the PON interface card uses the IGMP
snooping protocol.
3-46
Version: A
3.6.9
Configuring a Multicast VLAN
Command function
The multicast VLAN configuration command is used to configure the default
multicast service VLAN for the AN5516-06. If users do not set multicast service
VLANs in the Group Parameters window for the multicast programs, all the
multicast programs will belong to the default multicast service VLAN.
One multicast program can only belong to one multicast VLAN, and one multicast
VLAN can include one multicast program or one multicast program group (a
multicast program group refers to the set of multicast programs managed under a
unified authorization).
Access method
Config Multicast VLAN in the shortcut menu. Then the Multicast VLAN
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The default VLAN ID of the multicast

service VLAN. The multicast VLAN is
used to identify the video multicast
VLAN
data stream; users can configure one

or multiple VLANs dedicated for the
multicast service, so as to isolate the
Double-click the type
The value range

is 4088 or 0 to
4085. The default
value is 4088.
Compulsory
the VLAN ID of the

default multicast service
VLAN.
multicast service from other services.
3.6.10
Configuring Dynamic Multicast VLAN Mode
Command function
The dynamic multicast VLAN mode configuration command is used to enable or
disable the dynamic multicast VLAN function.
Version: A
3-47
Access method
Config Dynamic IGMP VLAN Mode in the shortcut menu. Then the Dynamic
IGMP VLAN Mode window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Enable means enabling the dynamic

multicast VLAN function. In this
mode, the equipment sets up a
multicast channel dynamically
according to the multicast uplink
protocol message VLAN.
Enable/Disable
Disable means disabling the

dynamic multicast VLAN function. In
The default value

is Disable.
Click the drop-down

Compulsory
list to select the

value.
this mode, the equipment sets up a

multicast channel according to the
multicast VLAN configured in the
Multicast VLAN and Group
Parameters windows.
3.6.11
Configuring a Multicast Proxy IP Address
Command function
The multicast proxy IP address configuration command is used to configure the
multicast proxy IP address of the AN5516-06, and the multicast proxy IP address
acts as the source IP address of the multicast protocol message sent by the
AN5516-06.
Access method
Config IGMP Proxy IP in the shortcut menu. Then the IGMP Proxy IP window
will appear.
3-48
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
When IGMP Mode
is set to Proxy
The multicast proxy IP address of
Mode,
IGMP
the AN5516-06, meaning the source
The default value
Proxy-snooping
Proxys IP
IP address of the multicast protocol
is 10.25.14.57.
Mode, or
message sent by the AN5516-06.
Controlled Mode,
Double-click to
type the multicast
proxy IP address.
users need to
configure this
parameter.
3.6.12
Prejoining a Certain Multicast Group
Command function
The prejoining multicast group command is used to configure the prejoining
multicast programs. This command and its function are described as follows: If a
multicast program that has been frequently watched is configured as the prejoining
multicast program, this multicast program will be led to the uplink port of the
equipment; a subscriber can join the multicast group rapidly when he / she needs
to watch this multicast program.
Access method
Config Prejoin Groups in the shortcut menu. Then the Prejoin Groups
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Prejoin
Group
Version: A
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Double-click to type the IP
The IP address of the

prejoining multicast
program.
Compulsory
address of the prejoining

multicast program.
3-49
3.6.13
Configuring Default Preview Parameters
Command function
The default preview parameter configuration command is used to configure the
default multicast preview parameters. The parameters to be configured include
preview times, preview duration, preview interval, etc. If users do not set preview
parameters in the Group Parameters window for a certain multicast program, the
subscribers can only preview this multicast program according to the default
preview parameters.
Access method
Config Default Preview Parameters in the shortcut menu. Then the Default
Preview Parameters window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
Optional.
Preview
Counts
(Times)
The times for a
This parameter is valid only
subscriber to preview
in controllable mode when
the multicast
time. Its default value is
the authorization of the
program.
4.
multicast program is set to

Preview.
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
type the times for
a subscriber to
preview the
multicast program.
Optional.
Double-click to
The duration for a
type the duration
Preview
subscriber to preview
for a subscriber to
Time (Min)
preview the
every time.
is 10.
multicast program
Preview.
every time.
Optional.
Preview
The interval between
Interval
each preview of this
(Min)
multicast program.
is 30.

Preview.
3-50
Double-click to
type The interval
between each
preview of this
multicast program.
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
Optional.
Preview
The reset period of
Reset
subscriber preview
Interval (h)
authority.
hour. Its default value is
24.

Preview.
Preview
Total Time
(min)
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
type The reset
period of
subscriber preview
authority.
Optional.
Double-click to
The total duration for
type the total
a subscriber to
duration for a
preview the multicast
subscriber to
program.
is 254.
preview the
Preview.
multicast program.
3.6.14
Configuring Log Time
Command function
The log time configuration command is used to configure the time parameters of
the multicast log. The multicast log is used to record joining or leaving a multicast
group of subscribers.
When the multicast log automatic report function is enabled, users need to
configure the multicast log time parameters.
When the multicast mode is set to Controlled Mode, the multicast log function is
valid.
Access method
Config Log Management in the shortcut menu. Then the Log Parameters
window will appear.
Version: A
3-51
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
After a subscriber
joins the multicast
group, if his / her
second.
watching time is less
than the log ignore
This indicates that no
time set by this
matter a subscriber joins
parameter, the record
the multicast group for a
on his / her joining /
long or short time, the
leaving will not be
record on his / her joining
kept in the multicast
/ leaving will always be
log.
kept in the multicast log.
Ignore
Time (s)
Property
Compulsory
Double-click to type the log

ignore time.
After a subscriber
joins the multicast
group, if his / her
watching duration
exceeds the
Generate
interval
(min)
automatic log
generation interval set
by this parameter, the
system will


minute. The default value
is 60.
Compulsory
automatic log generation

interval.
automatically
generate a multicast
record on his / her
online in the multicast
log.
3.6.15
Configuring Multicast Log Automatic Report
Command function
The multicast log automatic report command is used to enable / disable the
multicast log automatic report function and configure the parameters related to this
function. When the multicast log automatic report function is enabled, the multicast
log can be reported to the FTP server automatically.
3-52
Version: A
valid.
Note:
Before enabling the multicast log automatic report function, users need
to run the WFTPD.exe program successfully as follows: Type the user
name, password, and the path saving the multicast log file correctly, and
keep the WFTPD.exe program in the running status.
Access method
Log Management in the shortcut menu, and click the IGMP Auto Upload tab
in the window that appears.Then the IGMP Auto Upload window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Enable means enabling

the multicast log
automatic report
Enable
function;
Disable means
Disable.
Click the drop-down

Compulsory
list to select the

value.
disabling the multicast

log automatic report
function.
Optional.
The interval of the
Interval
multicast log being
(min)
reported to the FTP

server.

to 1440, with the unit
being minute.
When the multicast log

automatic report function
is enabled, this
parameter needs
configuration.
Optional.
Host IP
FTP server to which the
multicast log is
reported.
is enabled, this
parameter needs
configuration.
Version: A
the interval of the
multicast log being
reported to the FTP
server.
the IP address of
the FTP server to
which the multicast
log is reported.
3-53
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
User
Name
The user name to log in

the multicast log report
FTP server.
The maximum length
the user name to log
is 20 characters.
is enabled, this
in the multicast log
parameter needs
report FTP server.
configuration.
Optional.
The password to log in
Password

FTP server.
The maximum length
the password to log
is 20 characters.
is enabled, this
in the multicast log
parameter needs
report FTP server.
configuration.
3.6.16
Configure ONU Parameters
Command function
The ONU parameter configuration command is used to configure the
multicast-related parameters of an ONU. The parameters to be configured include
ONU leave mode, robustness parameter, times of issuing a specific group query
command, multicast mode, etc.
Access method
Config ONU Configuration in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU
3-54
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
the PON interface card that the ONU

is connected with.
Value Range /
Requirement
16.
PON Port
No.
4 or 1 to 8.
Property
Configuration
Method
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the PON

port number.
Double-click to
ONU
Authorized
No.
ONU.
64.
type the
Compulsory
authorization
number of the
ONU.
The leaving multicast group mode of

an ONU. The value includes NON
FAST-LEAVE and FAST-LEAVE.
FAST-LEAVE: In this mode, after a
certain subscriber sends the leave
message, the system will stop
forwarding the multicast data stream
to this subscriber terminal
It is not
immediately.
Leave Mode
NON FAST-LEAVE: In this mode,
after a certain subscriber sends the
FAST-LEAVE.
recommended
Reserved
that users
configure this
leave message, the ONU will send
parameter.
the specific group query message to

the port receiving this leave
message; if the join message of this
subscriber terminal is not received in
the query response time, the system
will stop forwarding the multicast
data stream to this subscriber
terminal.
Double-click to
The robustness parameter of the

Robustness
Count
IGMP protocol stack in relation to
the network packet loss. Refers to
12, and the default
the times of the ONU sending the
value is 2.
multicast downlink query message.
Version: A
type the IGMP

Compulsory
protocol stack
robustness
parameter.
3-55
Parameter
Name
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Last
Member
The times of the ONU issuing a
Query
specific group query command.
Count
type the times of

12, and the default
Compulsory
the ONU issuing

a specific group
value is 2.
query command.
The multicast mode of the ONU,
IGMP mode
Value Range /
including Snooping Mode, Proxy

Mode, and Controlled Mode.
3.6.17

Snooping Mode.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Multicast Log FTP Report
Command function
The multicast log FTP report command is used to report the multicast log to the
FTP server manually.
valid.
Note:
Before executing the multicast log FTP report command, users need to
run the WFTPD.exe program successfully as follows: Type the user
name, password, and the path saving the multicast log file correctly.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Control Command
IGMP Config IGMP Log Upload in the shortcut menu. Then the IGMP Log
Upload window will appear.
3-56
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Property
FTP server to which the
Compulsory
Name

FTP server.
The password to log in
Password

FTP server.
File Name

log file.
3.6.18
the IP address of
the FTP server.
multicast log is reported.

User
Method

Host IP
Configuration
The maximum length is 20

characters.
characters.
Compulsory
Compulsory

characters (including the file
Compulsory
name postfix).
the user name.
the password.
the file name.
Forcing Subscribers to Leave
Command function
The forcing-subscriber-to-leave command is used to force subscribers under a
certain ONU port to leave the multicast program that they are watching.
When
the
multicast
mode
is
set
forcing-subscriber-to-leave function is valid.
to
Controlled
Mode,
the
Access method
IGMP Config Force Leave in the shortcut menu. Then the Force Leave
window will appear.
Version: A
3-57
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property

Slot No.
16.
Compulsory

select the value.
connected with.
PON No.

ONU.

4 and 1 to 8.
the ONU.
64.
ONU Port
The FE port number of the
No.
ONU.
24.
Group
Address
multicast program.
ONU No.
3.6.19
Compulsory

PON port number.
Compulsory
authorization number of
the ONU.
Compulsory
FE slot number of the

ONU.
Compulsory
IP address of the
multicast program.
Refreshing Multicast Configuration Information
Command function
The refreshing multicast configuration information command is used to re-issue
multicast configuration information to the equipment.
Note:
Executing this command does not influence subscribers watching
multicast programs.
Access method
IGMP Config Flush IGMP Configuration in the shortcut menu. Then the
IGMP Flush Ports window will appear.
3-58
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Flush
Refreshes multicast
configuration information.
3.6.20
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Clearing Log
Command function
The clearing log command is used to clear the multicast log information saved in
the Flash of the HSWA card. If the multicast log has been reported to and backed
up in the FTP server, to free up a significant amount of storage memory occupied
by multicast logs on the HSWA card, users can execute the clearing log command.
Access method
IGMP Config Clear IGMP Record in the shortcut menu. Then the Clear
IGMP Record window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Clear
3.6.21
Clears the multicast log.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Viewing Online Multicast Group Information
Command function
The viewing online multicast group information command is used to view
information of all subscribers watching a certain multicast program.
This command is valid only when the multicast mode is set to Controlled Mode.
Version: A
3-59
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Get Information
IGMP Config IGMP Information in the shortcut menu. Then the Online Groups
Information window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Group
The IP address of the multicast program to
Address
be viewed.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The slot number of the PON interface card

Slot No.
connected with the subscriber watching the

multicast program.
The number of the PON port connected
PON No.
with the subscriber watching the multicast

program.
The authorization number of the ONU
ONU No.
connected with the subscriber watching the

multicast program.
ONU Port
No.
The number of the ONU port connected

with the subscriber watching the multicast
program.
The status of the subscriber watching the
multicast program, including Normal User
and Preview User.
Status
Normal User: The subscriber can watch

this multicast program with no restriction.
Preview User: The subscriber only can
watch this multicast program with certain
restrictions.
3.6.22
Viewing Online Group Information of an ONU Port
Command function
The viewing ONU port online group information command is used to view
information of multicast programs that are watched by subscribers on a certain
ONU port.
3-60
Version: A
This command is valid only when the multicast mode is set to Controlled Mode.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, select Get Information IGMP
Config IGMP Information in the shortcut menu, and click the Online ONU
Ports Info tab in the window that appears. Then the Online ONU Ports Info
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
The slot number of the PON interface
Slot No.
card connected with the ONU to be

viewed.
Value Range /
Requirement
to 16.
PON Port
No.
with the ONU to be viewed.
to 4 or 1 to 8.
Property
Configuration
Method
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the PON port

number.
Double-click to
ONU No.
The authorization number of the ONU to
be viewed.
to 64.
Compulsory
type the ONU

authorization
number.
ONU Port
The number of the ONU port to be
No.
viewed.
to 24.
Group
Address
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the ONU port

number.
The IP address of the multicast program

being watched by all subscribers on the
Read-only
Read-only
ONU port.
The authorization of the subscribers on
the ONU port watching a certain
multicast program, including Normal
and Preview.
Preview
Normal: The subscribers on the ONU
Flag
port can watch this multicast program

with no restriction.
Preview: The subscribers on the ONU
port can only watch this multicast
program with certain restrictions.
Version: A
3-61
3.6.23
Viewing Uplink Port Information
Command function
The viewing uplink port information is used to view the online multicast program
information on a cascade uplink port.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree, select Get Information IGMP
Config IGMP Information in the shortcut menu, and click the Online Uplink
Ports Info tab in the window that appears. Then the Online Uplink Ports Info
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Uplink
Port No.
The number of an uplink port.
Value Range /
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Requirement
The type of an uplink port, including

Uplink Port and Cascade Port.
Type
Uplink Port: an uplink port without

multicast cascade;
Cascade Port: an uplink port with
multicast cascade.
Group
The IP address of the online multicast
Address
program on the cascade port.
3.6.24
Viewing Core Switch Card Multicast Address Table
Command function
The viewing core switch card multicast address table command is used to view the
multicast channel information on the core switch card, including the IP address of
the multicast program on the core switch card and the slot number of the PON
interface card connected with the subscriber watching the multicast program.
This command is valid in all non-disable modes.
3-62
Version: A
Access method
Config IGMP Information in the shortcut menu, and click the GSW IGMP Addr
Table tab in the window that appears. Then the GSW IGMP Addr Table window
will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Group Address
The IP address of the multicast
program on the core switch card.
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Invalid
The slot number of the PON

Group Member
interface card connected with the
Slot
subscriber watching the multicast

program.
Group Member
Port
3.6.25

connected with the subscriber
watching the multicast program.
Viewing ONU Multicast Address Table
Command function
The viewing ONU multicast address table command is used to view the multicast
channel information on a certain ONU, including the IP address of the multicast
program on the ONU and the number of the ONU port connected with the
subscriber watching the multicast program.
This command is valid in all multicast modes.
Access method
Config IGMP Information in the shortcut menu, and click the ONU IGMP Addr
Table tab in the window that appears. Then the ONU IGMP Addr Table window will
appear.
Version: A
3-63
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.

viewed.
Value Range /
Requirement
to 16.
PON Port
No.
with the ONU to be viewed.
to 4 or 1 to 8.
Property
Configuration
Method
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the PON

port number.
Double-click to
ONU No.
The authorization number of the ONU to
be viewed.
to 64.
type the
Compulsory
authorization
number of the
ONU.
Item
The quantity of multicast programs on

the ONU.
Group
The IP address of the multicast program
Address
on the ONU.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The number of the ONU port connected

Port No.
with the subscriber watching the

multicast program.
3.6.26
Viewing PON Interface Card Multicast Address Table
Command function
The viewing PON interface card multicast address table command is used to view
the multicast channel information on a certain PON interface card, including the IP
address of the multicast program on the PON interface card and the number of the
PON port connected with the subscriber watching the multicast program.
This command is valid in Proxy Mode and Controlled Mode.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree, select Get Information IGMP
Config IGMP Information in the shortcut menu, and click the Line Card IGMP
Addr Table tab in the window that appears. Then the PON Multicast Address
Table window will appear.
3-64
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter Name
Slot No.
Value Range /
Requirement
The slot number of the PON
The value range is
interface card to be viewed.
11 to 16.
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the slot

number.
The multicast program

Item
numbers on the PON
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
interface card.
Group Address
multicast program on the

PON interface card.
PON Port No.
connected with the

subscriber watching the
multicast program.
3.6.27
Viewing Multicast Group Statistics Information
Command function
The viewing multicast group statistics information command is used to view the
statistics information of a certain multicast program, including times of a subscriber
joining the multicast group and duration of a subscriber watching the multicast
program.
This command is valid only in Controlled Mode.
Access method
IGMP Config IGMP Statistics in the shortcut menu. Then the Group Statistics
window will appear.
Version: A
3-65
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Group
Address
Order Count
The IP address of the multicast program.
Times of a subscriber joining the multicast
group.
Average
The average duration of a subscriber
Order Time
Max Order
The maximum duration of a subscriber
Time
Total Order
The total duration of a subscriber watching
Time
the multicast program.
Preview
Times of a subscriber previewing the
Count
multicast program.
Total
Preview
Time
The total duration of a subscriber

previewing the multicast program.
3.6.28
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Viewing ONU Port Statistics Information
Command function
The viewing ONU port statistics information command is used to view the statistics
information of a certain ONU port, including times of subscribers on this port joining
the multicast group and duration of subscribers watching the multicast program.
Access method
Config IGMP Statistics in the shortcut menu, and click the ONU Port Statistics
tab in the window that appears. Then the ONU Port Statistics window will appear.
3-66
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
PON No.
The number of the PON port connected with
the ONU.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
ONU No.
Read-only
ONU Port No.
The number of the ONU port.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Order Count
Times of a subscriber on the ONU port joining

the multicast group.
Average
The average duration of a subscriber on the
Order Time
ONU port watching the multicast program.
Max Order
The maximum duration of a subscriber on the
Time
ONU port watching the multicast program.
Total Order
The total duration of a subscriber on the ONU
Time
port watching the multicast program.
Version: A
3-67
3.6.29
Viewing Log Information
Command function
The viewing log information command is used to view the multicast log information,
including event records on joining / leaving the multicast group and watching the
multicast program of subscribers on the ONU port.
Access method
IGMP Config IGMP Log in the shortcut menu. Then the IGMP Log window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Generate Time
Slot No.
PON No.
ONU No.
ONU Port No.
The generation time of the designated log
record.
The slot number of the PON interface card
corresponding to the designated log record.
The number of the PON port corresponding to
the designated log record.
The FE port number of the ONU
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The preview flag of the subscriber

Preview
Read-only
Includes Normal User and Preview User.

The IP address of the multicast program /
Group Address
group that the recorded subscriber joins /
Read-only
leaves / watches.
The event corresponding to the designated log
Action
record.
Read-only
Includes Join, Leave, and Auto Generate.
3-68
Version: A
Parameter Name
Property
Status of the event corresponding to the

designated log record.
Includes Success, Failure:
State
Unauthentication, Failure: Preview Waiting,

Failure: Max Group Number Reach, Failure:
Read-only
Max Group Number Reach, Failure: VLAN

Error, Failure: Max Bandwidth Reach,
Normal Leave, and Force Leave.
The interval to automatically generate a
subscriber watching log record. If a
subscriber s watching duration exceeds the

Stay Time (min)
automatic log generation interval, the system
Read-only
will automatically generate a log record on his

/ her watching. It is the value of Generate
interval set in the Log Parameters window.
3.6.30
Querying ONU Fast Leave Capability
Command function
The ONU fast leave capability query command is used to query whether the
designated ONU has fast leave capability.
Access method
IGMP Config Onu Fast Leave Capability in the shortcut menu. Then the Onu
Fast Leave Capability window will appear.
Version: A
3-69
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.

viewed.
PON No.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Click the

16.
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
connected with the ONU to be viewed.
4 or 1 to 8.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the PON

port number.
Double-click to
ONU No.
to be viewed.
64.
type the
Compulsory
authorization
number of the
ONU.
Whether the ONU has fast leave

Capability
capability. Includes Capable and
Read-only
Incapable.
3.6.31
Querying Core Switch Card Multicast Source Address

Table
Command function
The core switch card multicast source address query command is used to query
the multicast source address information obtained by the core switch card.
Access method
IGMP Config GSW IGMP Source Addr Table in the shortcut menu. Then the
GSW IGMP Source Addr Table window will appear.
3-70
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
If the multicast cascade port has been

configured, the value of this parameter
refers to the slot number of the uplink
Slot
card. Under other conditions, the value

here refers to the slot number of the PON
Read-only

subscriber watching the multicast
program.
If the multicast cascade port has been
Group Member
Port
configured, the value of this parameter

refers to the port number of the uplink
Read-only
card. Under other conditions, the value

here is null.
Group IP
VLAN
Source Item
Version: A
The IP address of the multicast group.

The ID value of the multicast VLAN
containing the multicast group.
The IP address of the multicast server.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
3-71
3.7
Configuring a Profile
3.7.1
Configuring a GPON Service Bandwidth Profile
Command function
The GPON service bandwidth profile configuration command is used to configure a
bandwidth assignment profile. The bandwidth assignment profile is used to
manually assign bandwidth for uplink services on various ONUs, and the
parameters to be configured include fixed bandwidth, guaranteed bandwidth, and
maximum bandwidth.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config GPON
Service Bandwidth Config Profile in the shortcut menu. Then the GPON Service
Bandwidth Config Profile window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
The name of the
Profile
bandwidth assignment
Name
profile. Users can create

up to 256 profiles.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The value range: 1 to 32

characters, and a profile
name can only consist of
Compulsory
letters, digital numbers,

profile name.
and underlines.
The type of the service

needing bandwidth
assignment. The service
Service
types include IPTV
Type
service, broadband data
Compulsory

select the value.
service, voice service,

TDM service, and
integrated service.
3-72
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The fixed bandwidth

assigned to the
designated uplink service
Fixed
on the ONU. Even if the
Bandwidth
(Kbyte/s)
does not use the fixed

bandwidth resource,

being kbyte/s. The
value of the fixed

Compulsory
bandwidth assigned to the

on the ONU.
other services cannot

occupy it either.
The minimum bandwidth
needed to provision the
assured
on the ONU. If the
Bandwidth
(Kbyte/s)
does not occupy the

guaranteed bandwidth
The value range is 0; 32

being kbyte/s. The
minimum bandwidth
Compulsory
needed to provision the

default value is 0.
on the ONU.
resource, other services

can use it.
The maximum bandwidth
assigned to the
Maximum
Bandwidth
(Kbyte/s)
on the ONU. The
summation of the Fixed
Bandwidth value and the
being kbyte/s. The
assured Bandwidth

Compulsory
maximum bandwidth
assigned to the designated
uplink service on the ONU.
value cannot exceed the

value of Maximum
Bandwidth.
3.7.2
Configuring a Data Service Profile
Command function
The data service profile configuration command is used to configure a common
data service profile. The purpose of a common data service profile is described as
follows: configuring the parameters such as the FE port status and the operating
mode on an ONU, and adding VLAN tags for the uplink data service.
Version: A
3-73
This command is only valid for the GPON version of the AN5516-06.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, select Config Service
Profile Config in the shortcut menu, and click the Data Service Profile tab in the
window that appears. Then the Data Service Profile window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The value range: 1 to
Profile Name
The name of the data
32 characters, and a
service profile. Users
profile name can only
can create up to 256
consist of letters, digital
profiles.
numbers, and
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the name of

the data service
profile.
underlines.
Click the
drop-down list to
Enable/Disable
designated port of the

ONU.

Enable.
select the value.

Compulsory
It is
recommended
that the default
value be used.
Auto
Negotiation
auto negotiation
Click the
function.
drop-down list to
If the auto negotiation

designated port will

Disable.
select the value.

Compulsory
It is
recommended
negotiate the possible
that the default
maximum transmission
value be used.
rate with other ports.
Speed (bit/s)
3-74
Selects the operating
Optional.
rate of the designated
When the auto
Click the
negotiation function is
drop-down list to
10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s,
disabled, this
select the value.
and 1000 Mbit/s.
parameter is valid.
port. Its value includes:
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Configures the
operating mode of the
designated port. Users
Optional.
can select the full

Duplex Mode
duplex mode
(bi-directional
transmission) or the half
When the auto
Click the
negotiation function is
drop-down list to
disabled, this
select the value.
parameter is valid.
duplex mode
(unidirectional
transmission).
Click the
drop-down list to
flow control function of

Flow Control
the designated port, so
as to perform
Disable.
select the value.

Compulsory
It is
recommended
congestion control of
that the default
the port.
value be used.

rate control function of
Click the
the designated port. If
drop-down list to
the rate control function

Enable/Disable
is enabled, the
Port Rate Limit
transmission rate of the
Disable.
select the value.

Compulsory
It is
recommended
uplink / downlink service
that the default
on the designated port
value be used.
cannot exceed the set

threshold value.
Double-click to
The maximum
Upstream Port
1000, with the unit
Rate Limit
uplink service on the
being kbit/s. The
designated port.
default value is 0.
Optional.
type the
When the rate control
maximum
function of a port is
transmission rate
enabled, this
of the uplink
parameter is valid.
service on the
designated port.
Version: A
3-75
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
The maximum
Downstream
1000, with the unit
Port Rate Limit
downlink service on the
being kbit/s. The
designated port.
default value is 0.
Optional.
type the
When the rate control
maximum
function of a port is
transmission rate
enabled, this
of the downlink
parameter is valid.
service on the
designated port.
The tag mode of the

uplink packet on the
designated ONU. Its
value includes Tag and
Tag Mode
Untag.
Tag indicates that the
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
uplink packet is tagged;

Untag indicates that the
uplink packet is
untagged.
If CVLAN Mode is set
to Translate, this
parameter refers to the
Optional.
pre-translation service
COS
priority.
When Tag Mode is
7.
set to Untag, this

parameter is invalid.
to Transparent, this
Double-click to
type its value as
required.
parameter should be
consistent with the
priority inside the PON.
to Translate, this
Optional.
pre-translation VLAN
VLAN ID
ID.
When Tag Mode is
4085.
set to Untag, this
Double-click to
type the VLAN ID
value.
parameter should be
consistent with the
CVLAN ID.
3-76
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Down Encrypt
State
encryption function of
Click the
the downlink service.
drop-down list to
The encryption function

is used to ensure
security of

Disable.
select the value.

Compulsory
It is
recommended
communication between
that the default
the line interface card
value be used.
and the ONU.

When Tag Mode is set
to Untag, this parameter
can be set to Tag or
CVLAN Mode
Transparent.
When Tag Mode is set
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
to Tag, this parameter

can be set to Translate
or Transparent.
to Translate, this
post-translation VLAN
ID value.
CVLAN ID
VLAN ID value for
4085.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the CVLAN

ID value.
transparent
transmission.
to TAG, this parameter
should be configured as
the CVLAN ID value to
be added.
Double-click to
The CVLAN processing
COS of PON
priority of the data

service.

7.
type the CVLAN

Compulsory
processing
priority of the
data service.
Version: A
3-77
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
QinQ configuration
Method
Click the

QINQ State
Configuration
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
function.
Optional.
When the QinQ
function is disabled,
The service name
Service Name

VLAN tab.
this parameter is not

The value can consist
valid.
of 1 to 30 characters.
The related
configurations need
Double-click to
type the service
VLAN name.
to be performed in
the VLAN Local
Config window.
Optional.
SVLAN ID
The SVLAN ID value of
the data service.
4085.
When the QinQ

valid.
The CVLAN processing

COS of PON
priority of the data

service.
3.7.3

7.
Double-click to
type the SVLAN
ID value of the
data service.
Optional
Double-click to
When the QinQ
type the CVLAN
processing
priority of the
valid.
data service.
Configuring a Multicast Service Profile
Command function
The multicast service profile configuration command is used to configure a
common multicast service profile. The parameters to be configured include the
VLAN ID of the multicast data stream and the VLAN ID of the uplink / downlink
multicast protocol message.
3-78
Version: A
Access method
Profile Config in the shortcut menu, and click the IGMP Service Profile tab in the
window that appears. Then the IGMP Service Profile window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Property
Requirement
Configuration
Method

Profile
Name

service profile. Users can
create up to 64 profiles.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the name of

the multicast
service profile.
numbers, and
underlines.
The tag mode of the

downlink multicast data
stream to the ONU port.
Its value includes Tag and
IGMP
Data
VLAN
Mode
Untag.
Click the
Tag indicates that the

Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
stream passing through

the ONU port is tagged;
Untag indicates that the
stream passing through
the ONU port is untagged.
Double-click to
IGMP
Data
VLAN
type the VLAN tag
The VLAN tag used by the

ONU to receive the
appointed downlink
4085.
used by the ONU

Compulsory
to receive the
appointed
multicast data stream.
downlink multicast
data stream.
Double-click to
IGMP
Data
The priority of the
VLAN
multicast data VLAN.
7.
COS
Version: A
Compulsory
type the priority of

the multicast data
VLAN.
3-79
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Property
Requirement
Configuration
Method
The VLAN tag processing

mode of the multicast
protocol message passing
through the ONU port. Its
value includes
TRANSPARENT, TAG,
RETAG, and REMOVE.
TRANSPARENT
indicates that the
multicast protocol
IGMP
Protocol
VLAN
Mode
message is transmitted
transparently.
TAG indicates that a
VLAN tag is added in the

TRANSPARENT.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
multicast protocol
message.
RETAG indicates that the
system replaces the
VLAN tag of the multicast
protocol message with a
new VLAN tag.
REMOVE indicates that
the system strips the
VLAN tag of the multicast
protocol message.
If Multicast Protocol
VLAN Mode is set to
TAG, configure this
parameter as the protocol
IGMP Up
VLAN ID value to be
Protocol
added.
VLAN
If Multicast Protocol
VLAN Mode is set to
RETAG, configure this
Optional.
Its value should be in
If IGMP Protocol
the range configured in
VLAN Mode is set to
the local service VLAN
TRANSPARENT or
data.
REMOVE, this
Double-click to
type the value of
this parameter.
parameter as the new

protocol VLAN ID value.
3-80
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Property
Requirement
Configuration
Method
Optional.
Double-click to
If IGMP Protocol
type the VLAN
IGMP Up
The VLAN processing
Protocol
priority of the uplink
VLAN Mode is set to
processing priority
VLAN
multicast protocol
7.
TRANSPARENT or
of the uplink
COS
message.
REMOVE, this
multicast protocol
message.
If IGMP Protocol VLAN

Mode is set to RETAG,
configure this parameter
Optional.
as the new protocol VLAN

IGMP
ID value.
Its value should be in
If IGMP Protocol
Down
If IGMP Protocol VLAN
the range configured in
VLAN Mode is set to
Protocol
Mode is set to REMOVE,
the local service VLAN
TRANSPARENT or
VLAN
configure this parameter
data.
TAG, this parameter is
Double-click to
type the value of
this parameter.
invalid.
as the old VLAN ID value

(to be stripped) of the
downlink query multicast
protocol message.
IGMP
Down
Protocol
VLAN
COS
3.7.4
The VLAN processing
Optional.
Double-click to
If IGMP Protocol
type the VLAN
priority of the downlink
VLAN Mode is set to
processing priority
multicast protocol
7.
TRANSPARENT or
of the downlink
TAG, this parameter is
multicast protocol
invalid.
message.
message.
Configuring a Voice Service Profile
Command function
The voice service profile configuration command is used to configure a common
voice service profile. The parameters to be configured include signaling VLAN,
speech encoding, fax mode, silence suppression, echo suppression, input / output
gain, DTMF mode, etc.
Version: A
3-81
Access method
Profile Config in the shortcut menu, and click the Voice Service Profile tab in the
window that appears. Then the Voice Service Profile window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property

Profile
Name
The name of the voice
service profile. Users can
create up to 64 profiles.
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the name of

the voice service
profile.
and underlines.
4085, and the default
Signal
VLAN ID
The VLAN tag of the
value is 1.
voice signaling flow.
When the SVLAN is
When the SVLAN is
disabled, the value of
enabled, this parameter
this parameter should be
should be the CVLAN ID.
in the range configured
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the VLAN tag

of the voice
signaling flow.
in the local service

VLAN data.
Selects the preferred
speech encoding mode.
When the MGC appoints
Voice
Code
Mode
multiple speech
Click the
encoding modes, the
drop-down list to
ONU will first select the
default speech encoding
G.711A.
Compulsory
select the value.

It is recommended
mode.
that the default
The value of this
value be used.
parameter includes
G.711U, G.711A, G.723,
and G.729.
3-82
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The transmission mode

of the fax service. Its
value includes
Fax Mode
Transparent and T38.
Click the
Transparent indicates
drop-down list to
that the fax service is
performed via the RTP
Transparent.
Compulsory
select the value.

It is recommended
flow.
that the default
T38 indicates that the fax
value be used.
service is performed in
the T.38 fax encoding
mode.
Click the
silence suppression
drop-down list to
Silence
function. Its purpose is to
Switch
reduce number of mute
Enable.
Compulsory
Cancel
that the default
save the bandwidth.
value be used.
Click the
echo suppression
function. Its purpose is to
cancel echo in the
drop-down list to
Enable.
Compulsory
select the value.

It is recommended
that the default
conversation.
value be used.
Double-click to
The value of the input

gain. Is used to control
The value range is -32 to
Input
the volume of the input
Gain
voice. The higher the
dB. The default value is
input gain value is, the
0.
type the value of

Compulsory
the input gain.

It is recommended
that the default
higher the volume is.
value be used.
The value of the output
Double-click to
gain. Is used to control
The value range is -32 to
Output
the volume of the output
Gain
voice. The higher the
dB. The default value is
output gain value is, the
0.
higher the volume is.
Version: A
It is recommended
frames in the line and

Echo
select the value.
type the value of

Compulsory
the output gain.

It is recommended
that the default
value be used.
3-83
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

DTMF encoding mode.
Its value includes
Transparent and
Click the
RFC2833.
DTMF
Mode
Transparent indicates
that the DTMF signal is
transported via the RTP
drop-down list to
Transparent.
Compulsory
select the value.

It is recommended
that the default
flow.
value be used.
RFC2833 indicates that

that the DTMF signal is
encoded via the
RFC2833 standard.
SVLAN ID
The SVLAN ID of the

voice service flow.
4085. Its value should

be in the range
service VLAN data.
SVLAN
State
QinQ function.
Optional.
Double-click to
When the SVLAN
type the SVLAN ID
function is disabled, this
of the voice
service flow.
Click the
Compulsory
select the value.

Optional.
COS 1
The priority of the outer

VLAN.

7.
When the SVLAN

Optional.
COS 2
The priority of the inner
When the SVLAN
VLAN.
7.

3.7.5
drop-down list to
Double-click to
the outer VLAN.
Double-click to
the inner VLAN.
Configuring a Service Profile
Command function
The service profile configuration command is used to configure a common service
profile. The common service profile is used to bind the bandwidth assignment
profile to a certain ONU and bind the corresponding service profile to the
designated port of this ONU.
3-84
Version: A
Before configuring a service profile, users need to complete configuration of the

bandwidth assignment profile and the corresponding service profile.
Access method
Profile Config in the shortcut menu, and click the Service Profile tab in the
window that appears. Then the Service Profile window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Profile Name
profile. Users can
create up to 256
consist of letters,
profiles.
digital numbers, and
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the name

of the service
profile.
underlines.
Selects the type of the
ONU that the service
profile is to be bound
with. The ONU type to
be selected includes:
Click the
AN5506-04-A / B / C1,
AN5506-06-E,
ONU Type
Compulsory
AN5506-07-B / A1 / B1
drop-down list
to select the
value.
/ A2, AN5506-09-A1 /
B1, AN5506-10-A1 /
B1, HG260,
AN5006-15,
AN5006-16.
ONU
Subprofile
Config
Version: A
Click the
Profile
Selects Bandwidth
Type
Assignment Profile.
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
3-85
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Compulsory.
Profile
Name
The profile name
This parameter
configured in the
should use the value
corresponding
configured in the
GPON Service
profile.
Bandwidth Profile
Click the
drop-down list
to select the
value.
window.
Click the
The type of the port

actually used by the
Port Type
ONU configured via
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
ONU Type.
Double-click to
type the
The number of the port
that the corresponding
Port No.
service profile is to be
bound with.
number of the
The value range

depends on the value
Compulsory
of ONU Type.
port that the

corresponding
service profile
is to be bound
with.
Click the
The type of the

Profile
corresponding service
Type
profile to be bound with
Compulsory
to select the
value.
the ONU port.

ONU Port
Compulsory.
Profile
Config
drop-down list
The profile name

Profile
configured in the
Name
corresponding service
profile.
This parameter
should use the value
configured in the
Data / IGMP / Voice
Service Profile
Click the
drop-down list
to select the
value.
window.
3.7.6
Binding a Service Profile
Command function
The service profile binding command is used to bind a service profile with the
designated ONU, so as to apply the bandwidth assignment and service
configuration in this service profile to the ONU.
3-86
Version: A
Before binding a service profile, users need to complete configuration of the

service profile.
Access method
Profile Config in the shortcut menu, and click the Service Profile Binding tab in
the window that appears. Then the Service Profile Binding window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Compulsory.
Profile ID

profile.
The value should

consist of 1 to 32
characters.
This parameter should
Click the
use the value
drop-down list
configured in the
to select the
Service Profile
value.
window.
Click the
drop-down list
to select the
Selects whether the

Action
designated service
profile is bound with the
Refresh.
Compulsory
ONU.
value. Its
value includes
Refresh,
Bind, and
Unbind.
Read-only.
The system reads its

Slot No.

card connected with the
ONU.
value automatically, via

the parameter
corresponding to ONU
No.
Read-only.
The system reads its
PON No.
The number of the used

PON port on the ONU.
value automatically, via

the parameter
corresponding to ONU
No.
Version: A
3-87
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Click to enter
the
configuration
GUI of ONU
The number of the ONU

ONU No.
that the service profile is

to be bound with.
Compulsory
No., and then

select the
ONU that the
service profile
is to be bound
with.
3-88
Version: A
3.8
Configuring QinQ
3.8.1
Configuring a QinQ Profile
Command function
For an FTTB ONU, the QinQ profile configuration command is used to configure
the SVLAN. The SVLAN is used to provide filtering conditions for the uplink service
flow that needs configuration of outer data service VLAN on the ONU.
The QinQ profile configuration is used to filter the uplink service flow on the ONU
port of an FTTB ONU, but it is invalid for an FTTH ONU.
In a QinQ profile, users can configure up to eight rule domain types at the same
time.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config QinQ
QinQ Profile in the shortcut menu. Then the QinQ Profile window will appear.
Version: A
3-89
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Profile Name
The name of the QinQ
profile. Users can
create up to 1024
consist of letters,
profiles.
digital numbers, and
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the name of

the QinQ profile.
underlines.
The rule domain type of
the QinQ profile. Its
value includes: Based
On SMAC, Based On
DMAC, Based On SIP,
Based On DIP, Based
Rule
Type
On VLAN ID, Based
Click the
On Ethernet, Based
drop-down list to
On IP Protocol Type,
select the value.
Based On Ethernet
Priority, Based On IP
TOS/DSCP (IPv4),
Based On L4 SPORT,
and Based On L4
Rule
DPORT.
Type
Compulsory
According to the
appointed value of
Rule Type, users can
Operator
select one of the
Click the
following seven
drop-down list to
operators: =, !=, <=, >=,
select the value.
Exist Match, Not Exist

Match, and Always
Match.
According to the
Rule
Value
appointed value of
Double-click to
type the value of
set the corresponding
the rule domain.
rule domain value.
3-90
Version: A
3.8.2
Configuring an OLT QinQ Domain
Command function
The OLT QinQ domain configuration command is used to process the layer 1 to
layer 4 VLAN tags of the uplink service flow to the OLT. The processing operations
include transparent transmission, tagging, translation, etc.
In an OLT QinQ domain, users can configure up to eight (EPON) / four (GPON)
uplink / downlink rule clauses at the same time.
Access method
OLT QinQ Domain in the shortcut menu. Then the OLT QinQ Domain window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The value range: 1

to 16 characters,
Domain Name
The name of the OLT QinQ
and a domain
domain. Users can create up
name can only
to 1024 OLT QinQ domains.
consist of letters,
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the name

of the OLT
QinQ domain.
digital numbers,
and underlines.
Click the
drop-down list
The type of the uplink service
Service Type
to the OLT. Its value includes

Independent and Share.
to select the
The default value
is Independent.
Compulsory
value.
It is
recommended
that the default
value be used.
Version: A
3-91
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Binds the uplink data with the

port according to the data
type. Its value includes:
Click the
Bind
SMAC, DMAC, SIP, DIP,
drop-down list
Type
VLAN ID L1-L4, Ethernet
to select the
Type, Service Type, Protocol
value.
Type, LLT, L4 SPORT, L4

DPORT, and Priority 1-4.
According to the appointed
Up
value of Bind Type, users can
Clause
Compulsory
select one of the following

Operator
Click the
drop-down list
eight operators: Always Not
to select the
Match, =, !=, <=, >=, Exist
value.
Match, Not Exist Match, and

Always Match.
Rule
Value
set the corresponding binding
Double-click to
type the
binding value.
value.
Binds the downlink data with
the port according to the data
type. Its value includes:
Click the
Bind
SMAC, DMAC, SIP, DIP,
drop-down list
Type
VLAN ID L1-L4, Ethernet
to select the
Type, Service Type, Protocol
value.
Type, LLT, L4 SPORT, L4

DPORT, and Priority 1-4.
Down
Clause
select one of the following

Operator
eight operators: Always Not

Match, =, !=, <=, >=, Exist
Match, Not Exist Match, and
Compulsory
Click the
drop-down list
to select the
value.
Always Match.
Rule
Value
set the corresponding binding

value.
3-92
Double-click to
type the
binding value.
Version: A
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The VLAN ID value that has

been transmitted transparently
in uplink direction.
When Action is set to
Translate, this parameter
refers to the pre-translation
VLAN ID value.
Optional.
Transparent, this parameter

Old-CVLAN VLAN
LN (N=1, 2, 3, 4)
has the following meanings:

0 indicates that the VLAN of
this layer does not exist (for
The value range is

0 to 4085 or null.
When Action is
Double-click to
set to Add, this
type the VLAN
parameter is
ID value.
invalid.
layer 1 of a subscriber, its

VLAN ID cannot be set to 0).
A certain value between 1 and
4085 indicates that the
corresponding VLAN ID is
transmitted transparently.
Null indicates that the VLAN
ID is transmitted transparently
fully, without any processing.
The VLAN priority value that
has been transmitted
transparently in uplink
direction.
Old CVLAN COS LN
(N=1, 2, 3, 4)
refers to the pre-translation

VLAN priority value.
Transparent, this parameter
refers to the priority value of
The value range is

0 to 7. 7 means
the highest
priority, and 0
means the lowest
priority.
Optional.
When Action is
Double-click to
set to Add, this
type the VLAN
parameter is
priority value.
invalid.
the original customer VLAN

that has been transmitted
transparently in uplink
direction.
Version: A
3-93
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Its value depends on the value

of layer N of the customer
VLAN.
If layer N of the customer
Click the
VLAN has parameters, Action

Action
should be set to Transparent
Compulsory
or Translate.
drop-down list
to select the
value.
If layer N of the customer

VLAN has no parameters,
Action should be set to
Transparent or Add.
Double-click to
type the TPID
The value range is

TPID
The TPID of the VLAN tag.
1 to 65534, and
the default value is
of the VLAN.
Compulsory
It is
recommended
33024.
that the default

value be used.
The priority of the

newly-added VLAN.
Cos
The value range is
Optional.
0 to 7. 7 means
When Action is
refers to the post-translation
the highest
set to
VLAN priority value.
priority, and 0
Transparent,
When Action is set to Add,
means the lowest
this parameter
this parameter refers to the
priority.
is invalid.
Double-click to
type the priority
value.
priority value of the

newly-added VLAN.
The ID value of the
newly-added VLAN.
New VID
Optional.
When Action is
refers to the post-translation
The value range is
set to
VLAN ID value.
1 to 4085.
Transparent,
When Action is set to Add,
this parameter
this parameter refers to the ID
is invalid.
Double-click to
type the new
VLAN ID value.
value of the newly-added

VLAN.
3-94
Version: A
3.8.3
Configuring a GPON OLT VLAN Operation Table
Command function
The GPON OLT VLAN operation table configuration command is used to translate
the single-tagged VLAN of the uplink data service flow to the OLT and add the outer
VLAN ID, so as to implement the QinQ function of the data service.
Access method
GPON OLTVLAN Opreation Table in the shortcut menu. Then the GPON
OLTVLAN Opreation Table window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Domain Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The name of the GPON
Double-click to
OLT VLAN operation
characters, and a table
type the name of
table. Users can create
up to 4096 operation
VLAN operation
tables.
and underlines.
table.
Compulsory
the GPON OLT
Compulsory.
The value of this
parameter
should be the
The pre-translation VLAN

VLAN ID
ID value of the uplink
VLAN to the OLT and for
4085.
translation.
same as the
Double-click to
outer VLAN ID
type the VLAN
configured in the
ID value.
ONU port
service
configuration
window.
Version: A
3-95
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
Priority
The translation priority
When the inner
value of the downlink
VLAN is not
Double-click to
translated, this
type the priority
card for translation of
parameter does
value.
inner VLAN.
not need
VLAN to the line interface
configuration.
Optional.
When the outer
Outer VLAN COS
The priority of the

SVLAN.
VLAN is not
Double-click to
added, this
type the priority
parameter does
of the SVLAN.
not need
configuration.
Optional.
When the outer
Outer VLAN Vid
Is used to add the SVLAN
value.
4085.
VLAN is not
Double-click to
added, this
type the VLAN
parameter does
ID value.
not need
configuration.
Optional.
When the inner
VLAN is not
The translation priority

Inner VLAN COS
value of the inner VLAN
translated, this
parameter does
of the uplink service flow.
not need
Double-click to
type the
translation
priority value.
configuration.
Optional.
Is used to translate the
When the inner
inner VLAN of the uplink

service flow from the
Inner VLAN Vid
ONU. When translation is

needed, this parameter
refers to the
post-translation VLAN ID.
3-96
VLAN is not
translated, this
4085.
parameter can
keep the same
Double-click to
type the VLAN
ID value.
as VLAN ID or
be set to null.
Version: A
3.9
Configuring QoS
3.9.1
Configuring a QoS Profile
Command function
The QoS profile configuration command is used to configure flow rules such as
VLAN ID, port, Ethernet protocol type, priority queuing, and DSCP value. Based on
these flow rules, the system can control the data stream, so as to provide network
services with different QoS levels.
When configuring the IP flow classification parameters in a QoS profile, users can
perform the combined configuration, but they cannot combine these parameters
randomly. The allowed IP flow classification parameter groups are described as
follows; in the same group, the parameters can be combined as required:
SIP, DIP, Protocol Type, TCP/UDP SPORT, TCP/UDP DPORT;
SMAC, DMAC, Ethernet Type, Priority Domain, VID;
SMAC, SIP, Ethernet Type, Priority Domain, VID;
DMAC, DIP, Ethernet Type, Priority Domain, VID.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, select Config QoSProfiles in
the shortcut menu, and click the QoSProfiles tab in the window that appears. Then
the QoSProfiles window will appear.
Version: A
3-97
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The value range: 1
Name
The name of the
to 20 characters,
QoS profile.
and a profile name
Users can
can only consist of
create up to
letters, digital
1024 profiles.
numbers, and
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the name

of the QoS
profile.
underlines.
The VLAN ID
value, used to
VLAN ID
classify and filter

the data service
Src IP
Optional.
The value range is
1 to 4085.
When the VLAN-ID-based flow rule
Double-click to
is configured to filter the service
type the VLAN
flow, users must configure this
ID value.
flow.
parameter.
The source IP
Optional.
address, used to
When the IP-address-based flow
classify and filter

the data service

0.0.0.0.
rule is configured to filter the service

parameter.
flow.
Double-click to
type the
source IP
address.
The source IP
address mask,
used to classify
and filter the
Optional.
data service
Src IP MASK
flow.
If the source IP
255.255.255.255.
address is set,

parameter.
the source IP
Double-click to
type the
source IP
address mask.
address mask
must be
configured.
The destination
Optional.
IP address,
Dst IP
used to classify
and filter the
0.0.0.0.
data service
flow.
3-98

parameter.
Double-click to
type the
destination IP
address.
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The destination
IP address
mask, used to
classify and filter
Optional.
the data service

Dst IP Mask
flow.
If the destination
255.255.255.255.
IP address is

parameter.
set, the source
Double-click to
type the
destination IP
address mask.
IP address
mask must be
configured.
The source
Optional.
MAC address,
Src MAC
used to classify
and filter the
00-00-00-00-00-00.
data service

parameter.
flow.
The destination
Optional.
MAC address,
Dst MAC
When the MAC-address-based flow
used to classify
and filter the
00-00-00-00-00-00.
data service
When the MAC-address-based flow

parameter.
flow.
Double-click to
type the
source MAC
address.
Double-click to
type the
destination
MAC address.
The priority of
Priority
the data service
The value range is
Optional.
Click the
flow, used to
0 to 7 or null. The
When the priority-based flow rule is
drop-down list
classify and filter
default value is
configured to filter the service flow,
to select the
the data service
null.
users must configure this parameter.
value.
Optional.
Double-click to
When the Ethernet-type -based flow
type the value
corresponding
to the Ethernet
parameter.
type.
flow.
The value
corresponding
to the Ethernet
type of the data
Ethernet Type
service flow,
used to classify
and filter the
The value range is

0 to 65534.
data service
flow.
Version: A
3-99
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The value
corresponding
to the network
Optional.
layer protocol
Protocol Type
type of the data
The value range is
service flow,
1 to 255.
used to classify
When the protocol-type -based flow

parameter.
and filter the
Double-click to
type the value
corresponding
to the network
layer protocol
type.
data service
flow.
The source port
Double-click to
number
corresponding
Optional.
to the transport
TCP/UDP Src
Port
layer TCP / UDP

protocol type of
the data service
When the TCP /

The value range is
UDP-source-port-number-based
0 to 65534.
flow rule is configured to filter the

service flow, users must configure
flow, used to
this parameter.
classify and filter
type the
source port
number
corresponding
to the
transport layer
TCP / UDP
protocol type.
the data service

flow.
The destination
Double-click to
port number
corresponding
Optional.
to the transport
TCP/UDP Dst
Port
layer TCP / UDP

protocol type of
the data service
flow, used to
classify and filter
the data service
When the TCP /

The value range is
UDP-destination-port-number-based
0 to 65534.
flow rule is configured to filter the

service flow, users must configure
this parameter.
type the
destination
port number
corresponding
to the
transport layer
TCP / UDP
protocol type.
flow.
3-100
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
If the IP protocol
is used, this
parameter
refers to the first
six bits in the
TOS domain at
the head of an
DscpParameter
IP message. It is
used to classify
Optional.
The value range is
When the DSCP-based flow rule is
0 to 63 or null.
configured to filter the service flow,

users must configure this parameter.
and filter the
Double-click to
type the DSCP
value.
data service
flow.
dscp: differential
services code
point.
Processes the
data service
flow meeting the
filtering
conditions. Its
Click the
value includes
CMD
Forward,
Compulsory
Discard, and
drop-down list
to select the
value.
Null. Among the

three values,
Forward and
Discard mean
two policy types.
Controls the
transmission
Rate Limit Num
(64kbit/s)
rate of the data

service flow
meeting the
filtering
conditions.
Version: A
The value range is

1 to 160000 in the
step of 64 kbit/s.
For example, when
the value is 1, it
indicates that the
Optional.
Double-click to
type the rate
as required.
value.
rate threshold is 64
kbit/s.
3-101
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Re-configures
the priority of
Queue
the data service
The value range is
flow meeting the
0 to 7 or null.
filtering
Optional.
as required.
Click the
drop-down list
to select the
value.
conditions.
Re-configures
the DSCP value
of the data
DSCP
service flow
meeting the
The value range is

0 to 63 or null.
Optional.
Double-click to
type the DSCP
as required.
value.
filtering
conditions.
Select or clear
Enables /
Flow Mirror
disables the flow
Enable
mirroring
Optional.

as required.
function.
the check box

to enable /
disable the
flow mirroring
function.
When the target
Flow Mirror
DstPorts
port of flow
Click the
mirroring is
drop-down list
configured, the
The value range
Optional.
to select the
data stream
includes all uplink
When the flow mirroring function is
uplink port
through the
ports.
enabled, this parameter is valid.
acting as the
source port can
target port of
be mirrored to
flow mirroring.
the target port.

When the
re-direction port
New Port
is configured,
Click the
the data stream
drop-down list
will not pass
The value range
Optional.
to select the
through the
includes all uplink
When the flow mirroring function is
uplink port
source port, but
ports.
enabled, this parameter is invalid.
acting as the
will be
re-direction
forwarded
port.
directly via the

re-direction port.
3-102
Version: A
3.9.2
Binding / Unbinding a QoS Profile with a Slot
Command function
The QoS profile binding / unbinding with slot command is used to bind / unbind a
QoS profile with a line interface card. After the designated QoS profile is bound with
a line interface card, the uplink data stream through this line interface card will be
processed according to this QoS profile.
Before binding / unbinding a QoS profile with a slot, users need to complete
configuration of the QoS profile.
Access method
the shortcut menu, and click the Slot Attach/Detach QoS tab in the window that
appears. Then the Slot Attach/Detach QoS window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The slot number of the

Slot No.:
service card joining the
binding / unbinding
16.
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the slot

number.
operation.
Click the
Action
Performs the binding /

unbinding operation.
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value
(Bind or Unbind).
Read-only.
The name of the QoS

Profile
profile that needs to be
Name
bound / unbound with
the line interface card.
It is the profile name

configured in the QOS
Template window.
Select or clear the
check box to bind
Selects whether the

Bind or
profile is to be bound or
Unbind
unbound with the line

interface card.
Compulsory
/ unbind the
profile with the
line interface
card.
Version: A
3-103
3.9.3
Binding / Unbinding a QoS Profile with an Uplink Port
Command function
The QoS profile binding / unbinding with uplink port command is used to bind /
unbind a QoS profile with an uplink port. After the designated QoS profile is bound
with an uplink port, the downlink data stream through this uplink port will be
processed according to this QoS profile.
Before binding / unbinding a QoS profile with an uplink port, users need to
complete configuration of the QoS profile.
Access method
the shortcut menu, and click the Port Attach/Detach QoS tab in the window that
appears. Then the Port Attach/Detach QoS window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
type the number
The number of the

Slot No.
service slot joining the
binding / unbinding
16.
of the service
Compulsory
slot joining the

binding /
operation.
unbinding
operation.
Click the
Action
Performs the binding /

unbinding operation.
drop-down list to
Compulsory
select the value

(Bind or
Unbind).
Read-only.
The name of the QoS

Profile Name
profile that needs to be

bound / unbind with the
uplink port.
3-104
It is the value
configured in the QOS
Template window.
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
profile is to be bound or
Unbind
unbound with the uplink
the check box to
Compulsory
port.
3.9.4
Method
Select or clear
Selects whether the

Bind or
Configuration
bind / unbind the

profile with the
uplink port.
Configuring / Querying Priority Mode
Command function
The priority mode configuration / query command is used to configure or query the
priority mode of data forwarding of the switch chip in the core switch card. The
switch chip in the core switch card maps the uplink and downlink services into
different priority queues according to the IEEE 802.1D user priority labels, and
performs scheduling of the uplink and downlink services. Each port supports eight
priority queues.
Strict priority ensures that higher-priority services are always processed prior
to lower-priority services.
Weighted priority is a weighted round robin queue scheduling mechanism. In

this mode, the system first processes higher-priority services, but when the
system processes higher-priority services, lower-priority services are not
blocked completely, and they are processed by a certain proportion at the
same time.
Mixed priority includes strict priority and weighted priority.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config Priority
Mode in the shortcut menu. Then the Priority Mode window will appear.
Version: A
3-105
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The priority mode of

data forwarding of the
switch chip in the core
Model
switch card.
Its value includes: Strict
Weight Priority.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Priority, Weight
Priority, and Mixed
Priority.
Each port supports eight
priority queues.
According to the
configured mapping
relationships and priority
Queue
of a message, the
Priority
system makes each
Read-only
message enter the

corresponding queue
and receive processing
of corresponding QoS
level.
The queue scheduling
algorithm corresponds to
the priority mode.
Queue
Schedule
Method
Compulsory.
When Mode is set to

Mixed Priority, the
priority queues 0 to 5
can use the strict priority
When Mode is set to
Click the
Strict Priority or
drop-down list to
Weight Priority, this
select the value.
algorithm or the
weighted priority
algorithm.
The service processing
proportion. The higher
Weight
the weight value of a

service is, the more
bandwidth it occupies for
Compulsory.
When Mode is set to
15.
Strict Priority, this

Double-click to
type the weight
value.
processing.
3-106
Version: A
3.9.5
Configuring Flow Classification Rule
Command function
The flow classification rule configuration command is used to configure flow rules
(based on source / destination MAC address, based on source / destination IP
address, etc.), so as to filter the uplink service flow entering an ONU port.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config Flow
Classification Rule in the shortcut menu. Then the Flow Classification Rule
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
Rule Name
The name of the flow
classification rule.
rule name can only
Users can create up to
253 rules.
numbers, and
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
type the name of
Compulsory
the flow
classification
rule.
underlines.
The rule domain type of
the flow classification
rule. Its value includes:
Based On SMAC,
Based On DMAC,
Based On SIP, Based
On DIP, Based On
Rule
Rule
VLAN ID, Based On
Type
Type
Ethernet, Based On IP
Protocol Type, Based
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
On Ethernet Priority,
Based On IP
TOS/DSCP (IPv4),
Based On L4 SPORT,
Based On L4 DPORT,
and Based On TTL.
Version: A
3-107
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
According to the
appointed value of
Operator
select one of the
Click the
following seven
drop-down list to
operators: =, !=, <=, >=,
select the value.
Exist Match, Not Exist

Match, and Always
Match.
Rule
Value
3.9.6
According to the
Double-click to
appointed value of
type the
corresponding
set the corresponding
rule domain
rule domain value.
value.
Configuring Traffic Policy
Command function
The traffic policy configuration command is used to apply the defined flow
classification rule to the traffic policy. Its purpose is described as follows: Bind the
ONU port and perform access control and flow control of the uplink service flow
entering an ONU port, so as to guarantee the QoS.
Before configuring the traffic policy, users need to complete configuration of the
flow classification rule.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config Flow
Policy in the shortcut menu. Then the Flow Policy window will appear.
3-108
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Policy
Name
The name of the traffic

policy. Users can create
up to 128 flow policies.
characters, and a rule

name can only consist
of letters, digital
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the name of

the traffic policy.
numbers, and
underlines.
Compulsory.

Rule ID
classification rule to be
bound with.
use the value

configured in the Flow
Classification Rule
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
window.
Precedence
The processing priority
12. 12 means the
of the designated traffic
highest priority, and 1
policy.
means the lowest
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
processing priority
value.
priority.
Optional.
This parameter cannot
ACL Enable

access control function.
be set to Enable
Click the
together with
drop-down list to
RateLimit, Queue
select the value.
Enable, and CoS

Remark.
Filters and forwards the
service flow entering the
ONU port. Its values are
described as follows:
Allow: In this mode, only
Optional.
the flow matching the

Forward
rule can be forwarded,

and other flows are
discarded.
When ACL Enable is

set to Enable, this
parameter is valid.
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
Forbid: In this mode, the

flow matching the rule is
discarded, and other
flows can be forwarded.
Version: A
3-109
Parameter
Name
RateLimit
CIR (kbps)
CBS (Byte)
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Optional.
flow rate control
function, so as to
be set to Enable with
perform rate control of
ACL Enable, Queue
the service flow entering
Enable, and CoS
the ONU port.
Remark also enabled.

Optional.
The minimum
When RateLimit is set
transmission rate.
to Enable, this
value is 0.
parameter is valid.
The value range is not
Optional.
The size of the burst
less than 0, with the unit
When RateLimit is set
traffic.
being byte. The default
to Enable, this
value is 0.
parameter is valid.
Configuration
Method
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
Double-click to
type the minimum
transmission rate.
Double-click to
type the size of
the burst traffic.
Double-click to
type the size of
the excess burst

EBS (Byte)
The size of the excess
4294967294, with the
burst traffic.
unit being byte. The
traffic.
Reserved
It is not
recommended
default value is 0.
that users
configure this
parameter.
Double-click to
type the
The maximum cell rate

PIR (kbit/s)
value that cannot be

exceeded.
maximum cell rate

4294967294, with the
unit being kbit/s. The
default value is 0.
value.
Reserved
It is not
recommended
that users
configure this
parameter.
3-110
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

queue mapping function.
Optional.
When the queue
Queue
mapping function is
be set to Enable with
Enable
enabled, the service flow
ACL Enable and
is mapped into the
RateLimit also
priority queue according
enabled.
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
to its priority.
The queue that the
7. 7 means the queue
Optional.
Queue
service flow is mapped
with the highest priority,
When Queue Enable
Mapped
into according to its
and 0 means the queue
is set to Enable, this
priority.
with the lowest priority.
parameter is valid.

When the re-tagging
Remark
type the queue

that the service
flow is mapped
into.
Optional.
re-tagging function.
COS
Double-click to
priority of a service flow
Click the
be set to Enable
drop-down list to
together with ACL
select the value.
Enable and RateLimit.
can be modified.
CoS
7. 7 means the queue
Optional.
Modifies the CoS priority
with the highest priority,
When COS Remark is
tag.
and 0 means the queue
set to Enable, this
with the lowest priority.
parameter is valid.
Double-click to
type the CoS
priority value.
Version: A
3-111
3.10
Managing a DBA Profile
3.10.1
Configuring a DBA Configuration Profile
Command function
The DBA configuration profile configuration command is used as follows: Filters the
uplink service flow entering the ONU port, and performs dynamic bandwidth
assignment via binding the SLA configuration profile, so as to increase the uplink
bandwidth utilization ratio of the system and guarantee fairness and QoS of the
service.
Before configuring a DBA configuration profile, users need to complete
configuration of the flow classification rule and the SLA configuration profile.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config DBA
Profile Manage DBA Configuration Profile in the shortcut menu. Then the
DBA Configuration Profile window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

DBA Profile
name
The DBA profile name.

1022 profiles.
numbers, and
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the DBA

profile name.
underlines.
3-112
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Compulsory.
Flow
Classification
classification rule profile
Rule Profile
to be bound with.
use the flow
classification rule
profile name
configured in the Flow
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
Classification Rule
window.
Compulsory.
LLID SLA
The name of the SLA
Profile
profile to be bound with.
use the SLA
Click the
configuration profile
drop-down list to
name configured in the
select the value.
SLA Config Profile

window.
3.10.2
Configuring a SLA Configuration Profile
Command function
The SLA configuration profile configuration command is used to configure
bandwidth for the uplink / downlink service flow of the ONU according to the SLAs
of different subscribers.
Access method
Profile Manage SLA Configuration Profile in the shortcut menu. Then the
SLA Configuration Profile window will appear.
Version: A
3-113
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

LLID SLA
The SLA profile name.
Profile
name
1020 profiles.

of letters, digital
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the SLA

profile name.
numbers, and
underlines.
The minimum
that the ONU can obtain,
used to transmit the
uplink service flow of the
Up CIR
(kbit/s)
ONU.
The value range is 0,
When the uplink service
256 to 10000000, with
flow of an ONU does not
the unit being kbit/s.
reach the minimum
guaranteed bandwidth,
640.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
bandwidth value.
the system can assign

the remaining bandwidth
for uplink services of
other ONUs via the DBA
mechanism.
Up PIR
(kbit/s)
3-114
The maximum
bandwidth that the ONU
to 10000000, with the
can obtain, used to
transmit the uplink
default value is
service flow of the ONU.
1000000.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
bandwidth value.
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The fixed bandwidth that

the ONU can obtain,
uplink service flow of the
ONU.
Up FIR
When an ONU does not
(kbit/s)
transmit uplink service
flow, this ONU still can
value is 0.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
bandwidth value.
obtain the fixed

bandwidth, and this fixed
bandwidth cannot be
used by other ONUs.
Performs the minimum
bandwidth level
Up min
Scheduler
level
scheduling of the LLID of

the ONU.
The system will first
assign bandwidth for the
uplink service with a

7. 0 means the highest
level, and 7 means the
lowest level. The default
value is 1.
Optional.
Double-click to
When Mode is set to
type the
Common, this
scheduling level
value.
Optional.
Double-click to
When Mode is set to
type the
Common, this
scheduling level
value.
Optional.
Double-click to
When Mode is set to
type the
Common, this
scheduling level
value.
high level.
Performs the maximum
bandwidth level
Up max
Scheduler
level

the ONU.

value is 5.
high level.
Performs the polling
Up Polling
level
level scheduling of the
LLID of the ONU.
value is 1.
high level.
Version: A
3-115
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The minimum
that the ONU can obtain,
downlink service flow of
the ONU.
When the downlink
Optional.
Dn CIR
service flow of an ONU
When Mode is set to
(kbit/s)
does not reach the
Common, this
minimum guaranteed
Double-click to
type the
bandwidth value.
bandwidth, the system

can assign the
remaining bandwidth for
uplink services of other
ONUs via the DBA
mechanism.
The maximum
bandwidth that the ONU
Dn PIR
can obtain, used to
(kbit/s)
transmit the downlink

service flow of the ONU.

default value
is1000000.
Optional.
When Mode is set to
Common, this
Double-click to
type the
bandwidth value.
Performs the minimum

bandwidth level
Dn min
the ONU.
Scheduler
level
downlink service with a
value is 1.
Optional.
Double-click to
When Mode is set to
type the
Common, this
scheduling level
value.
Optional.
Double-click to
When Mode is set to
type the
Common, this
scheduling level
value.
high level.
Performs the maximum
bandwidth level
Dn max
Scheduler
level

the ONU.
downlink service with a

value is 5.
high level.
3-116
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
If users need to adjust

the bandwidth
assignment parameters
accurately, they should
select Advanced.
Mode
If users only configure

Up CIR (kbit/s), Up PIR
Click the
(kbit/s), and Up FIR
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
(kbit/s) and use the

default values of other
parameters, they can
select Common.
3.10.3
Refreshing a DBA Profile
Command function
The DBA profile refreshing command is used to refresh configuration of a DBA
profile. Its function is described as follows: After a DBA profile is bound with the
designated ONU, if its configuration is modified, users can perform the DBA profile
refreshing command to apply the modified DBA profile configuration to the ONU.
Before refreshing a DBA profile, users need to complete configuration of the DBA
configuration profile.
Access method
Profile Manage DBA Profile refresh in the shortcut menu. Then the DBA
Profile refresh window will appear.
Version: A
3-117
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Compulsory.
This value should use
DBA Profile
The name of the DBA
Name
profile to be refreshed.
the DBA profile name

configured in the DBA
Configuration Profile
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
window.
3-118
Version: A
3.11
Configuring DHCP
3.11.1
Enabling DHCP Snooping Function
Command function
The DHCP snooping enabling command is used to enable the DHCP snooping
function of the equipment. After this function is enabled, the equipment snoops the
DHCP messages, and extracts / records the IP address and MAC address
information from the received DHCP Request or DHCP Ack messages.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config DHCP
DHCP Snooping Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the DHCP Snooping Switch
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
DHCP snooping
Compulsory
function.
3.11.2
Method
Click the

Switch
Configuration
drop-down list
to select the
value.
Configuring a DHCP Snooping Trusted Port
Command function
The DHCP snooping trusted port configuration command is used to set a certain
uplink port as the trusted port. A trusted port can receive and forward DHCP Offer
messages normally; a non-trusted port will discard the received DHCP Offer
messages. Via this operation, the system can filter information from an illegal
DHCP server, so as to ensure that the client end obtains the IP address from the
legal DHCP server.
Version: A
3-119
Access method
DHCP Snooping Trusted Ports in the shortcut menu. Then the DHCP Snooping
Trusted Ports window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Selects a trusted uplink port as

follows:
1 indicates port 19: XFP;
2 indicates port 19: SFP1;
Uplink Port
No.
Optional.
When the DHCP

The value
range is 1 to 12.
snooping function is
enabled, this
parameter is valid.
Double-click to
type the value
corresponding to
the uplink port.

12 indicates port 20: SFP6.
3.11.3
Managing Line Identifier
Command function
The AN5516-06 uses the line identifier management command to select one of the
following modes to add its own access node identifier, cabinet number, and
subrack number in the DHCP Request message: DHCP Option82, Option18, or
PPPoE+.
Access method
Line Identifier Management in the shortcut menu. Then the Line Identifier
Management window will appear.
Parameter
3-120
Version: A
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
After this parameter is set to

Enable, as the DHCP relay
agent, the AN5516-06 will
add the Option82 option in
Optional.
the received DHCP Request

message, and then report its
Option82 Switch
own address information
and the DHCP client end

address information to the
When the DHCP
Click the
Option82 mode is
drop-down list
used, set this
to select the
parameter to
value.
Enable.
DHCP server.
To enable this function,
users must use DHCPv4 to
obtain the IPv4 address.
Enable, as the DHCP relay
agent, the AN5516-06 will
add the Option18 option in
Optional.
the received DHCP Request

message, and then report its
Option18 Switch
own address information
and the DHCP client end

When the DHCP
Click the
Option18 mode is
drop-down list
used, set this
to select the
parameter to
value.
Enable.
DHCP server.
users must use DHCPv6 to
obtain the IPv6 address.
Enable, the AN5516-06 will
add its own address
information in the received
PPPoE+ Switch
PPPoE PADI and PPPoE
Optional.
PADR messages, and then
When the PPPoE+
report this information and
mode is used, set
the DHCP client end
this parameter to
Enable.
Click the
drop-down list
to select the
value.
DHCP server.
users must use PPPoE to
obtain the IP address.
Version: A
3-121
Parameter Name
AccessNodeIdentifier
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The value
Optional.
range: 1 to 50
When Option82
characters, and
Switch, Option18
Double-click to
The identifier of the
the value can
Switch, and
type the
AN5516-06.
only consist of
PPPoE+ Switch are
identifier of the
letters, digital
all set to Disable,
AN5516-06.
numbers, and
this parameter is
underlines.
invalid.
Optional.
When Option82
The value
The number of the cabinet.
ANI-rack
range is 0 to
31.
Switch, Option18
Double-click to
Switch, and
type the
PPPoE+ Switch are
number of the
all set to Disable,
cabinet.
this parameter is
invalid.
Optional.
When Option82
The value
The number of the subrack.
ANI-frame
range is 0 to
127.
Switch, Option18
Double-click to
Switch, and
type the
PPPoE+ Switch are
number of the
all set to Disable,
subrack.
this parameter is
invalid.
3.11.4
Configuring Line Identifier Format
Command function
The line identifier format configuration command is used to configure the system
line identifier format and transparent options. The system can use the CTC
standard, the CNC standard, or the user defined configuration to set the line
identifier format, so as to add the subscriber information and equipment information
in the packets for the upper level BRAS equipment to manage conveniently.
Before configuration, users need to select the line identifier format. For the CTC
standard and the CNC standard, users can select them directly; to use the user
defined configuration, users need to determine the line identifier message format.
3-122
Version: A
Access method
Circuit ID Format in the shortcut menu. Then the Circuit ID Format window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Its value includes Use CTC

Format, Use CNC Format, and
Method
Click the identifier
The type of the identifier format.

ID Format Type
Configuration
Compulsory
format button box

to select the
value.
Customer Format.
Optional.
When ID
Format Type
Custom String
The user defined fixed value of

the line identifier.
is set to
Customer
Format, this
Double-click to
type the string
value.
parameter is
valid.
The line identifier variable
needed for the user defined
configuration. The value
includes: Outer VLAN, Inner
VLAN, AccessNodeIdentifier,
ANI-rack, ANI-frame, ANI-slot,
Optional.
ANI-PON-port,
When ID
ANI-ONU-ID(MAC),
Format Type
Uplink-port-type,
Circuit ID Variable
Service-card-type,
OLT-management VLAN-IP,
ONU-authorization-No.,
ONU-type, MDU-ONU-slot,
MDU-ONU-subslot,
is set to
Customer
Format, this
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
parameter is
valid.
MDU-ONU-UNI-port,
ONU-user-port-type, Port
-VPI/SVLAN, Port -VCI/CVLAN,
IAD-IP, IAD-MAC, and
Access-type.
Version: A
3-123
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
When ID
Format Type
Delimiter
The delimiter between different

line identifier variables.
is set to
Customer
Format, this
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
parameter is
valid.
The identifier of the transparent
IP DSLAM message. When the
TRUST-IPDSLAM
IPDSLAM-ID value is the same

as the identifier value of the line
Select / clear the
Compulsory
TRUST-IPDSLAM
check box.
identifier message, this message

will be transmitted transparently.
The type of the variable
matching the IP DSLAM line
IPDSLAM-PARAM
identifier. Users can select

ONU-ID,
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
AccessNodeIdentifier, or
Access-type.
Double-click to
The variable value matching the
type the variable
IP DSLAM line identifier

IPDSLAM-ID
message. If the matching
Compulsory
succeeds, this message will be
value matching
the IP DSLAM line
identifier
message.
The identifier of the transparent

LAN ONU message. When the
TRUST-LAN
LAN-ID value is the same as the

identifier value of the line
Select / clear the
Compulsory
TRUST-LAN
check box.
identifier message, this message

will be transmitted transparently.
The type of the variable
matching the LAN ONU line
LAN-PARAM
identifier. Users can select

ONU-ID,
AccessNodeIdentifier, or
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Access-type.
3-124
Version: A
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
type the variable
LAN ONU line identifier

message. If the matching
succeeds, this message will be
Version: A
Method
Double-click to
The variable value matching the

LAN-ID
Configuration
Compulsory
value matching
the LAN ONU line
identifier
message.
3-125
3.12
Configuring Clock
3.12.1
Selecting System Synchronization Reference Source
Command function
The system synchronization reference source selection command is used to
configure the synchronization reference source of the AN5516-06.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config System
Clock Source in the shortcut menu. Then the System Clock Source window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Click the
TDM card or clock card

Slot No.
acting as the
synchronization
16.
reference source of the
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
equipment.
3.12.2
Configuring Clock Mode
Command function
The clock mode configuration command is used to configure the clock acquisition
mode of a line interface card.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config Clock
Mode in the shortcut menu. Then the Clock Mode window will appear.
3-126
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
The slot number of
16.
Slot No.
Property
Compulsory
Configuration
Method
Click the drop-down
list to select the value.
The clock acquisition

mode of the line
interface card. The
value includes Local
and System.
Local: The oscillator
Clock Mode
inside the line

interface card
Compulsory
Click the drop-down

provides the clock.

System: The system
synchronization
reference source
provides the clock.
Version: A
3-127
3.13
Configuring PON Port Protection
3.13.1
Setting a PON Port Protection Group
Command function
The PON port protection group setting command is used to set the active/standby
PON ports as a PON port protection group. After this command is executed, the
system can perform the switching of the active/standby PON ports according to the
status of a PON port, so as to ensure security of the downlink line.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config PON
Protection Group Config PON Protection Group Config in the shortcut menu.
Then the PON Protection Group Config window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Group No.
port protection group.
64.
Compulsory
type the number

of the PON port
protection group.
Read-only.
line interface card

Slot No.
containing the PON port
joining the protection
3-128
configuration of PON
No.
group.
PON No.
Its value is read via the
The number of the port
Click to enter the
joining the PON port
PON No.
protection group.
configuration GUI,
The PON ports joining
Compulsory
and select the
the same protection
port joining the
group must have the
PON port
same type.
protection group.
Version: A
3.13.2
Configuring PON Port Protection Group Mode
Command function
The PON port protection group mode configuration command is used to configure
the protection mode of the PON port protection group. In addition, this command
can implement the auto-returning-to-active-link function after the service of the
active port resumes.
Access method
Protection Group Config PON Port Protection Group Mode in the shortcut
menu. Then the PON Port Protection Group Mode window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Compulsory.
Group No.

protection group.
use the Group No.

value configured in the
PON Port Protection
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
Group Config window.
Version: A
3-129
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The protection mode of the PON

port protection group. Its value
includes Type B, Type C, and
Type D.
Type B: Provides redundancy
protection for the OLT PON port
and the optical fiber between the
splitter and the OLT.
Type C: Provides 1+1
Item
redundancy protection for OLT

PON ports, ONU optical
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
modules, optical fibers between

the splitter and OLT, splitters,
and distribution optical fibers.
Type D: Provides 1+1
redundancy protection for OLT
PON ports, ONU PON ports,
optical fibers between the splitter
and OLT, splitters, and
distribution optical fibers.
When this parameter is to
Auto
Resume
Optional.
Enable, the protected service

will return to the former working
link automatically after the set
The value
Resume
Interval
The auto return wait time of the

protected service.
range is 0 to
3600, with the
unit being
second.
3-130
Type B, this parameter

is valid.
auto return interval.
Auto
When Item is set to
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
Optional.
When Item is set to
Type B, and Auto
Resume is set to
Enable, this parameter
Double-click to
type the auto
return wait time.
is valid.
Version: A
3.13.3
Configuring a Hand-in-Hand PON Port Protection

Group
Command function
The hand-in-hand PON port protection group configuration command is used to
configure ONUs spanning OLTs as a hand-in-hand PON port protection group, so
as to protect the services on these ONUs.
A hand-in-hand PON port protection group must have the same OLT type, the
same line interface card type, and the same ONU type.
Access method
Protection Group Config Hand-in-Hand PON Protection Group Configure in
the shortcut menu. Then the Hand-in-Hand PON Protection Group Configure
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
The number of the

Group No.
hand-in-hand PON port

protection group.
type the number

128.
Compulsory
of the
hand-in-hand
PON port
protection group.
Its value must not be

OLT IP
the same as the IP
local OLT.
address of the opposite
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the IP
address.
OLT.
Local Slot
No.
line interface card

containing the local
PON port joining the

16.
Read-only
protection group.
Version: A
3-131
Parameter
Name
Local PON
Port No.
Peer IP of
Hand-in-hand
OLT
Value Range /
Requirement
The number of the local
The value range
port joining the PON
depends on the type of

opposite OLT.
Property
Configuration
Method
Select the PON
Compulsory
port number as
required.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the IP
address.

line interface card
Peer Slot No.
containing the opposite

PON port joining the

16.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the slot

number.
protection group.
The number of the
Peer Port No.
opposite port joining the

PON port protection
group.
3.13.4
The value range

depends on the type of
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the PON port

number.
PON Port Protection Group Forced Switching
Command function
The PON port protection group forced switching command is used to perform
switching of the active / standby PON ports in the PON port protection group
forcibly.
Access method
PON Protection Group Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the PON
Protection Group Switch window will appear.
3-132
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Compulsory.
Group No.
Double-click to
use the Group No.
type the number
64.
of the PON port
PON Protection
protection group.
3.13.5
PON Port Protection Group Ranging
Command function
The PON Port protection group ranging command is used to measure the relative
distance from the ONU to the OLT according to the round-trip delay of a PON port
in the PON port protection group.
Access method
Pon Protect Group Rtt Value in the shortcut menu. Then the Pon Protect
Group Rtt Value window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Compulsory.
Group No.
Double-click to
use the Group No.
type the number
64.
of the PON port
PON Protection
protection group.
Version: A
3-133
3.13.6
Viewing PON Port Protection Group Operating Status
Command function
The viewing PON port protection group operating status command is used to view
the current status of the PON port protection group.
Access method
PON Protection Group Working Status in the shortcut menu. Then the PON
Protection Group Working Status window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Group No.
Property
The number of the PON port protection group.
Read-only
The status of the PON port protection group. Its value includes
Stable and Detecting.
Group State
When the PON port is under stable status, this parameter is

displayed as Stable.
Read-only
When the PON port is under detecting status, this parameter is

displayed as Detecting.
Slot No.
PON Port
No.
The slot number of the line interface card containing the PON
port joining the protection group.
The number of the port joining the PON port protection group.
Read-only
Read-only
The status of a certain PON port in the PON port protection

group.
State
Its value includes Stable Main, Stable Standby, and Detecting.
Read-only
Stable indicates normal operating status; Detecting indicates

abnormal operating status.
3-134
Version: A
3.14
Managing Uplink Function
3.14.1
Configuring Trunking Link Aggregation
Command function
Trunking involves the static aggregation group. Compared with the LACP mode,
Trunking needs manual setting of trunking member ports. The member ports can
only be uplink ports. Users cannot configure trunking and LACP modes at the same
time.
The main function of Trunking is to bind multiple physical ports to form one logical
channel. Via this operation, users can increase the bandwidth of the entire network;
in addition, the data are transmitted through multiple bound physical links so that
the link redundancy can be implemented; if one or multiple links among these
physical links are interrupted due to network fault or other reasons, the remaining
links can still work.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config Uplink
Function Manage Port Trunking in the shortcut menu. Then the Port
Trunking window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only.
Trunk
Group
Master Port
This parameter is read
The master port of a

certain trunking group. A
trunking group can only
have one master port.
if you select the

Master Port check box
in the right pane of the

window.
Version: A
3-135
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only.
Trunk
The member port of a
Group
Member
trunking group can have
Port
up to 11 member ports.
This parameter is read
if you select the

Member Port check
box in the right pane of

the window.
The system reads the

available uplink ports of
Port Name
the equipment
automatically, with the
Read-only
format being slot

number: port type.
The master port of a
Master Port

trunking group can only
Select / clear the

All uplink ports.
Compulsory
box.
have one master port.

Member
The member port of a
All uplink ports except
Port
certain trunking group.
for the master port.
3.14.2
Main Port check
Select / clear the

Compulsory
Member Port
check box.
Setting LACP
Command function
The LACP (Link Aggregation Control Protocol) is a protocol to implement the
dynamic link aggregation function. The LACP protocol exchanges information with
the opposite end via the LACPDU. When the LACP protocol on a certain port is
enabled, this port will send the LACPDU to the opposite end for notifying the
opposite end of its own system priority, system MAC address, port number, and
operation key. After receiving these information items, the opposite end compares
them with the information items saved in other ports to select ports that can be
aggregated, so that the two parties can achieve consistency on the port joining /
leaving a certain dynamic aggregation group.
3-136
Version: A
After the LACP function is enabled, users do not need to configure the aggregation
member ports manually, and the system can perform the dynamic configuration
automatically. Various ports can be aggregated dynamically only under the
following conditions: They have the same rate, the same duplex property, and the
same basic configurations, and are connected with the same equipment set. The
member ports can only be uplink ports. Users cannot configure trunking and RSTP
functions when configuring the LACP function.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, select Config LACP Config
in the shortcut menu, and click the LACP Config tab in the window that appears.
Then the LACP Config window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Lacp
dynamic
Switch
LACP function.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
The priority of the

Optional.
AN5516-06. When the

System
Priority
AN5516-06 is connected
When Lacp dynamic
with the uplink
65534. The default
Switch is set to
equipment, the system
value is 32768.
is valid.
will compare this

parameter.
The number of the uplink
port joining the LACP
calculation.
Because one port must
Uplink Port
be added to the
No.
management VLAN and
Read-only
cannot join the LACP

aggregation group, the
equipment can support
up to 11 ports.
Version: A
3-137
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

LACP function of an
Optional.
uplink port.
Switch
For an uplink port, it can
be set into a certain
Enable.
aggregation group only

when this parameter is
When Lacp dynamic
Click the
Switch is set to
drop-down list to
select the value.
is valid.
set to Enable.
3.14.3
Aggregation Setting
Command function
After the LACP function is enabled, if the uplink card is connected with the uplink
equipment, users can perform the aggregation setting command to make the
system automatically read the assignment status of the aggregation group.
Before performing the aggregation setting command, users need to enable the
LACP function.
Access method
in the shortcut menu, and click the Aggregation Config tab in the window that
appears. Then the Aggregation Config window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
The number of the dynamic aggregation

Group No.
group. Its value is assigned by the
Read-only
system automatically.
Read-only.
System Priority
The priority of the AN5516-06.
It is the System Priority value configured in the

LACP Config window.
System id
The MAC address of the equipment.
Read-only
Reserve Byte
Read-only and reserved
3-138
Version: A
Parameter Name
Property
The number of the port included in a
uplink Port no
certain dynamic aggregation group.
3.14.4
Read-only
Setting LACP Port Parameters
Command function
The LACP port parameter setting command is used to set the LACP protocol
parameters of each uplink port. After the uplink card is connected with the uplink
equipment, the system will compare these parameters of different uplink ports, and
the parameters of a high-priority uplink port will act as the group parameters of the
group including this port.
Before performing the LACP port parameter setting command, users need to
enable the LACP function.
Access method
in the shortcut menu, and click the LACP Port Config tab in the window that
appears. Then the LACP Port Config window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Uplink Port
No.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The number of the port supporting the
Read-only.
LACP function, with the format being
It is the Uplink Port
slot number: port number.
no value configured
The system can automatically read all
in the LACP Config
ports supporting the LACP function.
window.
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Port Priority
When this equipment is
The value
type the port
interconnected other equipment sets,
range is 0 to
priority.
this parameter will be used for
65534. The
comparison. The smaller its value is,
default value is
recommended
the higher the port priority is.
32768.
that the default
Compulsory
It is
value be used.
Version: A
3-139
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The operation key is a configuration
Key
Method
Double-click to
combination generated for port
Operation
Configuration
type the
aggregation according to the port
The value
configuration (rate, duplex mode,
range is 0 to
basic configuration, and management
65534. The
key) by the LACP protocol.
default value is
The transmission end and the
1.
operation key
Compulsory
value.
It is
recommended
that the default
receiving end must have the same
value be used.
operation key.
Its value includes Long Timer and
Short Timer. Long Timer indicates
timer
that the port sends a packet every 30

seconds, and Short Timer indicates
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
that the port sends a packet every

three seconds.
3.14.5
Viewing LACP Port Information
Command function
The viewing LACP port information command is used to view the aggregation
status information of an uplink port.
Before performing the viewing LACP port information command, users need to
enable the LACP function and complete configuration of parameters in the LACP
Port Config window.
Access method
LACP Port Information in the shortcut menu. Then the LACP Port Information
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
Port No.
The number of the uplink port.
Read-only
Group No.
The number of the aggregation group.
Read-only
3-140
Version: A
Parameter Name
Property
Read-only.
Port Priority
The priority set for the uplink port.
It is the Port Priority value configured in the

LACP Port Config window.
Operation Key
The operation key value set for the uplink

port.
The sending protocol message timeout
Lacp protocol
status value set for the uplink port. 1
timeout flag
indicates the Short Timer, and 0

indicates the Long Timer.
Lacp protocol syn

flag
Lacp protocol
collecting flag
Lacp protocol
distributing flag
3.14.6
Read-only.
It is the Operation Key value configured in the
LACP Port Config window.
Read-only.
It is the timer value configured in the LACP
Port Config window.
Indicates whether the aggregation link is

under the
Read-only
synchronizing-with-opposite-end status.
under the protocol-message-collecting
Read-only
status.
under the protocol-message-transmitting
Read-only
status.
Configuring Port Mirroring
Command function
The port mirroring configuration command is used to mirror the data on a certain
uplink port to a designated uplink port, so as to perform the real time network traffic
analysis and fault diagnosis.
Access method
Function Manage Port Mirror in the shortcut menu. Then the Port Mirror
window will appear.
Version: A
3-141
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
Compulsory
Click the drop-down list to select the value.
Compulsory
The data are mirrored to

this uplink port.
Mirroring Port
It can be any one of the

available uplink ports on
the equipment.
The data on this port are
mirrored to the mirroring
port.
Mirrored Port
It can be any one of the

available uplink ports on
the equipment other than
the mirroring port.
3.14.7
Enabling / Disabling RSTP
Command function
The RSTP enabling / disabling command is used to enable / disable the RSTP
function of an uplink card.
The RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) is a layer 2 management protocol. It
implements path redundancy and path optimization via certain algorithms, and also
prunes a loop network into a loop-free tree network. This helps to avoid
proliferation and infinite loop of packets in the loop network. The RSTP features
fast convergence in the event of network topology changes.
Access method
Function Manage RSTP Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the RSTP Switch
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
RSTP Switch
3-142
RSTP function.
Property
Compulsory
Version: A
3.14.8
Configuring Uplink Card Protection
Command function
The uplink card protection configuration command is used to set the protection
mode of an uplink card: load balance protection, active / standby protection, or
disabling the protection function. After the uplink card protection is set, the ports of
the uplink cards in slots 19 and 20 are protected correspondingly, and each pair of
uplink ports can form one protection group.
When performing the configuration, users must ensure that two uplink cards of the
same type are present.
In load balance mode, traffics pass through the two ports forming a protection
group at the same time. In active / standby mode, for the two ports forming a
protection group, traffics are only allowed to pass through the active port and
prohibited from passing through the standby port. In disabling mode, the protection
mode of an uplink card is disabled.
Access method
Function Manage UplinkCard Protect in the shortcut menu. Then the Uplink
CardProtect window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The protection mode of the uplink card.

Its value includes Load Equalization,
Active/Standby, and Disable.
Click the drop-down
Active/Standby: For the two ports

Protect
Mode
forming a protection group, traffics are

only allowed to pass through the active
port and prohibited from passing through
the standby port.
Load Equalization: Traffics pass through
list to select the

The default value
is Disable.
Compulsory
value.
It is recommended
that the default
value be used.
the two ports forming a protection group

at the same time.
Version: A
3-143
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Disable: The protection mode of an

uplink card is disabled.
3.14.9
Configuring Dual Uplink Protection
Command function
The dual uplink protection configuration command is used to configure the dual
route uplink protection for the equipment. In this mode, when a certain up link in the
protection group is faulty, the uplink service will be switched to the other link; via
this function, the service is not interrupted, and service protection is implemented.
The active and standby ports forming dual uplink protection must have the same
properties.
Access method
Function Manage Dual Uplink Protection in the shortcut menu. Then the Dual
Uplink Protection window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The processing mode after the active

up link resumes normal. Its value
includes Auto Resume and Non-auto
Resume.
Auto Resume indicates that the service
Master Port
will be switched to the pre-fault active
work mode
link after the active link resumes

normal.
Non-auto Resume indicates that the
Click the
drop-down list to
The default value

is Non-auto
Resume.
Compulsory
select the value.

It is recommended
that the default
value be used.
service will be not switched to the

pre-fault active link after the active link
resumes normal.
3-144
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Group No.
Value Range /
Requirement
The number of the protection group. Its
Up to six
value is assigned by the system
protection groups
automatically.
can be generated.
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
A protection group must have one

active port (MasterPort) and one
standby port (SlavePort).
MasterPort
Masterport refers to the uplink port in

active mode.
Click the
All uplink ports.
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
The format is slot number: port type.

XFP means a 10Gb optical port, and
SFP means a Gb optical port.
A protection group must have one
active port (MasterPort) and one
SlavePort
standby port (SlavePort).
Other uplink ports
SlavePort refers to the uplink port in
with the properties
standby mode.
the same as those
The format is slot number: port type.
of the active port.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
XFP means a 10Gb optical port, and

SFP means a Gb optical port.
3.14.10
Querying Dual Uplink Protection Status
Command function
The querying dual uplink protection status command is used to query the group
information of the dual uplink protection, including the group member port status.
Access method
Dual Uplink Protection Status in the shortcut menu. Then the Dual Uplink
Protection Status window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Group No.
Version: A
The number of the dual uplink
protection group.
Property
Read-only
3-145
Parameter Name
ActivePort
StandbyPort
3.14.11
Property
The current active (activated) port in

the uplink protection group.
The current standby (deactivated) port
in the uplink protection group.
Read-only.
This parameter is the value configured in the Dual
Uplink Protection window.
Read-only.
This parameter is the value configured in the Dual
Uplink Protection window.
Packet Suppression on an Uplink Port
Command function
The uplink port packet suppression command is used to configure or query the
function of suppressing broadcast packets, multicast packets, and unknown
packets on an uplink port. When the packet suppression function is enabled, the
switch chip in the core switch card will suppress the broadcast packets, multicast
packets, and unknown packets sent to the CPU port, so as to ensure normal
working of the CPU.
The uplink port packet suppression function is used to suppress the downlink
broadcast packets, multicast packets, and unknown packets. As soon as the
multicast packets are suppressed, the multicast service will also be interrupted.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config Upport
Packet Rate Control in the shortcut menu. Then the Upport Packet Rate Control
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Port No.
port.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
The type of the packet

suppression. Its value
Type of packet
includes: broadcast,
multicast, and
unknown.
3-146
Version: A
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Requirement
Property

Enable/Disable
packet suppression
Compulsory
function of the uplink port.

Optional.
When the
Sets the number of
packet
Speed
packets that can pass
suppression
(packet/second)
through the uplink port
being packet/s. The
function is
per second.
enabled, this
parameter is
valid.
3.14.12
Configuration
Method
Select or cancel
the check box.
Double-click to
type the number of
packets that can
pass through the
uplink port per
second.
It is recommended
that the default
value be used.
Viewing Uplink Port Loopback
Command function
The viewing uplink port loopback command is used to view the OAM loopback test
function on an uplink port. The parameters to be viewed include the transmitted
frame, the received frame, and the delay.
Access method
UplinkPort LoopBack in the shortcut menu. Then the UplinkPort LoopBack
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Uplink Slot
No.
uplink card containing the
uplink port.
Uplink No.
port needing the loopback

test.
Version: A
Value Range /
Requirement
20.
Its value should match the
selected Uplink Slot No.
Property
Configuration
Method
Click the drop-down
Compulsory
list to select the

value.
Click the drop-down
Compulsory
list to select the

value.
3-147
Parameter
Name
Send
Frame
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The number of transmitted

frames in the uplink port
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
loopback test.
Frames
The number of received
Received
correct frames in the uplink
OK
port loopback test.
Frames
The number of received
Received
error frames in the uplink
Corrupted
port loopback test.

The minimum delay from
MinDelay
transmitting a packet to
receiving it in the uplink
port loopback test.
The maximum delay from
MaxDelay
port loopback test.
The average delay from
Avg-Delay
port loopback test.
3-148
Version: A
3.15
System Security Management
3.15.1
Enabling Anti-DOS Attack Function
Command function
The enabling anti-DOS attack command is used to enable the anti-DOS attack
function of the equipment. When the anti-DOS attack function is enabled, the
equipment can control and limit number of protocol packets sent from a user, so as
to increase its anti-attack performance and guarantee the security.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config
Anti-DOS-Attack Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the Anti-DOS-Attack Switch
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Enable/Disable
Version: A
anti-DOS attack function.
Property
Compulsory
3-149
3.16
User Security Management
3.16.1
Enabling Anti MAC Spoofing Function
Command function
The enabling anti MAC spoofing command is used to prevent malicious users from
attacking the network by forging MAC addresses.
MAC spoofing is described as follows: Malicious users attack the services of the
normal users by forging their MAC addresses and sending packets to the
equipment. Or even worse, the spoofing can cause network paralysis and systems
crash if a large number of forged packets are transmitted to the system.
Access method
Anti-MAC-Spoofing Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the Anti-MAC-Spoofing
Switch window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
Compulsory

Enable/Disable
anti MAC spoofing

function.
3-150
Version: A
3.17
Aging MAC Addresses
3.17.1
Configuring Aging Time
Command function
The aging time configuration command is used to configure or query the aging time
of the MAC address table of the system. The network management system starts
timing after a certain MAC address is added to the address table. If no frames
whose source address is the given MAC address are received at the ports before
aging time expires, this address will be deleted from the dynamic MAC address
table.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config Aging
Time (s) in the shortcut menu. Then the Aging Time (s) window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
The interval to modify
Aging Time
and maintain the MAC
(s)
address in the FDB
second. The default
table.
value is 80.
type the aging

time.
Compulsory
It is
recommended
that the default
value be used.
3.17.2
Viewing OLT MAC Address Table
Command function
The viewing OLT MAC address table command is used to view the MAC address
learned from the card or uplink port and the VLAN containing this MAC address. Up
to 65535 MAC addresses can be displayed.
Version: A
3-151
Access method
OLT Mac Addr Table in the shortcut menu. Then the OLT Mac Addr Table window
will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Slot No.
The slot number of the service interface
card or uplink card.
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The port number of the uplink card. If a

Port No.
certain slot number belongs to a service

interface card, the value of this parameter is
blank.
MAC Address
VLAN ID
3.17.3
The MAC address learned from the card or

uplink port.
The VLAN containing the MAC address
learned from the card or uplink port.
Configuring ONU MAC Address Aging Time
Command function
The ONU address aging time configuration command is used to configure or query
the aging time of the MAC address table of a certain ONU. The ONU starts timing
after a certain MAC address is added to the address table. If no frames whose
source address is the given MAC address are received at the ports before aging
time expires, this address will be deleted from the dynamic MAC address table.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config ONU MAC
Aging Time in the shortcut menu. Then the MAC Aging Time window will appear.
3-152
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property

Slot No.
service interface card
connected with the
16.
Compulsory
No.
8.
Double-click to
Compulsory
ONU No.
OLT assigns for the

ONU.

64.
type the PON port

number.
ONU.
The number that the
drop-down list to
select the value.
The PON port number of

the service interface
Method
Click the
ONU.
PON Port
Configuration
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the ONU

number.
Double-click to
The interval to modify
Aging Time
and maintain the MAC
(s)
address in the FDB
second. The default
table.
value is 80.
type the aging

time.
Compulsory
It is
recommended
that the default
value be used.
Version: A
3-153
3.18
Replacing an ONU
3.18.1
Replacing an ONU
Command function
When a certain ONU is faulty, users can replace the faulty ONU with an ONU of the
same type. The ONU replacement command is used to enable the new ONU to
take over all services on the old ONU.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config ONU
Replace in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Replace window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property

Slot No.
service interface card
connected with the ONU
16.
Compulsory
PON Port No.
8.
Double-click to
Compulsory
The authorization
Double-click to
number of the ONU to

ONU No.
The new ONU will use

the authorization
type the PON

port number.
ONU to be replaced.
be replaced.
drop-down list to
select the value.

Method
Click the
to be replaced.
the service interface
Configuration
type the
64.
Compulsory
authorization
number of the
ONU to be
number of the replaced
replaced.
ONU.
Double-click to
OldPhyicsID
The MAC address of the
It should be a legal
replaced ONU.
MAC address.
Compulsory
type the MAC

address of the
replaced ONU.
3-154
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
NewPhyicsID
It should be a legal
new ONU.
MAC address.
Compulsory
type the MAC

address of the
new ONU.
3.18.2
Configuring ONU Replacement Aging Interval
Command function
After a certain ONU is deauthorized, the MAC address of this ONU will be written
into the unauthorized MAC address table. Users can perform the ONU replacement
aging interval configuration command to set the ONU replacement aging interval;
during the set aging interval, this ONU cannot be authorized automatically.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config Aging
time of ONU Replace in the shortcut menu. Then the Aging time of ONU
Replace window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
The interval from an
Aging Out
ONU being deauthorized
Time (s)
to it being authorized
being second. The default
automatically again.
value is 600.
type the aging

time.
Compulsory
It is
recommended
that the default
value be used.
Version: A
3-155
3.19
ONU Bridge Management
3.19.1
Configuring a Packet Suppression Profile
Command function
The packet suppression profile configuration command is used to configure or
query the function of suppressing uplink broadcast packets, multicast packets, and
unknown packets on an ONU port.
Access method
Bridge Manage Packets Rate Control Profile in the shortcut menu. Then the
Packets Rate Control Profile window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Profile Name
The name of the packet

suppression profile.
Double-click to

Compulsory
type the profile

name.

and underlines.
The type of the packet

Type of Packet
suppression. Its value

includes: broadcast,
Read-only
multicast, and unknown.

Click the

Enable/Disable
packet suppression
function of the ONU port.
3-156
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Optional.
When the
Speed
Sets the number of
packet
packets that can pass
suppression
through the ONU port per
being packet/s. The
function is
second.
enabled, this
parameter is
valid.
3.19.2
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
type the number of
packets that can
pass through the
ONU port per
second.
It is recommended
that the default
value be used.
Configuring an Ethernet Switch Queue Scheduling

Algorithm Profile
Command function
The Ethernet switch queue scheduling algorithm profile configuration command is
used to configure the priority mode of data forwarding of the switch chip in the ONU.
The switch chip in the ONU arranges the uplink and downlink services in different
priority queues according to the flow features, and performs scheduling of the
uplink and downlink services according to the priority algorithm.
Strict priority ensures that high priority services are always processed prior to
low priority services.
Weighted priority is a weighted round robin queue scheduling mechanism. In

this mode, the system first processes high priority services, but when the
system processes high priority services, low priority services are not blocked
completely, and are processed by a certain proportion at the same time.
Mixed priority includes strict priority and weighted priority.
Access method
Bridge Manage Queue Schedule Profile in the shortcut menu. Then the
Queue Schedule Profile window will appear.
Version: A
3-157
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

The name of the
Profile
Ethernet switch queue
Name
scheduling algorithm
of letters, digital
profile.
numbers, and
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the profile

name.
underlines.
The priority mode of
data forwarding of the
switch chip in the ONU.
Mode
Its value includes: Strict

Priority, Weight

Weight Priority.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Priority, and Mixed

Priority.
An EPON FTTB ONU
port only supports four
priority queues, and a
port of another ONU
type supports eight
priority queues.
According to the
configured mapping
relationships and priority
Queue
Priority
Optional.
of a message, the
system makes each
message enter the
corresponding queue for
When Mode is set to

Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
processing of
corresponding QoS
level.
Priority 7 means the
queue with the highest
priority, and priority 0
means the queue with
the lowest priority.
3-158
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The queue scheduling

algorithm corresponds to
Queue
the priority mode.
Schedule
Its value includes Strict
Method
Priority and Weight
Optional.
When Mode is set to

Priority.
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.

Compulsory.
proportion. The higher
Weight
the weight value of a

service is, the more
bandwidth it occupies for

55.
When Queue
Double-click to
Schedule Method is
type the weight
set to Weight Priority,
value.
this parameter is valid.
processing.
Version: A
3-159
3.20
Configuring Signaling Tracing
3.20.1
Enabling / Disabling Signaling Tracing Function
Command function
The enabling / disabling signaling tracing function is used to enable or disable the
signaling tracing function and define the features of the packets to be traced. The
feature parameters include IP, L4 Src Port No., and L4 Dst Port No.. When the
signaling tracing function is enabled, the equipment will send the packets with the
set features to the network management server, and users can trace and analyze
these packets.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config Signal
Trace in the shortcut menu. Then the Signal Trace window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The destination IP address of the
IP
address is the value set here will
Method
Double-click to
packet.
The packet whose destination IP
Configuration
type the
Compulsory
destination IP
address of the
be sent to the network
packet.
management server.
The L4 source port number of the
Double-click to
packet.
L4 Src
The packet whose source port
Port No.
number is the value set here will
to 65534.
Compulsory
type the L4 source

port number of the
packet.
management server.
3-160
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The L4 destination port number of

L4 Dst
The packet whose destination port
Port No.
number is the value set here will
to 65534.
type the L4
Compulsory
packet.
management server.
Enables / disables the signaling
Status
Its value includes Enable and

Disable.
Version: A
destination port
number of the
trace function.
Method
Double-click to
the packet.
Enable
Configuration
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
3-161
3.21
Configuring a Smart Grid Server
Command function
The smart grid server configuration command is used to configure the related
parameters of the smart grid server connected with the equipment.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config Smart
Grid Server Config in the shortcut menu. Then the Smart Grid Server Config
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Smart
Grid
Server
Name
The name of the smart grid
server connected with the
equipment.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
The maximum length is

20 characters.
Compulsory
type the name of

the smart grid
server.
Click the
drop-down list to
select IPv4, and
Connect
IP
double-click to
The IP address of the smart grid

server connected with the
Compulsory
type the IP
address of the
equipment.
smart grid server

connected with
the equipment.
Double-click to
Connect
Port
The port number of the smart

grid server connected with the
equipment.
type the port

65535.
Compulsory
number of the
smart grid server
connected with
the equipment.
3-162
Version: A
3.22
Configuring
Network
Management
Parameters
3.22.1
Configuring a Management VLAN
Command function
The management VLAN configuration command is used to view or modify the
related configuration parameters of the equipment uplink port, and the parameters
include the management VLAN, the IP address, etc.
Note:
When managing the equipment in in-band mode, users need to
configure the management VLAN first.
Access method
Management VLAN in the shortcut menu. Then the Management VLAN window
will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The maximum value length

VLAN
Name
The management VLAN name
is 20 characters, and a
configured in the CLI network
VLAN name can consist of
management system.
letters, digital numbers, and
Read-only
Read-only
underlines.
VLAN ID
The uplink port management
4085, and its value cannot
VLAN ID configured in the CLI
be the same as that of the
network management system.
local VLAN on the same

uplink port.
Version: A
3-163
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The IP address of the in-band

network management port of the
IP
equipment.
Users can set this parameter in the
Double-click to
Optional
type the IP
address.
CLI network management system

or modify it in the ANM2000.
The mask of the in-band network
management port of the
Mask
equipment.
Click the
Optional
drop-down list to
select the value.

The gateway of the in-band
network management port of the
Gateway
equipment.
Double-click to
Optional
type the gateway

value.

The MAC address corresponding
to the in-band network
Mac
management port and configured
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
in the CLI network management

system.
The uplink port number
Portlist
corresponding to the management

VLAN and configured in the CLI
The management VLAN tagging
property configured in the CLI
Tag
If the property of a certain service

on the local VLAN is set to
UNTAG, this parameter cannot be
set to UNTAG.
3-164
Version: A
3.22.2
Configuring a SNMP TRAP Receiving Address
Command function
The SNMP TRAP receiving address configuration command is used to set or
modify the receiving address of the SNMP TRAP. After this command is executed,
the equipment will send the TRAP message to the network management server
that is matched with the set receiving address.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config SNMP
TRAP Receiver IP Address in the shortcut menu. Then the SNMP TRAP
Receiver IP Address window will appear.
Note:
Users can also configure the IP address of the network management
server in the CLI network management system.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The IP address of the network

management server.
IP Address
Up to four IP addresses can be

configured. Users can configure the IP
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the IP
address.
address in the CLI network management

system.
The number of the TRAP-receiving port
Udp Port
of the network management system.
Read-only
The standard port number is 162.

Double-click to
The community parameter in the TRAP

Community
message.
The default value is public.
Version: A
Compulsory
type the
community
parameter.
3-165
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
The protocol version number of SNMP.

SNMP
Its value includes SNMP v1 and SNMP
Version
v2c. Commonly it is recommended that
Method
The default
value is SNMP
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
v2c.
SNMP v2c be used.
3.22.3
Configuration
Property
Configuring a Static Route
Command function
The static route configuration command is used to configure the parameters of the
static route from the equipment to the destination network. The parameters to be
configured include destination network IP address, gateway, and mask.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config Static
Routing in the shortcut menu. Then the Static Routing window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
The slot number of the HSWA card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
network or the network management
Destination
server.
Method
The IP address of the destination

Route
Configuration
the IP address of the
Compulsory
destination network or
the network
management server.
Gateway
The gateway of the destination

network IP address.
Compulsory
the gateway of the

destination network IP
address.
Subnet
3-166
The mask of the destination network

IP address.
Compulsory
Click the drop-down

Version: A
3.22.4
Configuring Access Control of Network Management

System
Command function
The network management system access control command is used to set the
access control rule for the network management server to access the equipment.
After this command is executed, only the network management server matching
the set IP address can access the equipment so that the equipment security can be
increased. Via this command, users can designate the IP address or IP address
section of the network management server.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config Control
User in the shortcut menu. Then the Control User window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Property
The IP address of access control.

IP
Commonly set this parameter to the IP
Compulsory
address of the network management server.
Double-click to type the IP
address of access control.
The IP address mask of access control.

If the system allows a certain IP address to
Mask
access the equipment, the mask configuration
Compulsory
should be 255.255.255.255.

select the value.
The default value is 255.255.255.255.

Enables or disables the network management
system access control rule.
Enable/Disable
When this parameter is set to Enable, the

access control rule is valid. When this
Compulsory

select the value.
parameter is set to Disable, the access

control rule is invalid.
Version: A
3-167
3.22.5
Configuring a CLI Account
Command function
The CLI account configuration command is used to set the user name, password,
and user level to log in the CLI network management system.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config Consol
User in the shortcut menu. Then the Consol User window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
type the user
Operation
The user name to log in the CLI
The maximum value
UserName
length is 32 characters.
Compulsory
name to log in the

CLI network
management
system.
Double-click to
type the password
Operation
The password to log in the CLI
The maximum value
Passwd
length is 32 characters.
Compulsory
to log in the CLI

network
management
system.
User Level
3-168
The level of the CLI user.
Its value includes

Admin and User.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Version: A
3.23
Alarm and Performance Data Management
3.23.1
Configuring Temperature Threshold
Command function
The temperature threshold configuration command is used to set the system
temperature alarm threshold. If the system temperature is higher than the threshold
value, the corresponding alarm prompt will be displayed in the Alarm Report pane
at the bottom part of the ANM2000 GUI.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config Alarm
Manage Temp Threshold in the shortcut menu. Then the Temp Threshold
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
The equipment temperature
alarm threshold.
TempThreshold
When the equipment

temperature is higher than the
set threshold value, an alarm
will be reported.
Version: A
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
type the
being .
Compulsory
equipment
temperature
65.
alarm threshold.
3-169
3.23.2
Configuring Optical Module Alarm Thresholds
Command function
The optical module alarm thresholds configuration command is used to set the
alarm thresholds of an OLT optical module. The related parameters include
temperature, voltage, bias current and optical Tx / Rx power. If the equipment
detects that the value of a certain previous parameter exceeds its range, the
corresponding alarm prompt will be displayed in the Alarm Report pane at the
bottom part of the ANM2000 GUI.
Access method
Manage Optmodule AlarmThreshold in the shortcut menu. Then the
Optmodule AlarmThreshold window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
When the equipment

detects that the actual
The value range is
temperature of an OLT
-40.00 to 100.00,
MaximumTemperature
optical module is higher
with the unit
Alarm Threshold ()
than the set threshold, the
being .
corresponding alarm
prompt will be displayed in
100.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.
the ANM2000 GUI.

When the equipment
Minimum Warning
Temperature
Threshold ()
temperature of an OLT
optical module is lower
corresponding alarm
The value range is

-40.00 to 100.00,
with the unit
being .
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.
-40.
the ANM2000 GUI.
3-170
Version: A
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
When the equipment

voltage of an OLT optical
Maximum Voltage
module is higher than the
Alarm Threshold (V)
set threshold, the

corresponding alarm
The value range is

Double-click to
0.00 to 3.60, with

the unit being V.
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.

3.60.
the ANM2000 GUI.

When the equipment
Minimum Warning
Voltage Alarm
Threshold (V)
voltage of an OLT optical

module is lower than the
set threshold, the
corresponding alarm
The value range is

Double-click to
0.00 to 3.60, with

the unit being V.
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.

3.00.
the ANM2000 GUI.

When the equipment
Maximum Bias
Current Alarm
Threshold (mA)
current of an OLT optical

module is higher than the
set threshold, the
corresponding alarm
The value range is

Double-click to
0.0 to 100.0, with

the unit being mA.
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.

100.0.
the ANM2000 GUI.

When the equipment
Minimum Warning
Bias Current Alarm
Threshold (mA)
current of an OLT optical

module is lower than the
set threshold, the
corresponding alarm
The value range is

Double-click to
0.0 to 100.0, with

the unit being mA.
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.
0.0.
the ANM2000 GUI.
Version: A
3-171
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
When the equipment

Maximum TX Power
Alarm Threshold
(Dbm)
optical Tx power of an OLT

optical module is higher
corresponding alarm
The value range is

Double-click to
-4.00 to 10.00, with

the unit being dBm.
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.

8.00.
the ANM2000 GUI.

When the equipment
Minimum Warning TX
Power threshold
(Dbm)
The value range is
optical Tx power of an OLT
-4.00 to 10.00, with
optical module is lower
the unit being dBm.
corresponding alarm
0.00.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.

the ANM2000 GUI.
When the equipment
optical Rx power of an
The value range is
Maximum RX Power
OLT optical module is
-32.00 to -1.00, with
Alarm Threshold
higher than the set
the unit being dBm.
(Dbm)
threshold, the
corresponding alarm
-5.00.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.

the ANM2000 GUI.
When the equipment
optical Rx power of an
The value range is
Minimum Warning RX
OLT optical module is
-32.00 to -1.00, with
Power threshold
lower than the set
the unit being dBm.
(Dbm)
threshold, the
corresponding alarm
-32.00.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.

the ANM2000 GUI.
3-172
Version: A
3.23.3
Configuring CPU / Memory Utilization Ratio Threshold

of a Card
Command function
The card CPU / memory utilization ratio threshold configuration command is used
to set or modify the CPU / memory utilization ratio threshold of a certain card.
When the actual CPU / memory utilization ratio of this card is higher than the
threshold value, the corresponding alarm prompt will be displayed in the Alarm
Report pane at the bottom part of the ANM2000 GUI.
Access method
Manage CPU/Memory Usage Threshold in the shortcut menu. Then the
CPU/Memory Threshold window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
Value Range /
Requirement
The slot number of the object
card.
16.
Property
Configuration
Method
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
When the actual CPU utilization

CPU
Usage
Threshold
(%)
is higher than the set threshold,

the corresponding alarm prompt
The value range is 0.01
will be displayed in the
to 100.00.
Double-click to
ANM2000 GUI. This alarm
parameter value.
set threshold, the corresponding
Double-click to
alarm prompt will be displayed in
to 100.00.
the ANM2000 GUI. This alarm
Compulsory
type the
indicates that the CPU is too

busy.
When the actual memory
Memory
Usage
Threshold
(%)
utilization ratio is higher than the

Compulsory
type the
parameter value.
indicates that the memory

utilization ratio is too high.
Version: A
3-173
3.23.4
Configuring CPU / Memory Utilization Ratio Threshold

of ONUs
Command function
The ONU CPU / memory utilization ratio threshold configuration command is used
to set or modify the CPU / memory utilization ratio threshold of all ONUs under the
OLT. When the actual ONU CPU / memory utilization ratio is higher than the
threshold value, the corresponding alarm prompt will be displayed in the Alarm
Report pane at the bottom part of the ANM2000 GUI.
Access method
Manage ONU CPU/Memory Usage Threshold in the shortcut menu. Then the
ONU CPU/Memory Usage Threshold window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
When the actual CPU utilization

CPU
Usage
Threshold
(%)
is higher than the set threshold,

the corresponding alarm prompt
will be displayed in the
ANM2000 GUI. This alarm

to 100.00.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.
indicates that the CPU is too

busy.
When the actual memory
Memory
Usage
Threshold
(%)
utilization ratio is higher than the

set threshold, the corresponding
alarm prompt will be displayed in
the ANM2000 GUI. This alarm

to 100.00.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.
indicates that the memory

utilization ratio is too high.
3-174
Version: A
3.23.5
Enabling / Disabling Performance Classification
Command function
The performance classification enabling / disabling command is used to enable /
disable the performance monitoring function of the HSWA card. Before querying
the CPU / memory utilization ratio of the HSWA card, users need to enable the
performance monitoring function via the ANM2000.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config Perf Sort
Line Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the Perf Sort Line Switch window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
Perf Code
Property
Read-only
Read-only
The performance classification category that can be queried of the

HSWA card.
Enables / disables the performance monitoring function.
Switch
When it is set to Enable, users can query the CPU / memory

utilization ratio of the HSWA card; when it is set to Disable, users
cannot query the CPU / memory utilization ratio of the HSWA card.
Version: A
Configuration
Method
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
3-175
3.23.6
Viewing
Enabling
Status
of
Performance
Classification
Command function
The viewing performance classification enabling status command is used to view
the enabling status of performance classification function. Via this command, users
can view the enabling status of the following four performance classification
categories: performance statistics data, optical module parameters, environment
monitoring parameters, and CPU / memory utilization ratio.
Access method
Perf Sort Line Switch Status in the shortcut menu. Then the Perf Sort Line
Switch Status window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Property
Configuration
Method
The performance classification category that can be queried. Its

value corresponds to four performance classification
Perf Code
categories: performance statistics data, optical module
Read-only
parameters, environment monitoring parameters, and CPU /

memory utilization ratio.
Slot No.
The slot number of the object to be queried.
Read-only
PON No.
The PON port number of the object to be queried.
Read-only
ONU No.
The ONU authorization number of the object to be queried.
Read-only
3-176
Version: A
3.24
Time Management
3.24.1
Configuring Timing Mode
Command function
The time calibration mode configuration command is used to set the following
parameters: system timing mode, clock time zone, and minute-level deviation of
the system clock.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, select Config Time
Management Time Management in the shortcut menu, and click the Time
Method tab in the window that appears. Then the Time Method window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The timing mode of the

Time Method
system.
The current system uses the
Read-only
Compulsory
SNMP timing mode.

The time zone of the system
location.
Timezonehour
Users should select a

corresponding time zone
according to current system
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
location.
Version: A
3-177
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Property
Requirement
Configuration
Method
The minute-level deviation of

the time zone of the system
Double-click to
location.
When the time zone of the
Timezonemin
system location has a

difference with System Time
type the
Compulsory
59.
minute-level
deviation of the
time zone of the
Zone Hour, users can use this
system location.
parameter to adjust the time

zone time.
3.24.2
Configuring SNMP Time System
Command function
The SNMP time system configuration command is used to set the timing reference
network management server and timing interval of the system. After the SNMP
time system is configured, the system will synchronize itself with the network
management server periodically, so as to ensure accuracy of the system time.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, select Config Time
Management Time Management in the shortcut menu, and click the SNMP
System TimeConfig tab in the window that appears. Then the SNMP System
TimeConfig window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The time interval for the system

EMS Syn
to synchronize itself with the
Interval
network management server
(S)
automatically.

to 86400.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.
The recommended value is 600.
3-178
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Property
Requirement
Configuration
Method
The IP address of the timing

AEMS
Server
Addr
reference network management

server.
The system will synchronize
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.
itself with this network

management server periodically.
3.24.3
Querying Equipment Uptime
Command function
The equipment uptime query command is used to query the uptime of the
equipment.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, select Config Time Manage
RunningTime in the shortcut menu, and click the running time tab in the
window that appears. Then the running time window will appear.
Parameters
Parameter
Name
running
time
3.24.4
Property
Read-only
The uptime from the equipment

starting working to the current
time point.
Querying Equipment Time
Command function
The equipment time query command is used to query the time parameters of the
equipment, including current time, timing mode, system time zone, and the IP
address of the timing reference network management server.
Version: A
3-179
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, select Config Time Manage
RunningTime in the shortcut menu, and click the REAL time tab in the window
that appears. Then the REAL time window will appear.
Parameters
Parameter
Name
time
Property
The current time of the system.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The timing mode of the system.

TimeMethod
The current system uses the SNMP timing

mode.
The time zone of the system location.
Timezonehour
Users should select a corresponding time zone

according to current system location.
Time zone
The minute-level deviation of the time zone of
min
the system location.

The IP address of the timing reference network
Server Addr
management server.
The system will synchronize itself with this
network management server periodically.
3-180
Version: A
3.25
Upgrade and Backup Operation
3.25.1
Saving Configuration in Flash
Command function
The saving configuration in Flash command is used to save the current
configuration in the Flash of the HSWA card. After completing all configuration
operations in the ANM2000, users need to execute the Save Config to Flash
command. After the equipment is restarted, the Flash of the HSWA card will
retrieve the configuration data saved in it to the RAM of the equipment, and then
the configuration can be displayed in the ANM2000 GUI via the Read from Device
command.
Note:
After configuring the equipment or modifying the configuration of the
equipment, users must execute the Save Config to Flash command,
otherwise after the equipment is restarted, the unsaved configuration will
be lost.
Access method
Save Config to Flash in the shortcut menu. Then the Save Config to Flash
window will appear.
Click the OK button to execute the command. After the configuration data are
saved successfully, Command Succeed will be displayed in the command result
pane of the window.
Version: A
3-181
3.25.2
Setting Saving Configuration Rule
Command function
The setting saving configuration rule command is used to set the rule to save the
configuration parameters (in the ANM2000) in the Flash of the HSWA card. Via this
command, users can select one of the following configuration rules: not saving
automatically or saving automatically at specific interval given by user.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config Save
Config Set in the shortcut menu. Then the Save Config Set window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The frequency of the system

saving the configuration
parameters into the Flash of the
HSWA card.
When it is set to Not-Auto, the
Save
system will not save the
Frequency
configuration automatically.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
When it is set to
Once-per-Period, the system
will save the configuration
automatically according to the
set period.
The period of the system saving

Cycle (s)
the configuration parameters in

the Flash of the HSWA card.
3-182
The value format is 001

01:01, and the value
range is 000 00:05 to
365 23:59.
Optional.
Double-click to
When Save
type the period of
Frequency is set
the system saving
to
the configuration
Once-per-Period,
parameters in the
this parameter is
Flash of the
valid.
HSWA card.
Version: A
3.25.3
Upgrading System Software
Command function
The system software upgrade command is used to upgrade the card software,
including the core switch card software, the PON interface card software, the TDM
card software, the voice interface card software, and the OLT firmware. Via this
command, users can obtain the upgrade file from the appointed server and
upgrade the card software.
Note:
After upgrading the software of a certain card successfully, users can
right-click the HSWA card and execute the Get Information Card
Version command to view the card software status.
Access method
Upgrade Software in the shortcut menu. Then the Upgrade and Backup
System Software window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Property
Compulsory
The type of the file to be

FileType
downloaded. Its value includes HSW,

PONINF, TDM, AC16/VOIP/PU, and
OLT Firmware.
FtpServerIp
Slot No
UserName
Password
Version: A
The IP address of the FTP server.

The slot number of the card to be
upgraded.
The user name to log in the FTP
server.
The password to log in the FTP
server.
Compulsory
Compulsory
Compulsory
Compulsory
Type the parameter value in the text box

directly.
directly.
directly.
3-183
Parameter
Name
Property
When Manual Input is selected, users can
FileName
The name of the upgrade file.
Compulsory
type the parameter value directly.

When Manual Input is not selected, please
click the drop-down list to select the value.
3.25.4
Backing up System Software
Command function
The system software backup command is used to back up the system software to
an appointed server. When the system needs restoration, users can execute the
Upgrade Software command to read the upgrade file from this server, so as to
restore the system to the backed-up software version.
Access method
Backup Software in the shortcut menu. Then the Upgrade and Backup
System Software window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
FtpServerIP
UserName
Password
FileName
3-184
The IP address of the FTP
server.
server.
server.
The name of the backed-up file.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Type the parameter
Compulsory
value in the text box

directly.
Type the parameter
Compulsory

directly.
Type the parameter
Compulsory

directly.
Its maximum length is

16 characters.
Type the name of

Compulsory
the backed-up file

directly.
Version: A
3.25.5
Upgrading Line Interface Cards in a Batch Manner
Command function
The line interface card batch upgrade command is used to upgrade the line
interface card software in a batch manner.
Access method
Batch Upgrade Line Card in the shortcut menu. Then the Batch Upgrade Line
Card window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
FileType
The type of the file to be downloaded. Its
value should be PONINF.
Property
Compulsory
FtpServerIP
The IP address of the FTP server.
Compulsory
UserName
The user name to log in the FTP server.
Compulsory
Password
The password to log in the FTP server.
Compulsory
Click the drop-down list to select the
value.
directly.
directly.
directly.
Type the parameter value directly or
FileName
Compulsory
click the drop-down list to select the

value.
3.25.6
Upgrading ONUs Automatically
Command function
Version: A
3-185
The ONU automatic upgrade command is used to configure the automatic upgrade
function of all ONUs under a certain slot. When the ONU automatic upgrade
function is enabled, each ONU under this slot will compare its own file to the
upgrade file; if upgrade is needed, the ONU will download the upgrade file to
perform the upgrade operation. Users can also perform the auto-upgrade
pre-configuration of all ONUs under a certain slot. After a certain ONU is electrified,
it will perform the upgrade operation automatically. After the automatic upgrade
succeeds, the upgraded ONU will be restarted.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the object tree pane, and select Config ONU Auto
Upgrade in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Auto Upgrade window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The slot number of the line

Slot No.
Read-only
ONU to be upgraded.
The enable / disable switch of the
ONU automatic upgrade function.
When this parameter is set to
Enable, an ONU under this slot will
Enable/Disable
upgrade automatically via obtaining

the upgrade file from the appointed
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
FTP server. When this parameter is

set to Disable, the system supports
manual upgrade of ONUs under
this slot.
Optional.
FTP Server
IPaddress
The IP address of the FTP server. It

is used to provide the upgrade file
for users to download.
This parameter is
Double-click to
valid only when
type the
Enable/Disable is
parameter value.
set to Enable.
Optional.
FTP Username

server.
This parameter is
Double-click to
valid only when
type the
Enable/Disable is
parameter value.
set to Enable.
3-186
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Configuration
Property
Method
Optional.
FTP Password

server.
This parameter is
Double-click to
valid only when
type the
Enable/Disable is
parameter value.
set to Enable.
File Name
The name of
Users can select multiple upgrade
the upgrade
files, but the total file size should
file on the FTP
not exceed 3M.
server should
Optional.
Presently the equipment supports
be the same
This parameter is
combination upgrade of the ONU
as the upgrade
valid only when
software, meaning that the ONU
file name
Enable/Disable is
firmware and the CPU software are
displayed in
set to Enable.
upgraded together (the IAD
the
software cannot support
Auto Upgrade
combination upgrade now).
window.
3.25.7
ONU
Double-click a
blank area, and
select the
upgrade file name
in the window that
appears.
Viewing ONU Automatic Upgrade Log
Command function
The viewing ONU automatic upgrade log command is used to view the history
records on automatic upgrade of ONUs.
Access method
ONU Auto Upgrade Log in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Auto Upgrade Log
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
Time
The generation time of the automatic upgrade log.
Read-only
Slot No.
PON Port No.
Version: A
The number of the slot containing the service interface card

The PON port number of the service interface card connected with
the ONU.
Read-only
Read-only
3-187
Parameter Name
Property
ONU No.
Read-only
The status information in the automatic upgrade process. Its value

includes Auto Upgrade Succeed/Failure, Main Download
Succeed/Failure, Line Card Download from Main
Event Code
Succeed/Failure, Line Card Download Upgrade File
Read-only
Succeed/Failure, Upgrade Type Not Match, and New Version

Start Failure.
The ONU upgrade file name.
File Name
3.25.8
Read-only
Upgrading ONUs in a Batch Manner
Command function
The ONU batch upgrade command is used to upgrade the ONU software in a batch
manner. The ONU software to be upgraded includes the ONU system software and
the ONU firmware.
Access method
Batch Upgrade ONU in the shortcut menu. Then the Batch Upgrade ONU
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
To upgrade the
CPU or built-in
IAD of the ONU,
select ONU
FileType
The type of the ONU upgrade
CPU/IAD. To
file.
upgrade the
Its value includes ONU
firmware
CPU/IAD and ONU Firmware.
(including app,
Compulsory

select the value.
boot, and pers)

of the ONU,
select ONU
Firmware.
3-188
Version: A
Parameter
Name
FtpServerIP
Value Range /
Requirement

server.
FTP
UserName
server.
FTP
Password
server.
Property
Compulsory
Compulsory
Compulsory
Type the parameter value

in the text box directly.
File Name
The upgrade file name.
Compulsory
directly or click the

drop-down list to select
the value.

Slot No.
containing the line interface card

connected with the ONU to be
Compulsory

select the value.
upgraded.
3.25.9
Importing Configuration Files
Command function
The importing configuration files command is used to download configuration files
to the Flash of the HSWA card from the FTP server.
Access method
Import Config in the shortcut menu. Then the Import Config window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
FtpServerIP
server.
FTP
UserName
the FTP server.
Version: A
Property
Configuration
Method
Type the
Compulsory
parameter value
in the text box.
Type the
Compulsory
parameter value
in the text box.
3-189
Parameter
Name
FTP
The password to log in the
Password
FTP server.
Property
Configuration
Method
Type the
Compulsory
parameter value
in the text box.
The name of the upgrade file on

The name of the
FileName
configuration file imported

to the equipment.
the FTP server should be the

same as the upgrade file name
typed in the ANM2000.
Its length should be less than 16
Type the
Compulsory
parameter value
directly.
characters.
3.25.10
Exporting Configuration Files
Command function
The exporting configuration files command is used to export the configuration files
from the Flash of the HSWA card to the FTP server.
Access method
Export config in the shortcut menu. Then the Export Config window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
FtpServerIP
server.
FTP
UserName
the FTP server.
FTP
The password to log in the
Password
FTP server.
FileName
3-190
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Compulsory
Compulsory
Compulsory
The name of the
Its length
configuration file to be
should be less
exported to the FTP
than 16
server.
characters.
Compulsory
Type the parameter value in the
text box directly.
text box directly.
text box directly.
Type the parameter value directly.
Version: A
3.25.11
Clearing Configuration in Flash
Command function
The clearing-configuration-in-Flash command is used to clear all configuration
information in the Flash of the HSWA card of the current equipment and restore the
equipment to factory settings.
After Clear All Config is selected, users cannot access the equipment via the
ANM2000.
After Clear All Config Except Manage VLAN is selected, users still can
access the equipment via the ANM2000.
After the Erase Flash command is executed, the equipment will be restarted
automatically.
Caution:
This command will clear all user configurations in the equipment, and
restore the equipment to factory settings. Please do not execute this
command randomly.
Access method
Erase Flash in the shortcut menu. Then the Erase FLASH window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Property
Configuration
Method
Two operation modes to clear the configuration information

Action
in the Flash.
Its value includes Clear All Config and Clear All Config
Compulsory
Click the drop-down

Except Manage VLAN.
Version: A
3-191
3.26
Reset Operation
3.26.1
Resetting Line Interface Cards in a Batch Manner
Command function
The line interface card batch reset command is used to reset line interface cards in
a batch manner. Users can execute this command after the line interface card
software is upgraded or a line interface card is faulty. After a line interface card is
reset, it will obtain configuration from the core switch card automatically. In this
process, the ACT indicator LED on the card panel will first blink slowly, then blink
quickly, and finally be illuminated.
Caution:
This command can interrupt services on the line interface card. Please
do not execute this command randomly.
Access method
Batch Reset Line Card in the shortcut menu. Then the Batch Reset Line Card
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
3-192
Value Range /
Requirement
The slot number of the line
interface card to be reset.
16.
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the slot

number.
Version: A
3.26.2
Restarting an Appointed Device
Command function
The appointed device restarting command is used to restart the entire system or
the card in a certain slot. Users can execute this command after the software of the
appointed device is upgraded or the appointed device is faulty. After the appointed
device is reset, it will obtain configuration automatically. In this process, the ACT
indicator LED on the card panel will first blink slowly, then blink quickly, and finally
be illuminated.
Caution:
This command can interrupt related services. Please do not execute this
command randomly.
Access method
Reboot the Appointed Device in the shortcut menu. Then the Reset the
Equipment window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Property
The entire system or the slot number of the card

to be restarted.
Slot No.
When it is set to Reset System, the entire

system will be restarted.
Compulsory

select the value.
When it is set to a certain slot number, only the

card in this slot will be restarted.
Version: A
3-193
3.26.3
Resetting Standby Card
Command function
The resetting standby card command is used to reset the standby core switch card.
Users can execute this command after the software of the standby core switch card
is upgraded. After the standby core switch card is reset, the ACT indicator LED on
its panel will first blink slowly, then blink quickly, and finally be illuminated.
Access method
Reset Standby HSWX in the shortcut menu. Then the Reset Standby HSWX
window will appear.
Click the OK button in this window to execute the command. After the standby core
switch card is reset successfully, Command Succeed will be displayed in the
command result pane of the window.
3.26.4
Resetting a PON Port
Command function
The resetting PON port command is used to restart a PON port. After this
command is executed, the ONU connected with this PON port will register again.
This command is mainly used to test the performance of a PON port.
Caution:
This command can interrupt services on the PON port. Please do not
execute this command randomly.
Access method
Reset PON in the shortcut menu. Then the reset PON window will appear.
3-194
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
containing the PON port to be
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
reset.
PON Port
The number of the PON port to
No.
be reset.
8.
Version: A
Method
Click the
The slot number of the card

Slot No.
Configuration
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the PON port

number.
3-195
3.27
Log Operation
3.27.1
Exporting Log Files
Command function
The exporting log file command is used to export the system operating log to an
appointed server.
Access method
Export Log in the shortcut menu. Then the Export Log window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Type the
FtpServerIP

server.
Compulsory
parameter value
in the text box
directly.
Type the
UserName

server.
Compulsory
parameter value
in the text box
directly.
Type the
Password

server.
Compulsory
parameter value
in the text box
directly.
The type of the log file to be

FileType
exported. Please use the default
Click the
Compulsory
select the value.
value Log File.
Double-click to
Its length should not

FileName
The name of the log file to be
exceed 20 characters
exported.
(including the file name

postfix).
3-196
drop-down list to
Compulsory
type the name of

the log file to be
exported.
Version: A
3.27.2
Uploading System Log Automatically
Command function
The automatically uploading system log command is used to enable or disable the
function of automatically uploading the system log to an appointed network
management server. In addition, it can be used to set interval of automatic
uploading operation, the IP address of the appointed network management server,
etc.
Access method
System Log Auto Upload in the shortcut menu. Then the System Log Auto
Upload window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Enable
Enables or disables the system
log automatic upload function.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Compulsory
The interval of the system log to
Interval (s)
be uploaded.
to 43200.
This parameter
is valid only
when Enable is
set to ON.
Optional.
server.
This parameter
is valid only
when Enable is
set to ON.
Optional.
User

server.
This parameter
is valid only
when Enable is
set to ON.
Version: A
drop-down list to
select the value.
Report
hostip
Method
Click the
Optional.
Configuration
Double-click to
type the interval of
the system log to
be uploaded.
Type the
parameter value
in the text box
directly.
Type the
parameter value
in the text box
directly.
3-197
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Optional.
Password

server.
This parameter
is valid only
when Enable is
set to ON.
3-198
Configuration
Method
Type the
parameter value
in the text box
directly.
Version: A
3.28
Forced Active / Standby Switch
Command function
The forced active / standby switch command is used to perform forced switching
between the active and standby core switch cards. This command is generally
executed before users replace the active core switch card or upgrade the software
of the active core switch card.
Access method
Force Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the Force Switch window will appear.
Click the OK button in this window to execute the command. After the forced
switching is successful, Command Succeed will be displayed in the command
result pane of the window.
Version: A
3-199
3.29
Viewing System Information
3.29.1
Viewing Card Software / Hardware Version
Command function
The viewing card software / hardware version command is used to view the
software / hardware version information of the card in a certain slot. The
information items to be viewed include the software version number and the
hardware version number.
Access method
Card Version in the shortcut menu. Then the Card Version window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
containing the card.
Hardware
The hardware version number of
Version
the card.
Software
The software version number of
Version
the card.
3.29.2
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Viewing System Time
Command function
The viewing system time command is used to view the OLT equipment system time
and the network management server time.
Access method
System Time in the shortcut menu. Then the System Time window will appear.
3-200
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
System
Time
The equipment system time.
Server
The network management
Time
server time.
3.29.3
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Viewing System Status
Command function
The viewing system status command is used to view the present condition and
active / standby status of the current HSWA card.
Access method
System Status in the shortcut menu. Then the System Status window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
Type
The operating status of the HSWA card.
Read-only
Slot No.
Read-only
The present condition and active / standby status of the

Status
HSWA card.
Read-only
Its value includes Active, Backup, and Absent.
Version: A
3-201
GUI Reference of the EC4B / EC8B

Card
This chapter discusses operation commands of the AN5516-06 EC4B / EC8B card
in detail, and includes the following sections.
Configuration command
Control command
Get information command
Version: A
4-1
4.1
Configuration Command
4.1.1
Configuring OLT Optical Power Compensation
Command function
The OLT optical power compensation configuration command is used to
compensate the optical power of an OLT. When the transmitting or receiving optical
power of an OLT is too high or too low, users can execute this command to adjust
the optical power.
Access method
Right-click the EC4B / EC8B card in the object tree, and select Config OLT
Optical Compensation in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
PON No.
The slot number of the EC4B /
EC8B card.
The PON port number of the
EC4B / EC8B card.
Configuration
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Method
Double-click to
type the
Tx Adjustment
(dBm)
The adjustment difference of
The value range is -100.00 to
the OLT transmitting optical
100.00, with the unit being
power.
dBm.
adjustment
Compulsory
difference of
the OLT
transmitting
optical power.
4-2
Version: A
4 GUI Reference of the EC4B / EC8B Card
4.1.2
Enabling / Disabling a PON Port

Caution:
Command function
The enabling / disabling PON port command is used to enable or disable a certain
PON port. After a certain port is disabled, this port will stop transmitting optical
signals, and all ONUs connected with this PON port will enter unregistered status.
Access method
Right-click the EC4B / EC8B card in the object tree, and select Config
Enable/Disable PON in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
PON No.
Disable/Enable
Version: A
EC8B card.
EC4B / EC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Enable indicates disabling the
Its value includes
appointed PON port.
Enable and
Disable indicates enabling the
Disable. The default
appointed PON port.
value is Disable.
Click the drop-down

Compulsory
list to select the

value.
4-3
4.1.3
Configuring PON Port Isolation
Command function
The PON port isolation is described as follows: The four / eight PON ports in the
same EC4B / EC8B card cannot communicate with each other unless they are
connected with external equipment. This function can be used to suppress
broadcast storm inside the card.
Access method
Right-click the EC4B / EC8B card in the object tree, and select Config PON
Isolation in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
EC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
Enable indicates setting isolation
State
between services at various PON
Its value includes
ports.
Enable and Disable.
Disable indicates canceling
isolation between services at
Enable.
Compulsory
Click the drop-down

various PON ports.
4-4
Version: A
4.1.4
Configuring PON Port Operating Mode

Caution:
When users modify the operating mode of a certain PON port, the
services on this port and the adjacent PON ports (these PON ports share
the chip with this port) will be interrupted. So please do not execute this
command randomly.
If users change the value of the PON port operating mode from 1Gbit/s
to 2 Gbit/s, the remote end equipment should also be an ONU with the
rate of 2 Gbit/s. In this case, a new ONU is added, so some system
parameters should be configured again; these parameters and the
related operations include authorization of the ONU, binding the PON
port with an OLT QinQ domain, ONU SVLAN / CVLAN setting, etc.
Command function
The PON port operating mode configuration command is used to configure or view
the current operating status of each PON port of the EC4B / EC8B card. The PON
port of the EC4B / EC8B card supports two operating modes: 1 Gbit/s and 2 Gbit/s.
Access method
Mode in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
PON No.
Mode
Version: A
EC8B card.
The PON port number of the EC4B
/ EC8B card.
The operating mode of the PON
port.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Users can select

one of the two
values: 1G and 2G.
Compulsory
Click the drop-down

4-5
4.1.5
Enabling / Disabling FEC Function of a PON Port

Caution:
For the same PON port, its FEC function in the uplink and downlink
directions must be configured as the same enabling / disabling status.
After the FEC function of a PON port is enabled, the ONUs connected
with this PON port will first enter unregistered status, and then register to
the EC4B / EC8B card again. This process can cause interruption of
subscriber services.
Command function
The enabling / disabling PON port FEC function command is used to configure or
view the FEC function of each PON port of the EC4B / EC8B card.
FEC (Forward Error Correction): Before the signal is transmitted, the system
performs encoding of the signal according to a certain algorithm, and inserts the
redundancy information into the signal; at the receiving end, the system performs
decoding according to the same algorithm mentioned previously. The purpose is to
discover errors and correct them.
Access method
FEC Enable in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
PON Port
Direction
Enable/Di
sable
4-6
The slot number of the EC4B / EC8B card.
The PON port number of the EC4B / EC8B
card.
The uplink or downlink direction of the
signal in the PON port.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Enables / disables the FEC function in the
Its value
uplink or downlink direction of the signal in
includes Enable
the PON port.
and Disable.
Compulsor
y
Click the drop-down

list to select the
value.
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The default
value is Disable.
4.1.6
Configuring DBA Parameters
Command function
DBA refers to the dynamic bandwidth assignment mechanism. It is used to
increase the utilization ratio of the uplink bandwidth in the system and guarantee
service fairness and QoS; the operation principle is to assign the bandwidth
authorization according to the queue status information reported by the LLID. The
DBA parameter configuration command is used to configure the DBA parameters of
the appointed PON port.
Access method
Right-click the EC4B / EC8B card in the object tree, and select Config DBA
Para Config in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
EC4B / EC8B card.
Property
Read-only
The EC4B card: The value can be

PON Port
1 to 4.
the EC4B / EC8B card.
The EC8B card: The value can be
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the PON port

number.
1 to 8.
Its value includes Manual and
Auto.
If Auto is selected, the other
PON DBA
Parammode
The DBA parameter
parameters will use their default
configuration mode of
values assigned by the system,
the PON port.
and users cannot modify them.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
If Manual is selected, users can

modify values of the other
parameters manually.
Version: A
4-7
Parameter
Name
Property
Configuration
Method
The uplink bandwidth

scheduling weight
Dropdown
reserved for the level 1
The value is an integer in the
Click the
Weight Level
scheduler by the OLT
range [0 to 256], with the step
1 (KB)
level 0 scheduler. The
being 4. The unit is kb.
select the value.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
level 0 scheduler has

the highest priority.
scheduling weight
Dropdown
Weight Level
2 (KB)
select the value.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to

scheduling weight
Dropdown
Weight Level
3 (KB)
select the value.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to

scheduling weight
Dropdown
Weight Level
4 (KB)
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.

scheduling weight
Weight Level
5 (KB)
Dropdown
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.

4-8
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Property
Configuration
Method

scheduling weight
Dropdown
Click the
Weight Level
6 (KB)
select the value.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to

scheduling weight
Dropdown
Weight Level
7 (KB)
select the value.
Double-click to
Compulsory
drop-down list to

Polling rate
Level 0
(65.5us)
Polling rate
Level 1
(65.5us)
Polling rate
Level 2
(65.5us)
Polling rate
Level 3
(65.5us)
Polling rate
Level 4
(65.5us)
Polling rate
Level 5
(65.5us)
Version: A
The frequency of the

OLT level 0 scheduler
sending the grants
frame to the ONU.
sending the grants
frame to the ONU.
sending the grants
frame to the ONU.
sending the grants
frame to the ONU.
sending the grants
frame to the ONU.
sending the grants
frame to the ONU.
range [0 to 15000]. The unit is
Compulsory
type the
65.5 s.
parameter value.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
65.5 s.
parameter value.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
65.5 s.
parameter value.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
65.5 s.
parameter value.
Double-click to
Compulsory
65.5 s.
parameter value.

65.5 s.
type the
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.
4-9
Parameter
Name
Polling rate
Level 6
(65.5us)
sending the grants
frame to the ONU.
Property

Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
65.5 s.
parameter value.
Double-click to

Polling rate
sending the grants
Level 7
frame to the ONU. It
(65.5us)
corresponds to
65.5 s.
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.
Dropdown Weight
Level 7 (KB).
4.1.7
Command function
disable classification function of the appointed performance parameters. These
performance parameters include PON port performance statistics data, optical
module parameters, and CPU / memory utilization ratio.
Access method
Right-click the EC4B / EC8B card in the object tree, and select Config OLT Perf
Sort Line Switch in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
EC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
The performance statistics category

of the EC4B / EC8B card. Its value
Perf Code
corresponds to three performance

statistics categories: PON port
performance statistics data, optical
module parameters, and CPU /
4-10
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
memory utilization ratio.

Switch
Enables / disables classification
Its value
function of the appointed
includes Enable
performance parameters.
and Disable.
4.1.8
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Binding / Unbinding a PON Port with a Domain
Command function
The binding / unbinding-PON-port-with-domain command is used to configure and
view the status of an EC4B / EC8B PON port binding with OLT QinQ domains.
Before performing this configuration command, users need to complete the related
operations of OLT QinQ domains.
Access method
Attach/Detach Domain in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
PON Port No.
The slot number of the EC4B / EC8B
card.
The PON port number of the EC4B /
EC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
attach means binding the services of
Action
the PON port with an OLT QinQ
Its values include
domain.
attach and detach.
detach means unbinding the services
of the PON port with an OLT QinQ
attach.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
domain.
The name of the OLT QinQ domain.
Domainname
One PON port can be bound with

multiple OLT QinQ domains at the
same time.
Version: A
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
4-11
4.1.9
Suppressing Broadcast / Multicast / Unknown Packet

of a PON Port
Command function
The PON port broadcast / multicast / unknown packet suppression command is
used to configure and view broadcast / multicast / unknown packet suppression
function of a PON port. Its purpose is to prevent generation of broadcast storm
inside the system and improve the system performance.
Access method
Right-click the EC4B / EC8B card in the object tree, and select Config Packet
Rate Control in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
PON Port No.
The slot number of the EC4B
/ EC8B card.
EC4B / EC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The packet type of the

appointed PON port. The
Packet Type
type includes broadcast

packet, multicast packet,
and unknown packet.
Enable indicates enabling
Keep-alive
the packet suppression
Its values include
function.
Enable and Disable.
Disable indicates disabling
the packet suppression
Enable.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
function.
The value range of
Speed
(Packet/second)
The system will discard the
speed control is 1 to
packets exceeding the set
speed control threshold.
being packet/ second.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.
4-12
Version: A
4.2
Control Command
4.2.1
Resetting
Command function
The resetting command is used to reset the EC4B / EC8B card.
Access method
Right-click the EC4B / EC8B card in the object, and select Control Command
Reset in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
Value Range /
Property
Requirement
/ EC8B card.
4.2.2
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Deauthorizing an ONU
Command function
The deauthorizing ONU command is used to deauthorize the appointed ONU.
Access method
Right-click the EC4B / EC8B card in the object tree, and select Control Command
Deauthorize ONU in the shortcut menu.
Version: A
4-13
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
/ EC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
For the EC4B card, the

PON Port
No.
EC4B / EC8B card.
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the PON port

number.
For an ONU connected
with PON1 port of the
EC4B / EC8B card, the
Double-click to

Onu No.
The ONU authorization
For an ONU connected
number.
with PON2 port of the

EC4B / EC8B card, the
Compulsory
type the ONU

authorization
number.

For other ONUs, they
follow the similar rules.
4.2.3
Resetting an ONU
Command function
The resetting ONU command is used to restart the appointed ONU. After an ONU
is restarted, it will register to the OLT again.
Access method
Reset ONU in the shortcut menu.
4-14
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
/ EC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Configuration
Property
Method
Read-only
Click the

PON Port
No.
EC4B / EC8B card.
drop-down list to
Compulsory
select the PON

port number.
Double-click to
Onu No.
number.
type the ONU
Compulsory
authorization
number.
4.2.4
Refreshing Firmware
Command function
The refreshing firmware command is used to run the firmware of the appointed
ONU connected with the EC4B / EC8B card once again. This command is
generally used when an ONU has faults.
Access method
Restore ONU in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
OLT No.
/ EC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method

PON Port
No.
EC4B / EC8B card.
Compulsory
the PON port number.
ONU No.
Version: A
number.
64.
Compulsory
the ONU
authorization number.
4-15
4.3
Get Information Command
4.3.1
Viewing ONU Type and Version Number
Command function
The viewing ONU type and version number command is used to view the types and
software / hardware version numbers of all registered ONUs connected with the
EC4B / EC8B card. When an ONU is faulty or its software is upgraded, users can
execute this command to analyze related problems, so as to help troubleshoot
faults or applying the new software to the hardware.
Access method
Right-click the EC4B / EC8B card in the object tree, and select Get Information
ONU Information in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
Slot No.
Read-only
PON Port No.
The PON port number of the EC4B / EC8B card.
Read-only
ONU No.
The ONU authorization number.
Read-only
Configured Type
The ONU type configured in the ANM2000.
Read-only
Actual Type
The actual hardware type of the ONU.
Read-only
The internal CPU software version number of the ONU.
Read-only
Firmware Version
The internal CPU firmware version number of the ONU.
Read-only
IAD Software
The internal IAD firmware (for voice processing) version
Version
number of the ONU.
Hardware Version
The hardware number of the ONU.
IAD Hardware
The hardware number of the built-in IAD (for voice
Version
processing) in the ONU.
TDM Hardware
The hardware number of the built-in TDM subcard (for TDM
Version
processing) in the ONU.
CPU Software
Version
4-16
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Version: A
4.3.2
Viewing PON Port Firmware Version
Command function
The viewing PON port firmware version command is used to view the firmware
version on the appointed PON port of the EC4B / EC8B card.
Access method
PON Firmware Version in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Slot No.
/ EC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only

PON No.
EC4B / EC8B card.
Version
Version: A
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the PON

port number.
PON Firmware
Configuration
The firmware version on the

appointed PON port of the
Read-only
EC4B / EC8B card.
4-17
4.3.3
Viewing ONU Authorization List
Command function
The viewing ONU authorization list command is used to view information of
authorized ONUs connected with the appointed PON port of the EC4B / EC8B card.
The authorized ONUs include all online and offline ONUs.
Access method
ONU Authcated Table in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
Slot No.
Read-only
PON No.
Read-only
ONU No.
Read-only
Physical SN
The MAC address of the ONU, with the format being

XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX.
Read-only
Password
This parameter is only valid for the GPON equipment.
Read-only
LogicSN: LOID
The SN number of the ONU.
Read-only
The SN password of the ONU.
Read-only
LogicSN:
Password
For various types of FiberHome EPON ONUs, this parameter refers

ONU Type
to the type value, such as AN5006-04; for ONUs of other vendors,
Read-only
this parameter value will be displayed as Others.

The authentication mode of the ONU. Its value includes: PHISIC-ID
Authentication, PHISIC-ID+Password Authentication, Password
Authentication
Authentication LOGIC-ID Authentication, PHISIC-ID/LOGIC-ID
Mode
Mixed Authentication, NO Authentication, LOGIC-ID
Read-only
Authentication (No Password), and PHISIC-ID/LOGIC-ID Mixed

Authentication (No Password).
Status
4-18
The current status of the ONU. Its value includes Authcated,

Pre-Authcated, and Reserve.
Read-only
Version: A
4.3.4
Viewing Unauthorized ONU List
Command function
The viewing unauthorized ONU list command is used to view information of
unauthorized ONUs connected with the appointed PON port of the EC4B / EC8B
card. The unauthorized ONUs here include all online ONUs.
Access method
ONU Unauthorized Table in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
Slot No.
Read-only
PON No.
Read-only
Physical SN

XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX.
Read-only
Password
Read-only
LogicSN: LOID
Read-only
Read-only
LogicSN:
Password
4.3.5
Viewing Registered ONU List
Command function
The viewing registered ONU list command is used to view information of authorized
and online ONUs connected with the appointed PON port of the EC4B / EC8B
card.
Access method
Registered ONU List in the shortcut menu.
Version: A
4-19
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
Slot No.
Read-only
PON No.
Read-only
ONU No.
Read-only
Physical SN
XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX.
Read-only
Password
Read-only
LogicSN: LOID
Read-only
LogicSN: Password
Read-only
For various types of FiberHome EPON ONUs, this parameter

refers to the type value, such as AN5006-04; for ONUs of
Onu Type
other vendors, this parameter value will be displayed as
Read-only
Others.
4.3.6
Viewing Unregistered ONU List
Command function
The viewing unregistered ONU list command is used to view information of
unregistered ONUs connected with the appointed PON port of the EC4B / EC8B
card.
Access method
No-Registered ONU List in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
Slot No.
Read-only
PON Port
Read-only
ONU No.
Read-only
Physical SN

XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX.
Read-only
Password
Read-only
LogicSN: LOID
Read-only
LogicSN: Password
Read-only
4-20
Version: A
Parameter Name
Property
For various types of FiberHome EPON ONUs, this

parameter refers to the type value, such as AN5006-04; for
Onu Type
ONUs of other vendors, this parameter value will be
Read-only
displayed as Others.
4.3.7
Viewing PON Port MAC Address Table
Command function
The viewing PON port MAC address table command is used to view the MAC
address and VLAN ID value of the ONU connected with the appointed PON port of
the EC4B / EC8B card. The prerequisite is that service data stream is passing
through an ONU; under this condition, users can execute this command to display
the number of the PON port connected with this ONU and related information items
of this ONU.
Access method
MAC Learning Table on PON in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
PON No.
Read-only
The MAC address of the ONU being passed through by service

data stream and connected with the PON port, with the format
MAC Address
Read-only
being XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX.
The VLAN ID value of the ONU being passed through by service
VLAN ID
4.3.8
data stream and connected with the PON port.
Read-only
Viewing Optical Module Parameters
Command function
The viewing optical module parameters command is used to view the parameters
of the optical module of the EC4B / EC8B card.
Version: A
4-21
Access method
Opt Module Para Information in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
OLT No.
EC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
For the EC4B card,

the value range is 1 to
PON Port No.
4.
EC4B / EC8B card.
For the EC8B card,
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the PON

port number.

8.
The type of the optical module.
Optical Module
Type (km)
Its value includes 10 and 20

(unit: km), indicating the optical
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
fiber transmission distance from

the OLT to the ONU.
Temperature
The current temperature of the
()
optical module. The unit is .
Voltage (V)
The current voltage of the optical

module. The unit is V.
Bias Current
The current bias current of the
(mA)
optical module. The unit is mA.
Tx-Power
(dBm)
The current Tx optical power of

the optical module. The unit is
dBm.
Double-click to
ONU No.

to 64.
Compulsory
type the ONU

authorization
number.
Receive
The current OLT Rx optical
OptPower
power from the ONU side. The
(dBm)
unit is dBm.
4-22
Read-only
Version: A
GUI Reference of the GC4B / GC8B

Card
This chapter discusses operation commands of the AN5516-06 GC4B / GC8B card
Control command
Version: A
5-1
5.1
5.1.1
Configuring Bandwidth
Command function
The configuring bandwidth command is used to configure or view the uplink /
downlink bandwidth of each PON port of the GC4B / GC8B card.
Access method
Right-click the GC4B / GC8B card in the object tree, and select Config
Bandwidth in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
The slot number of the GC4B / GC8B
card.
PON Port
The PON port number of the GC4B /
No.
GC8B card.
Direction
The signal uplink direction of the PON

port.
Requirement
Property
upstream
The maximum uplink bandwidth of the
bandwidth
PON port.
(kbit/s)
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The value range is
Total
5.1.2
Value Range /
Double-click to
160000 to 1250000,
and the default value
is 125000. The unit is
kbit/s.
Compulsory
type the maximum

uplink bandwidth
of the PON port.
Configuring QinQ
Command function
The configuring QinQ command is used to configure the TPID (Tag Protocol
Identifier) value of the QinQ VLAN on the GC4B / GC8B card.
5-2
Version: A
5 GUI Reference of the GC4B / GC8B Card
Access method
Right-click the GC4B / GC8B card in the object tree, and select Config QinQ
config in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
The slot number of the GC4B /
Slot No.
GC8B card.
The TPID value of the QinQ
Tpid
5.1.3
VLAN.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only

65534, and the default
Compulsory
value is 33024.
Command function
disable classification function of the appointed performance parameters of the
GC4B / GC8B card. These performance parameters include PON port
performance statistics data, optical module parameters, and CPU/ memory
utilization ratio.
Access method
Right-click the GC4B / GC8B card in the object tree, and select Config
Statistics Switch in the shortcut menu.
Version: A
5-3
Parameter
Parameter Name
Slot No.
GC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
The performance statistics

category of the GC4B / GC8B
card. Its value corresponds to
three performance statistics
categories: PON port
Perf Code
performance statistics data,

optical module parameters,
and CPU/ memory utilization
ratio.
Click the
Enables / disables
Switch
classification function of the
Its value includes
appointed performance
Enable and Disable.
parameters.
5.1.4
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
Enabling / Disabling a PON Port

Caution:
Command function
The enabling / disabling PON port command is used to enable or disable a certain
PON port. After a certain port is disabled, this port will stop transmitting optical
signals, and all ONUs connected with this PON port will enter unregistered status.
Access method
Right-click the GC4B / GC8B card in the object tree, and select Config Enable /
Disable PON in the shortcut menu.
5-4
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Property
Requirement
Slot No.
GC8B card.
PON No.
GC4B / GC8B card.
Disable/Enable
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Enable indicates disabling the
Its value includes
appointed PON port.
Enable and
Disable indicates enabling the
appointed PON port.
value is Disable.
5.1.5
Configuration
Click the drop-down

Compulsory
list to select the

value.
Configuring PON Port Isolation
Command function
The PON port isolation is described as follows: The four / eight PON ports in the
same GC4B / GC8B card cannot communicate with each other unless they are
connected with external equipment. This function can be used to suppress
broadcast storm inside the card.
Access method
Right-click the GC4B / GC8B card in the object tree, and select Config Isolate
PON Port in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
GC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
Enable indicates setting isolation
State
between services at the
Its value includes
appointed PON port.
Enable and Disable.
Disable indicates canceling
isolation between services at the
Enable.
Compulsory
Click the drop-down

appointed PON port.
Version: A
5-5
5.1.6
Enabling / Disabling FEC Function of a PON Port

Caution:
For the same PON port, its FEC function in the uplink and downlink
directions must be configured as the same enabling / disabling status.
After the FEC function of a PON port is enabled, the ONUs connected
with this PON port will first enter unregistered status, and then register to
the GC4B / GC8B card again. This process can cause interruption of
subscriber services.
Command function
Configures or views the FEC function of each PON port of the GC4B / GC8B card
FEC (Forward Error Correction): Before the signal is transmitted, the system
performs encoding of the signal according to a certain algorithm, and inserts the
redundancy information into the signal; at the receiving end, the system performs
decoding according to the same algorithm mentioned previously. The purpose is to
discover errors and correct them.
Access method
Right-click the GC4B / GC8B card in the object tree, and select Config PON
FEC in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
PON Port
Direction
Enable/Disable
5-6
GC8B card.
GC4B / GC8B card.
The uplink or downlink direction
of the signal in the PON port.
Enables / disables the FEC
function in the uplink or downlink
direction of the signal in the PON
port.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Its value
includes Enable
and Disable.
The default
value is Disable.
Compulsory

Version: A
5.1.7
Configuring PON Port Key Modification Interval
Command function
The service data stream passing through the appointed PON port of the GC4B /
GC8B card is encrypted, and users need to modify the key value regularly.
Access method
Right-click the GC4B / GC8B card in the object tree, and select Config Secret
Update Interval in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
PON Port
Secret
Update
Interval
(Sec)
GC8B card.
GC8B card.
The time interval to modify the key
value of service data stream passing
through the appointed PON port.
5.1.8
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
The value range is

0,
[10,4294967294].
Compulsory
the parameter value.
The unit: second.
Binding / Unbinding a PON Port with a VLAN

Operation Table
Command function
The binding / unbinding-PON-port-with-VLAN-operation-table command is used to
configure and view the status of a GC4B / GC8B PON port binding with an OLT
VLAN operation table. Before performing this configuration command, users need
to complete the related operations of GPON OLT VLAN operation tables.
Access method
Version: A
5-7
Right-click the GC4B / GC8B card in the object tree, and select Config PON
attach/detach VLAN Table in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
PON Port
GC8B card.
GC4B / GC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
attach means binding the
Action
services of the PON port with an
Its values include
OLT QinQ domain.
attach and detach.
detach means unbinding the
services of the PON port with an
attach.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
OLT QinQ domain.

The name of the OLT QinQ
Table Name
domain. One PON port can be

bound with multiple OLT QinQ
domains at the same time.
5.1.9
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Suppressing Broadcast / Multicast / Unknown Packet

of a PON Port
Command function
The PON port broadcast / multicast / unknown packet suppression command is
used to configure and view broadcast / multicast / unknown packet suppression
function of a PON port. Its purpose is to prevent generation of broadcast storm
inside the system and improve the system performance.
Access method
Right-click the GC4B / GC8B card in the object tree, and select Config Packet
Rate Control in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
5-8
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
PON Port No.
GC8B card.
GC4B / GC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The packet type of the appointed

Packet Type
PON port. The type includes

broadcast packet, multicast
packet, and unknown packet.
Keep-alive
Enable indicates enabling the
Its values include
packet suppression function.
Enable and
Disable indicates disabling the
packet suppression function.
value is Enable.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
The value range of

Speed
(Packet/second)
The system will discard the

packets exceeding the set speed
control threshold.
speed control is 1 to
being packet/
second. The default
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.
value is 150.
Version: A
5-9
5.2
Control Command
5.2.1
Resetting
Command function
The resetting command is used to reset the GC4B / GC8B card.
Access method
Right-click the GC4B / GC8B card in the object tree, and select Control Command
Reset in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
The slot number of the GC4B
/ GC8B card.
5.2.2
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
Resetting an ONU
Command function
is restarted, it will register to the OLT again.
Access method
Reset ONU in the shortcut menu.
5-10
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
/ GC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
No.
GC4B / GC8B card.
For the GC8B card, the
Method
Click the

PON Port
Configuration
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the PON
port number.
Double-click to
Onu No.

number.
Compulsory
type the ONU

authorization
number.
5.2.3
Command function
The deauthorizing ONU command is used to deauthorize the appointed ONU.
Access method
Deauthorize ONU in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
/ GC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only

PON Port
No.
GC4B / GC8B card.
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the PON port

number.
Double-click to
Onu No.

number.
Compulsory
type the ONU

authorization
number.
Version: A
5-11
5.3
5.3.1
Viewing ONU Type and Version Number
Command function
The viewing ONU type and version number command is used to view the types and
software / hardware version numbers of all registered ONUs connected with the
GC4B / GC8B card. When an ONU is faulty or its software is upgraded, users can
execute this command to analyze related problems, so as to help troubleshoot
faults or applying the new software to the hardware.
Access method
Right-click the GC4B / GC8B card in the object tree, and select Get Information
ONU Information in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Slot No.
PON Port No.
ONU No.
Configured Type
Actual Type
Software Version
Hardware Version
5-12
GC4B / GC8B card.
GC4B / GC8B card.
number.
The ONU type configured in
the ANM2000.
The actual hardware type of
the ONU.
The software version
number of the ONU.
The hardware number of the
ONU.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Version: A
5.3.2
Viewing ONU Authorization List
Command function
The viewing ONU authorization list command is used to view information of
authorized ONUs connected with the appointed PON port of the GC4B / GC8B
card. The authorized ONUs include all online and offline ONUs.
Access method
ONU Authcated Table in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Slot No.
PON No.
ONU No.
card.
GC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The MAC address of the ONU, with

Physical SN
the format being

XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX.
Password
LogicSN: LOID
The password of the ONU.

This parameter is only valid for the
EPON equipment.
LogicSN:
Password
EPON equipment.
ONU Type
Various types of FiberHome ONUs

and Others.
The authentication mode of the ONU.
Its value includes: NO
Authentication
Mode
Authentication, PHISIC-ID
Authentication, Password
Authentication,
PHISIC-ID+Password
Authentication.
Version: A
5-13
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The current status of the ONU. Its

Status
value includes Authcated,
Read-only
Pre-Authcated, and Reserve.
5.3.3
Viewing Unauthorized ONU List
Command function
The viewing unauthorized ONU list command is used to view information of
unauthorized ONUs connected with the appointed PON port of the GC4B / GC8B
card. The unauthorized ONUs here include all online ONUs.
Access method
ONU Unauthorized Table in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Slot No.
PON No.
card.
GC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The MAC address of the ONU, with

Physical SN
the format being

XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX.
Password
LogicSN: LOID

EPON equipment.
LogicSN:
Password
EPON equipment.
5-14
Version: A
5.3.4
Viewing Registered ONU List
Command function
The viewing registered ONU list command is used to view information of authorized
and online ONUs connected with the appointed PON port of the GC4B / GC8B
card.
Access method
Registered ONU List in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
Slot No.
The slot number of the GC4B / GC8B card.
Read-only
PON No.
The PON port number of the GC4B / GC8B card.
Read-only
ONU No.
Read-only
Physical SN

XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX.
Read-only
Password
Read-only
LogicSN: LOID
This parameter is only valid for the EPON equipment.
Read-only
Read-only
Various types of FiberHome ONUs and Others.
Read-only
LogicSN:
Password
ONU Type
5.3.5
Viewing Unregistered ONU List
Command function
The viewing unregistered ONU list command is used to view information of
unregistered ONUs connected with the appointed PON port of the GC4B / GC8B
card.
Version: A
5-15
Access method
No-Registered ONU List in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
Slot No.
The slot number of the GC4B / GC8B card.
Read-only
PON No.
Read-only
ONU No.
Read-only
Physical SN

XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX.
Read-only
Password
Read-only
LogicSN: LOID
Read-only
Read-only
LogicSN:
Password
For various types of FiberHome EPON ONUs, this parameter

ONU Type
refers to the type value, such as AN5006-04; for ONUs of other
Read-only
vendors, this parameter value will be displayed as Others.
5.3.6
Viewing Port Loopback Status
Command function
The viewing port loopback command is used to view the OAM loopback test
function on a PON port of the line interface card. The parameters to be viewed
include statistics on the transmitted frame, the received frame, and the delay.
Access method
Port loopback in the shortcut menu.
5-16
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
GC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
The value
PON No.
depends on the
GC4B / GC8B card.
line interface
Frame
Received
OK
Frame
Received
Corrupted
Min Delay
(us)
Max Delay
(us)
Avg Delay
(us)
The number of transmitted frames

in the port loopback test.
The number of received correct
frames in the port loopback test.
The number of received error
frames in the port loopback test.
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the PON

port number.
card type.
Send Frame
Configuration
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The minimum delay from

transmitting a packet to receiving it
The maximum delay from
The average delay from
For various types of FiberHome
EPON ONUs, this parameter
ONU type
refers to the type value, such as

AN5006-04; for ONUs of other
vendors, this parameter value will
be displayed as Others.
Version: A
5-17
5.3.7
Viewing PON Port MAC Address Table
Command function
The viewing PON port MAC address table command is used to view the MAC
address and VLAN ID value of the ONU connected with the appointed PON port of
the GC4B / GC8B card. The prerequisite is that service data stream is passing
through an ONU; under this condition, users can execute this command to display
the number of the PON port connected with this ONU and related information items
of this ONU.
Access method
MAC Learning Table on PON in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
PON No.
Read-only
The MAC address of the ONU being passed through by

MAC Address
service data stream and connected with the PON port, with
Read-only
the format being XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX.

VLAN ID
5.3.8
The VLAN ID value of the ONU being passed through by

service data stream and connected with the PON port.
Read-only
Command function
of the optical module of the GC4B / GC8B card.
Access method
Opt Module Para Information in the shortcut menu.
5-18
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
OLT No.
GC8B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
For the GC4B card,

PON Port No.
4.
GC4B / GC8B card.
For the GC8B card,
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the PON

port number.

8.
Optical Module
Type (km)

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
fiber transmission distance from

the OLT to the ONU.
Temperature
()
Voltage (V)
The current voltage of the optical

module. The unit is V.
Bias Current
(mA)
Tx-Power
(dBm)

dBm.
Double-click to
ONU No.

to 64.
Compulsory
type the ONU

authorization
number.
Receive
The current OLT Rx optical
OptPower
power from the ONU side. The
(dBm)
unit is dBm.
Version: A
Read-only
5-19
GUI Reference of the HU1A / HU2A /

GU6F Card
This chapter discusses operation commands of the AN5516-06 HU1A / HU2A /
GU6F card in detail, and includes the following sections.
Configuring uplink port properties
Configuring port performance thresholds
Configuring port RSTP
Enabling / disabling performance classification
Enabling / disabling VLAN performance statistics
Resetting a card
Viewing optical module parameters
Version: A
6-1
6.1
Configuring Uplink Port Properties
Command function
The uplink port properties configuration command is used to configure the related
properties of the uplink port on an uplink card. The main parameters to be
configured include Ethernet parameters, flow control, and priority authority. To
enable the auto-negotiation function of the uplink port on an uplink card, users
need to enable the auto-negotiation function of the Rx port on the uplink equipment
under the OLT first.
Access method
Right-click the HU1A / HU2A / GU6F card in the object tree, and select Config
Uplink Port Properties in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Configuration
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Method

Slot No.
uplink card. Its value can

be 19 or 20.
Uplink Port
No.
List of the uplink ports. Its

value depends on the
uplink card type.
The type of the uplink port,
Port Type
including Gb electrical port,

Gb optical port, and 10 Gb
optical port.
Users can select to enable /

disable the port. To configure other
parameters in the Uplink Port
Enable
Properties window (except for
Config
uplink port.
WAN/LAN Mode), users must

enable the uplink port; if the port is
Users can
Optional
select or clear
this check box.
disabled, other parameters cannot

be configured.
6-2
Version: A
Parameter
Name
GUI Reference of the HU1A / HU2A / GU6F Card
Property
Configuration
Method
When the auto-negotiation

uplink port can negotiate
with ports of other
Auto
Negotiation
equipment sets on the

maximum allowed
transmission rate. Only
electrical ports support the
auto-negotiation function,

function is disabled, this parameter
can be set to Enable or Disable.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
function is enabled, this parameter

is read-only.
and optical ports do not

support this function.
Speed
Selects the operating rate
Config
of the uplink port.
Click the
can be set to 10Mbps, 100Mbps

or 1000Mbps.
Optional
drop-down list
to select the
value.

is read-only.
Duplex
Configures the operating
Config
mode of the uplink port.
Click the
can be set to Half-Duplex or

Full-Duplex.
Optional
drop-down list
to select the
value.

is read-only.
flow control function of the
Flow
uplink port. To perform
Control
congestion control, users
Users can
Optional
select or clear
this check box.
should enable the flow

control function.
MAC
Address
Learning
Priority
Enable
Version: A

service packet MAC
address learning function
Users can
Optional
this check box.
of the uplink port.
Users can

priority authority function of
the uplink port.
select or clear
Optional
select or clear
this check box.
6-3
Parameter
Name
Priority
Sets the priority level of the
Value
uplink port.
Property
Method
Double-click to
When Priority Enable is selected,

this parameter is valid. The value
Configuration
Optional
range is 0 to 7.
type the priority

level of the
uplink port.

10 Gb optical port. It can be set to
WAN or LAN.
When the 10 Gb optical port is
WAN/LAN
Configures the WAN / LAN
Mode
mode of the 10 Gb port.
Click the
connected with the WAN

equipment (such as SDH), this
Optional
parameter should be set to WAN.
drop-down list
to select the
value.
When the 10 Gb optical port is

connected with the LAN
equipment (such as Ethernet), this
parameter should be set to LAN.
For the
uplink ports
19:3, 19:4,
20:3, and
Interface
Configures the interface
Mode
mode of the uplink port.
It has two values: SerDes and
20:4, this
SGMIII.
parameter is
If the port acts as an optical port,
valid.
users should select SerDes.
For other
If the port acts as an electrical
uplink ports,
port, users should select SGMIII.
this
Click the
drop-down list
to select the
value.
parameter is
invalid, and
the value is
always
SerDes.
6-4
Version: A
6.2
Configuring Port Performance Thresholds
Command function
The port performance thresholds configuration command is used to configure the
performance-related alarm thresholds of the uplink port on an uplink card. The
main performance parameters to be configured include CRC statistical value,
quantity of undersized packets, and uplink / downlink rate.
Note:
When the actual values of CRC statistical value, quantity of undersized
packets, and uplink / downlink rate of the uplink card exceed the set
alarm thresholds, the ANM2000 will report corresponding alarms via
prompt information.
Access method
Uplink Port Statistics Threshold in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
Uplink No.
The slot number of the uplink card. Its
value can be 19 or 20.
List of the uplink ports. Its value
depends on the uplink card type.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
When the CRC statistical value of the
Crc-Threshold
(/sec)
received packets by the uplink port
exceeds the set threshold, a
to 4294967294. The
corresponding alarm will appear in the
default value is 0,
port performance statistics, and the
meaning that the
packets exceeding the set threshold
threshold is not set.
Double-click to
Optional
type the
parameter
value.
will be discarded.
Version: A
6-5
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
A packet whose byte number is less

than 60 is called the undersized
UndersizeFrame
Threshold (/sec)
packet. When the undersized packet
number of the received packets by the
to 4294967294. The
uplink port exceeds the set threshold,
default value is 0,
a corresponding alarm will appear in
meaning that the
the port performance statistics, and
threshold is not set.
Double-click to
Optional
type the
parameter
value.
the packets exceeding the set

threshold will be discarded.
6-6
Version: A
6.3
Configuring Port RSTP
6.3.1
Configuring Port RSTP Parameters
Command function
The port RSTP parameters configuration command is used to set the RSTP priority
parameters. It is valid only when the RSTP function of an uplink port is enabled.
Access method
Uplink Port RSTP in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
Uplink No.

Rstp Port
a higher priority. A port with a higher
Priority
priority is preferred to act as the root

port.
6.3.2
Property
Requirement
A port with a smaller priority value has
Port Path Cost
Value Range /
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Double-click to
The value range is

0 to 240. The
Optional
default value is 0.
The port RSTP path cost. A port with a
The value range is
smaller path cost value has a lower
1 to 200000000.
path cost. A path with a lower cost is
preferred to act as the root path.
1.
type the
parameter
value.
Double-click to
Optional
type the
parameter
value.
Viewing RSTP Bridge Information
Command function
The viewing RSTP bridge information command is used to display the RSTP bridge
information of the uplink card and monitor the status of each bridge. To execute this
command, users should enable the RSTP function of the ONU.
Version: A
6-7
Access method
Right-click the HU1A / HU2A / GU6F card in the object tree, and select Get
Information RSTP Bridge Info in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The maximum aging time of the

uplink card bridge. After the uplink
port has learned a certain MAC
Bridge Max Age
address, if it does not receive

packets including this MAC
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
address during the aging time, this

MAC address will be deleted after
the maximum aging time.
The priority value of the uplink card
Bridge Priority
bridge. It is an important part of the

bridge ID. A bridge with a smaller
priority value has a higher priority.
The MAC address of the uplink
Bridge Mac Address
card bridge. It is an important part

of the bridge ID.
Bridge Hello Time
The time interval to send the

BPDU.
The delay of a port entering
Forward Delay
forward status from blocked or

learning status.
Force Version
The version of the RSTP protocol.

Its value includes STP and RSTP.
The priority of the root bridge
selected according to the bridge
Root Bridge Priority
ID. The root bridge can be either

the uplink card bridge or the OLT
uplink equipment bridge.
The MAC address of the root
bridge selected according to the
Root Bridge Mac
bridge ID. The root bridge can be

either the uplink card bridge or the
OLT uplink equipment bridge.
6-8
Version: A
Parameter Name
The root port number of the root
Root Port
bridge.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The maximum aging time of the

root bridge. After the root bridge
has learned a certain MAC
address, if it does not receive
Root Max Age
packets including this MAC

address during the aging time, this
MAC address will be deleted after
the maximum aging time.
The time interval for the root bridge
Root Hello Time
to send the BPDU packet.

The time interval of port status
conversion when the root bridge is
selected. Its purpose is to prohibit
Root Forward Delay
the bridge from sending / receiving

data before the topology
architecture modification message
is sent to the entire network.
The cost of the path from the
To Root Path Cost
6.3.3
bridge to the root bridge.
Viewing RSTP Port Information
Command function
The viewing RSTP port information command is used to view the RSTP information
of the appointed uplink card.
Access method
Information RSTP Port Info in the shortcut menu.
Version: A
6-9
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
The number of the uplink port.
depends on
the uplink card
Method
Click the
Its value
Uplink No.
Configuration
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
type.
The priority of the port when the RSTP
Port Priority
is enabled. A port with a smaller priority

value is preferred to act as the root
Read-only
port.
Port Role
Read-only
Port State
The operating mode of the port.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The priority of the appointed port.
Read-only
The priority of the appointed bridge.
Read-only
Read-only
Port Path Cost

Designated
Root Priority
Designated
Root Mac
Address
The path cost of the port when the

RSTP is enabled.
The priority of the appointed root port.
The MAC address of the appointed root
port.
Designated
The path cost of the appointed root
Path Cost
port.
Designated
Port No.
Designated
Port Priority
Designated
Bridge Priority
Designated
Bridge Mac
Address
6-10
The number of the appointed port.

It depends on the port number of the
opposite end equipment.
The MAC address of the appointed

bridge.
Version: A
6.4
Enabling
Disabling
Performance
Classification
Command function
After the performance classification function is enabled via this command, users
can select HU1A / HU2A / GU6F Realtime Performance Uplink Port
Statistics to view the performance statistical value of the uplink port.
Access method
Performance Sort Switch in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
Perf Code
The slot number of the HU1A / HU2A /
GU6F card.
The performance statistics switch.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Enables / disables the classification
includes
function.
Enable and
Disable.
Version: A
Method
Its value
Switch
Configuration
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
6-11
6.5
Enabling / Disabling VLAN Performance

Statistics
Command function
The enabling / disabling VLAN performance statistics command is used to enable /
disable the VLAN performance statistics function of an uplink port. After the VLAN
performance statistics function is enabled, users can select HU1A / HU2A / GU6F
Realtime Performance to view the bandwidth utilization ratio of an uplink port
in a certain VLAN.
Access method
VLAN Performance Switch in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Slot No.
Port no
VLAN ID
The slot number of the uplink
card. The value can be 19 and 20.
The VLAN ID of a certain VLAN
containing the port.
Enables / disables the VLAN
Switch
performance statistics function of

the uplink port.
6-12
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
The value
range is 1 to
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the VLAN
4085.
ID.
Its value
Click the
includes
Enable and
Disable.
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
Version: A
6.6
Resetting a Card
Command function
When the uplink card works abnormally, users can try to reset it. This command is
generally used in fault handling.
Caution:
This resetting card command can interrupt services. Please do not
Access method
Right-click the HU1A / HU2A / GU6F card in the object tree, and select Control
Command Reset in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
Version: A
The slot number of the uplink card. The
value can be 19 and 20.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
6-13
6.7
Command function
of the optical module of the HU1A / HU2A / GU6F card.
Access method
Information Opt Module Para Information in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
Port No.
The slot number of the HU1A /
HU2A / GU6F card.
The optical port number of the
HU1A / HU2A / GU6F card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
The HU1A card: 1 to 5.

The HU2A card: 1 to 4.
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
The GU6F card: 1 to 6.
type the PON

port number.

Optical Module
Type (km)

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
fiber transmission distance

from the OLT to the ONU.
Temperature
()
Voltage (V)
The current voltage of the

optical module. The unit is V.
Bias Current
(mA)
Tx-Power
(dBm)

dBm.
Receive
The current Rx optical power of
OptPower
(dBm)
dBm.
6-14
Version: A
GUI Reference of the CE1B / C155A

Card
This chapter discusses operation commands of the AN5516-06 CE1B / C155A card
Configuring clock
Performing loopback
Viewing E1 status
Resetting
Version: A
7-1
7.1
Configuring Clock
7.1.1
Configuring System Clock Mode
Command function
Configures the clock acquisition mode of the local AN5516-06. The five clock
acquisition modes are described as follows:
internal: The clock is provided by the internal oscillator of the card.
Exterior 1: The clock is received via the external clock interface on the front
panel of the card.
Exterior 2: The current CE1B card uses the clock of another CE1B / C155A /
TIMA card via the backplane. If the equipment is configured with two CE1B /
C155A / TIMA cards, and one card has obtained the system clock in other
modes, the other card can implement clock synchronization via selecting
Exterior 2.
E1-Pick: The clock is extracted from the E1 line whose serial number is 1.
OptLine-Pick: The clock is extracted from the optical port link.
According to the selected clock acquisition mode, users need to complete the
corresponding physical connection.
If Exterior 1 is selected, users need to complete accessing of the clock from

the external clock interface on the front panel of the card.
If Exterior 2 is selected, users need to ensure that another CE1B / C155A /

TIMA card has obtained the clock.
If E1-Pick is selected, users need to complete phyical connection of the E1

line whose serial number is 1.
7-2
Version: A
7 GUI Reference of the CE1B / C155A Card
Access method
Right-click the CE1B / C155A card in the object tree, and select Config System
Clock Mode in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
CE1B / C155A card.
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
The CE1B card has four modes:

Click the Clock
internal, Exterior 1, Exterior 2,

Clock Source
The clock acquisition
and E1-Pick.
mode.
The C155A card has five modes:

internal, Exterior 1, Exterior 2,
Compulsory
Source list box

to select the
value.
E1-Pick, and OptLine-Pick.
7.1.2
Configuring Clock Recovery Mode
Command function
The TDM service between the local AN5516-06 and the AN5006-06A-A is not
implemented via the physical E1 cable, but is implemented in circuit emulation
mode; in circuit emulation mode, the TDM traffic is encapsulated into Ethernet
packets for transmission in the optical fiber. When the uplink Ethernet packets from
the ONU reach the OLT, the OLT will convert the Ethernet packets into the TDM
traffic, and at the same time recover the TDM service clock and transmit it to the
uplink equipment.
The system supports four clock recovery modes:
Adaptive clock recovery

The ONU and the OLT do not share the same synchronization reference
source. The TDM service from the ONU is encapsulated into Ethernet packets
and then transmitted to the OLT, and the OLT recovers the clock according to
the Ethernet packet arrival rate and occupying condition of the packet buffer
area.
Version: A
7-3
Enhanced adaptive clock recovery

Its principles are the same as those of the adaptive clock recovery. But the
sampling frequency of enhanced adaptive clock recovery is higher than that of
adaptive clock recovery, and the recovered clock is more accurate.
Differential clock recovery

The ONU and the OLT share the same synchronization reference source.
During the TDM service encapsulation process on the ONU, the system will
compare the TDM service clock with the public synchronization reference
source; the differential value will be encapsulated into the Ethernet packet
together with the TDM service and then be sent to the OLT. After receiving the
Ethernet packet, the OLT will decapsulate it and recover the clock differential
value; after comparing the clock differential value with the public
synchronization reference source, the OLT can determine the clock.
Loopback clock recovery

The system uses the clock in the downlink TDM data from the uplink
equipment as the transmitting clock directly.
If it is needed to modify the clock recovery mode, users must first delete all E1
service configurations in the E1 port service configuration window of an ONU.
Access method
Right-click the CE1B / C155A card in the object tree, and select Config Clock
recovery Mode in the shortcut menu.
7-4
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter Name
Slot No.
mode
Version: A
The slot number of the CE1B / C155A
card.
Value Range /
Requirement
The mode of the CE1B / C155A card
The parameter has
recovering and extracting
four values:
corresponding clock signals from the
adaptive recover,
data from the ONU.
differential
When the CE1B / C155A card has
recover,
been configured with E1 services, the
enhanced
clock recovery mode cannot be
recover, and
modified. Users can modify the clock
loopback recover.
recovery mode only after all E1
service configurations are deleted.
adaptive recover.
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
Click the mode

Compulsory
list box to
select the
value.
7-5
7.2
Performing Loopback
7.2.1
Performing E1 Loopback of the C155A Card
Command function
When the TDM service is interrupted, users can use loopback method to check the
physical connection of the E1 cable and the internal status of the C155A card, so
as to analyze and isolate the fault.
Internal loopback: Is used to test whether the line from the ONU E1 interface to
the mapping chip inside the C155A card is faulty.
External loopback: Is used to test whether the line from the E1 interface of the
SDH equipment to the mapping chip inside the C155A card is faulty.
Note:
The C155A card provides one STM-1 interface, which is used to transmit
the TDM service to the SDH equipment. After the Ethernet packet from
the ONU side is converted into the TDM traffic, the C155A card will
perform mapping, alignment, and multiplexing operations, so that 63 E1
signals will be multiplexed into the STM-1 frame and the transmission
will be completed via the STM-1 interface.
Access method
Right-click the C155A card in the object tree, and select Config E1 Loopback in
the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
7-6
C155A card.
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
One C155A STM-1 optical

interface can contain 63 E1
E1 No.
signals, so the value of this
parameter should be 1 to
63.
It has three values: DLB, LLB, and
Cancel.
State

loopback mode.
Click the State
If Cancel is selected, the system will

not perform loopback test of E1
Compulsory
services, and the equipment will

return to the normal operating
list box to
select the
value.
status.
7.2.2
Performing Optical Interface Loopback
Command function
physical connection of the E1 cable and the internal status of the C155A card, so
as to analyze and isolate the fault.
the STM-1 overhead and pointer processing chip inside the C155A card is
faulty.
External loopback: Is used to test whether the line from the E1 interface of the
SDH equipment to the STM-1 overhead and pointer processing chip inside the
C155A card is faulty.
Note:
The C155A card provides one STM-1 interface, which is used to transmit
the TDM service to the SDH equipment. After the Ethernet packet from
the ONU side is converted into the TDM traffic, the C155A card will
perform mapping, alignment, and multiplexing operations, so that 63 E1
signals will be multiplexed into the STM-1 frame and the transmission
will be completed via the STM-1 interface.
Version: A
7-7
Access method
Right-click the C155A card in the object tree, and select Config Optical port
loopback in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Slot No.
C155A card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
The STM-1 optical

interface number of the
C155A card. The C155A
Port No
card has two optical

interfaces, one of which is
standby.
It has three values: DLB,

LLB, and Cancel.
If Cancel is selected, the
State
loopback mode.
Click the State
system will not perform

loopback test of E1
Compulsory
services, and the

equipment will return to
list box to
select the
value.
the normal operating

status.
7.2.3
Performing E1 Loopback of the CE1B Card
Command function
physical connection of the E1 cable, so as to analyze and isolate the fault.
the chip inside the CE1B card is faulty.
External loopback: Is used to test whether the line from the chip inside the
CE1B card to the the E1 interface of the uplink eqiupment is faulty.
7-8
Version: A
Note:
The CE1B card provides 32 E1 interfaces, which are used to transmit the
TDM service to the upper level equipment. The Ethernet packet from the
ONU side is converted into the TDM traffic via the chip inside the CE1B
card, and the transmission is completed via the E1 interface.
Access method
Right-click the CE1B card in the object tree, and select Config E1 Loopback in
the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
CE1B card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
The CE1B card has four

dedicated sockets for E1
interfaces, and each socket
E1 No.
corresponds to eight E1
interfaces. So it supports
32 E1 interfaces, and the
numbers are 1 to 32
respectively.
loopback mode. It has
three values: DLB, LLB,
State
and Cancel.
equipment will return to the
normal operating status.
Version: A
It has three values: DLB,

LLB, and Cancel.
Click the State

system will not perform
loopback test of E1
services, and the equipment
Compulsory
list box to
select the
value.
will return to the normal

operating status.
7-9
7.3
Enabling
Disabling
Performance
Classification
Command function
After the performance classification function is enabled, users can select CE1B /
C155A Realtime Performance CPU/Memory Proportion to view the CPU
/ memory utilization ratio of the CE1B / C155A card.
When the actual CPU / memory utilization ratio of the CE1B / C155A card is higher
than the set alarm threshold, the ANM2000 will give an alarm.
Access method
Right-click the CE1B / C155A card in the object tree, and select Config
Performance Sort Switch in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
The slot number of the CE1B / C155A
card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
The performance statistics switch of

the CPU / memory utilization ratio. Is
Perf Code
used to view the CPU / memory

utilization ratio performance of the
CE1B / C155A card.
Its value
Switch
includes
function.
Enable and
Disable.
7-10
Click the
Compulsory
Switch list box

to select the
value.
Version: A
7.4
Viewing E1 Status
Command function
The viewing E1 status command is used to view the current status of the E1 link.
Access method
Right-click the CE1B / C155A card in the object tree, and select Get Information
E1 State in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
Slot No.
The slot number of the CE1B / C155A card.
Read-only
For the C155A card, the value of this parameter should be in the
E1 No.
range of 1 to 63.
For the CE1B card, the value of this parameter should be in the
Read-only
range of 1 to 32.
The Rx side status of the E1 link.
non-activate: This E1 link is not occupied.
Rx State
activating: This link has been created, but it does not work
Read-only
normally.
activate: This link has been created, and it works normally.
The Tx side status of the E1 link.
non-activate: This E1 link is not occupied.
Tx State
activating: This link has been created, but it does not work
Read-only
normally.
activate: This link has been created, and it works normally.
Version: A
7-11
7.5
Resetting
Command function
When the CE1B / C155A card works abnormally, users can try to reset it. This
command is generally used in alarm or fault handling.
Caution:
The resetting command can interrupt TDM services. Please do not
Access method
Right-click the CE1B / C155A card in the object tree pane, and select Control
Command reset in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Slot No.
7-12
The slot number of the CE1B /
C155A card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
Version: A
GUI Reference of the PUBA Card

This chapter discusses operation commands of the AN5516-06 PUBA card in detail,
and includes the following sections.
Configuring alarms
Version: A
8-1
8.1
Enabling
Disabling
Performance
Classification
Command function
The enabling / disabling performance classification command is used to enable /
disable the performance monitoring function of the PUBA card. For the PUBA card,
the performance monitoring parameters include the environment monitoring
performance and the CPU / memory utilization ratio performance. When the
environment monitoring function is enabled, the user defined environment
monitoring alarms can be monitored via the ANM2000. When the CPU / memory
utilization ratio monitoring function is enabled, the CPU / memory utilization ratio of
the PUBA card can be monitored via the ANM2000.
Note:
The access method to read the CPU / memory utilization ratio of the
PUBA card is described as follows: Right-click the PUBA card, and
select Realtime Performance CPU/Memory Proportion.
Access method
Right-click the PUBA card in the object tree, and select Config Performance
Sort Switch in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
The slot number of the PUBA card.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
The performance type. Its value

Perf Code
includes Environment Monitor and

CPU/Memory Proportion.
Its value
Switch
includes
function.
Enable and
Disable.
8-2
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
Version: A
8 GUI Reference of the PUBA Card
8.2
Configuring Alarms
8.2.1
Command function
The user defined alarm management command is used to configure the user
defined alarm names of 14 dry contacts.
Access method
Right-click the PUBA card in the object tree, and select Config Custom Alarm
Manage in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The default alarm name defined by the

ANM2000. Its value includes User
-defined-alarm-1 to User
-defined-alarm-14.
User -defined-alarm-1 to User
When a new row is
-defined-alarm-7 correspond to the dry
added, the
nd
th
Default
contact alarms on the 2
Alarm Name
the connection cables connected with
a default alarm
interfaces DC1 to 7.
name
User -defined-alarm-8 to User
automatically.
to 8 wires in
ANM2000 will add
Read-only
-defined-alarm-14 correspond to the

dry contact alarms on the 2nd to 8th
wires in the connection cables
connected with interfaces DC8 to 14.
Includes
English
Name
The actual name of the alarm.
SMOKE,
FAN-TEMP-OVER,
and TEMP-Down.
Version: A
Click the
FIRE-ALM,
Alarm
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
8-3
8.2.2
Configuring Report Conditions of User Defined

Alarms
Command function
The user defined alarm report condition configuration command is used to
configure the report conditions of user defined alarms of the PUBA card. The PUBA
card supports alarms of 14 dry contacts, and the report condition of each dry
contact alarm can be set to low (meaning reporting on a low level) or high
(meaning reporting on a high level).
This command can be used to configure alarms of multiple dry contacts.
Access method
Right-click the PUBA card in the object tree pane, and select Config PUBA
User Defined Alarm Config in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Description
Property
The value range is 1 to 14. 1 to 7
Interface
Number
connection cables connected with
number of the
interfaces DC1 to 7, and 8 to 14
dry contact.
correspond to the 2nd to 8th wires in the
the blank area

Compulsory
Conditions
8-4
Click the
The reporting
alarm.
serial number
contact.
interfaces DC8 to 14.
condition of the
to type the
of the dry
connection cables connected with
Alarm
Method
Double-click
correspond to the 2nd to 8th wires in the

The serial
Configuration
Includes low and high.
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
Version: A
GUI Reference of the FAN Card

This chapter discusses operation commands of the AN5516-06 FAN card in detail,
and includes the following section.
Configuring fan parameters
Version: A
9-1
9.1
Configuring Fan Parameters
Command function
The fan parameter configuration command is used to configure the relationships
between the temperature and the rotating speed of the fan. Via this configuration,
users can make the fan rotate at a proper speed according to the current
temperature.
This command is valid for all FAN cards of the equipment at the same time.
Access method
Right-click the FAN card in the object tree, and select Config fan parameter
config in the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
The start temperature of the fan.
Start
When the temperature is higher than
temperature
the start temperature, the fan starts
being . The default
running.
value is 10.
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click
the blank area
Compulsory
to type the
parameter
value.
The temperature increment

corresponding to the fan rotating
speed increasing one level.
Temperature
Step
Its meaning is described as follows:

When the temperature increases by
one step, the fan rotating speed will
increase for one level accordingly,
Double-click

being . The default
the blank area

Compulsory
to type the
parameter
value is 5.
value.
until the fan rotating speed reaches

the highest level.
Its value includes
Start Speed
The start rotating speed when the

fan starts running.
Speed level 7. Speed

level 0 indicates that
the fan stops running.
9-2
Click the
Speed level 0 to
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
Version: A
10
GUI Reference of an EPON Terminal

This chapter discusses operation commands of an ONU in detail, and includes the
following sections. In this chapter, we take the AN5006-04 (FTTH ONU), the
AN5006-07B (FTTB ONU), and the HG220 (home gateway ONU) as examples.
Managing user defined alarms
Control command
Version: A
10-1
10.1
Command function
The user defined alarm management command is used to configure the user
defined alarm names of the ONU dry contact.
Applicable object
The AN5006-04, the AN5006-07B, and the HG220 all support this command.
Access method
Click an EPON interface card in the object tree pane, right-click the appointed ONU
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Custom Alarm Manage
in the shortcut menu. Then the Custom Alarm Manage window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Default
Alarm
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
The default alarm name defined
When a new row is
by the ANM2000. Its value
added, the ANM2000
includes User-defined-alarm-1
will add a default alarm
to User-defined-alarm-5.
name automatically.
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
The actual name of the alarm.

Alarm
English
Name
Includes FIRE-ALM, DOOR,

FAN-TEMP-OVER,
TEMP-Down,
HUMIDITY-OVER, HUMIDITY
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Down, etc.
10-2
Version: A
10 GUI Reference of an EPON Terminal
10.2
Command function
The deauthorizing ONU command is used to deauthorize an authorized ONU.
Caution:
This command can cause loss of configuration data on the ONU and
interrupt services on the ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Deauthorize ONU in the
shortcut menu. Then the Deauthorize ONU window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The slot number of the EPON

Slot No.
interface card containing the

PON port connected with the
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
Onu No.
Version: A

ONU.
10-3
10.3
10.3.1
Binding / Unbinding an ONU with a Domain
Command function
The binding / unbinding ONU with domain command is used to bind the appointed
ONU with a configured QinQ domain. After the binding operation is executed, this
ONU will control the service flow according to the rules defined in this QinQ domain.
This command also can be used to unbind an ONU with a certain QinQ domain, so
as to cancel the binding relationship between them.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select ONU Attach/Detach
Domain in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Attach/Detach Domain window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
interface card containing the PON port
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port No.
ONU No.
10-4

Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Performs the binding / unbinding

operation.
Click the
attach means binding the ONU with

Action
the QinQ domain configured on the
Compulsory
OLT.
drop-down list to
select the value.
detach means unbinding the ONU

with the appointed QinQ domain.
The name of the OLT QinQ domain.
Click the
To select the domain name in the

Domainname
drop-down list, users should first
Compulsory
complete configuration of the QinQ
drop-down list to
select the value.
domain on the OLT.
10.3.2
Binding an ONU with a DBA Profile
Command function
The binding ONU with DBA profile command is used to bind an ONU with a
configured DBA profile. After a certain ONU is bound with a DBA profile, the system
will assign bandwidth for this ONU according to the rules defined in this DBA
profile.
Applicable object
Access method
Click an EPON interface card in the object tree, right-click the appointed ONU in
the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Attach DBA
Profile in the shortcut menu. Then the Attach DBA Profile window will appear.
Version: A
10-5
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
ONU No.

ONU.
The name of the DBA profile.
To select the DBA profile name
Profile
in the drop-down list, users
name
should first complete
Click the
configuration of the DBA profile
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
on the HSWA card.
10.3.3
Performing Loop Test of a Port
Command function
The port loop test command is used to enable / disable the loop test function of an
ONU port; in addition, it can be used to set the time interval of loop test. After the
loop test function of a certain ONU port is enabled, users can test the link status.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Port Loop
Detect in the shortcut menu. Then the Port Loop Detect window will appear.
10-6
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port
No.
Onu No.
ONU Port
No.

Double-click to
Compulsory
type the ONU port

number.
Enables / disables the loop test

UNI Loop
Detect
Management
function.
When this parameter is set to Enable,
the loop test function is enabled;
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
When this parameter is set to Disable,

the loop test function is disabled.
Optional.
Detect Port
Loop Time
The time interval of loop test.
(s)
This parameter
Double-click to
The value range
is valid only
type the time
is 10 to 3600.
when the loop
interval of loop
test function is
test.
enabled.
10.3.4
Managing Alarm Report of an ONU
Command function
The ONU alarm report manage command is used to enable / disable the alarm
report profile and the alarm report function of an ONU. Via executing this command,
users can configure whether an ONU uses the alarm report profile. When this ONU
does not use the alarm report profile, this command can be used to configure the
user defined alarm report rules of this ONU.
Applicable object
Version: A
10-7
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config ONU Alarm
Report Manage in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Alarm Report Manage
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
Onu No.
Profile
Enable
Switch

ONU.
Enables / disables the alarm
Compulsory.
report profile.
The alarm report
profile is
enabled, the alarm report profile
configured in the
is enabled.
alarm report
management
disabled, the alarm report
profile window of
profile is disabled.
the HSWA card.
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
Optional.
When the alarm
report profile is
disabled
Alarm ID
The name of the ONU alarm.
(meaning that
Click the
the ONU does
drop-down list to
not use the
select the value.
alarm report
profile), this
parameter is
valid.
10-8
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
report profile is
disabled
Enable, the corresponding alarm

Report
the ANM2000. When this

parameter is set to Disable, the
corresponding alarm of the ONU
will not be reported to the
ANM2000.
10.3.5
Method
When the alarm
report function.
of the ONU will be reported to
Configuration
Optional.
Alarm
Property
(meaning that
Click the
the ONU does
drop-down list to
not use the
select the value.
alarm report
profile), this
parameter is
valid.
Managing Alarm Report of an ONU Port
Command function
The ONU port alarm report manage command is used to enable / disable the alarm
report profile and the alarm report function of an ONU port. Via executing this
command, users can configure whether an ONU port uses the alarm report profile.
When this ONU port does not use the alarm report profile, this command can be
used to configure the user defined alarm report rules of this ONU port.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config ONU Port
Alarm Report Manage in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Port Alarm Report
Manage window will appear.
Version: A
10-9
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
Onu No.

ONU.
Double-click to
Port No.
Compulsory
type the serial

number of the
ONU port.
Click the
Port Type
The type of the ONU port.
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Profile
Enable
Switch
Compulsory.
report profile.
The alarm report
profile is
Enable, the ONU port uses the
configured in the
alarm report profile.
alarm report
management
Disable, the ONU port does not
profile window of
use the alarm report profile.
the HSWA card.
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
Optional.
When the alarm
report profile is
disabled
Alarm ID
The name of the ONU port

alarm.
(meaning that
Click the
the ONU port
drop-down list to
does not use the
select the value.
alarm report
profile), this
parameter is
valid.
10-10
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
When the alarm
report profile is
Enable, the corresponding alarm

Alarm
Report
Switch
disabled
of the ONU port will be reported

to the ANM2000. When this
parameter is set to Disable, the
corresponding alarm of the ONU
port will not be reported to the
ANM2000.
(meaning that
Click the
the ONU port
drop-down list to
does not use the
select the value.
alarm report
profile), this
parameter is
valid.
10.3.6
Configuring Voice MD5 Authentication
Command function
The voice MD5 authentication configuration command is used to enable / disable
the MD5 authentication function. In addition, this command can configure the
related parameters of the MD5 authentication, including MG identifier, public key,
base g, and prime p. When the H.248 gateway control protocol is used, users can
execute this configuration command.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Voice MD5
Authentication in the shortcut menu. Then the Voice MD5 Authentication
window will appear.
Version: A
10-11
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
Onu No.

ONU.
Enables / disables the MD5
Auth
authentication function.
Switch
Users can select open auth or
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
close auth.
Optional.
When the
The MG digital identifier,

MG ID
including the vendor and
Users can type up to 32
authentication equipment
English characters.
disabling information.
authentication
Double-click to
function is
type the MG digital
enabled, this
identifier.
parameter is
valid.
Optional.
When the
Shared
Key
The MD5 public key.

English characters.
authentication
Double-click to
function is
type the public
enabled, this
key.
parameter is
valid.
Optional.
When the
Exchange
The exchange base number of
characters. The
authentication
Double-click to
Base
the MD5 authentication
function is
type the exchange
Number g
algorithm.
typed include 0 to 9, a
enabled, this
base number g.
to f, A to F.
parameter is
valid.
10-12
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
Users can type up to
When the
Exchange
The exchange prime number of
256 characters. The
authentication
Double-click to
Prime
the MD5 authentication
function is
type the exchange
Number p
algorithm.
typed include 0 to 9, a
enabled, this
prime number p.
to f, A to F.
parameter is
valid.
10.3.7
Command function
disable the performance collection function of an ONU. The performance
parameters to be collected include port performance statistics, optical module
parameters, environment monitoring parameters, and CPU / memory utilization
ratio.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config ONU Perf
Sort Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Perf Sort Switch window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
ONU.
Version: A
10-13
Parameter
Name
PON Port
No.
ONU No.

ONU.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The performance parameter

name of the ONU.
Its value includes Port Perf
Perf Code
Statistic, Optical Detect,

Environment MonitorSwitch,
and CPU/Memory Usage
Threshold.
Switch
performance collection function

of various performance
Click the
Compulsory
parameters.
10.3.8
drop-down list to
select the value.
Configuring Data Service on a Port
Command function
The data port configuration command is used to configure the parameters related
to the data service on each FE port of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Port Service
Config in the shortcut menu. Then click the Data Port Config tab in the window
that appears, and the Data Port Config window will appear.
Click the Add button in the Data Port Config window to make the Services
Configuration window appear. In the Services Configuration window, users can
configure the parameters related to the data service on the ONU, including the
service classification, the service type, etc.
10-14
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Port No.
TLS
The number of the FE port.
Enables / disables the TLS
function.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Compulsory
Classification
drop-down list to
select the value.
Click the Set
range of the data that are
Optional.
If the CVLAN ID
If the CVLAN ID is null, the
is null, users
system will transmit services of
can use this
the VLAN according to the
Method
Click the
Is used to configure the VLAN
Set Service
Configuration
parameter to set
service classification setting.
the VLAN range
If the service classification is
of the data that
also null, the system will
are transmitted
transmit all data services
transparently.
transparently.
Service
Classification
button in the
Services
Configuration
window, and
perform
configuration in
the Rule Define
window that
appears.
The type of the data service.

Users can select unicast or
Service type
multicast. unicast means the

common data service, and
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
multicast means the IPTV

service.
The VLAN mode of the data
service.
Click the
tag, the ONU will add a VLAN

VLAN Mode
tag for the data.
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.

Transparent, the ONU will not
process the data and transmit
them transparently.
TPID
Version: A
The TPID type of the VLAN.
65534.
Click to type the

Compulsory
TPID type of the

VLAN.
10-15
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
CVLAN ID
In Transparent mode, users

should type the inner VLAN ID
system needs to
transmit the
4085, and the value
data service of a
also can be set to null.
certain CVLAN
The service priority.
inner VLAN ID.
configure this
gateway.
COS
Click to type the
ID, users can
assigned by the home
Priority Or
Method
When the
In tag mode, users should type

the ONU.
Configuration
Optional.
The inner VLAN ID.

the inner VLAN ID assigned by
Property
parameter.
7.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Optional.
This parameter
Translation
value
The post-translation VLAN ID.
is only valid
Click to type the
when the
post-translation
translation
VLAN ID.
function is
enabled.
The name of the QinQ profile.
The OinQ profile is used when
Choose QinQ
Profile
the SVLAN is added at the

ONU side. If users select to
add SVLAN at the OLT side,

the QinQ function is disabled,
and this parameter is invalid.
Optional.
Click the Choose
This parameter
QinQ Profile
is only valid
button, and select
when the QinQ
a profile in the
function is
window that
enabled.
appears.
Optional.
This parameter
Service
The name of the local VLAN
Name
corresponding to the service.
is only valid
when the QinQ
function is
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
enabled.
Optional.
This parameter
VLAN ID
The SVLAN ID, namely the

local VLAN ID.
is only valid
Click to type the
when the QinQ
SVLAN ID.
function is
enabled.
10-16
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Service
Click to type the
Upstream
The minimum uplink bandwidth
Minimum
of the service.
Guaranteed
The default value is 640 (unit:
Bandwidth
kbit/s).
service.
Upstream
The maximum uplink
Click to type the
Maximum
bandwidth of the service.
Allowed
The default value is 100000
Bandwidth
(unit: kbit/s).
service.
The downlink bandwidth of the
Click to type the
Compulsory
minimum uplink
bandwidth of the
(kbit/s)
Service
Compulsory
maximum uplink
bandwidth of the
(kbit/s)
Service
Downstream
(kbit/s)
service.
The default value is 100000
Compulsory
(unit: kbit/s).
10.3.9
downlink
bandwidth of the
service.
Configuring Voice Service on a Port
Command function
The voice port configuration command is used to configure the parameters related
to the voice service on each voice port of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
Config in the shortcut menu. Then click the Voice Config tab in the window that
appears, and the Voice Config window will appear.
Version: A
10-17
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The number of the voice port

Port No.
whose service is being
Read-only
Compulsory
configured.
corresponding to the port.
Phone
Its value should be the same as
Number
the telephone number
Click to type the

telephone
number.
configured in the NGN

Configuration window.
The CVLAN ID.
Signal
VLAN ID
In single-tagged VLAN mode

and QinQ mode, this parameter
should both be set to the inner

4085.
Compulsory
Click to type the

CVLAN ID.
CVLAN ID value.
Voice
Code
Mode
The coding and decoding rule of

the voice service.
Its value includes G.711A,
Click the
Compulsory
select the value.
G.711U, G.723, and G.729.

The transmission mode of the
Fax Mode
fax service.
Its value includes transparent
drop-down list to
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
and T.38.
Enables / disables the silence
compression function.
Users can select the SlienceSp
SlienceSp
check box to enable the silence

compression function. The
Select or clear the
Compulsory
SlienceSp check
box.
purpose is to reduce the mute

frames in the line and save
bandwidth.
Enables / disables the echo
suppression function.
Echo
After the echo suppression
Cancel
function is enabled, the echo in

the conversation can be
Select or clear the
Compulsory
Echo Cancel
check box.
eliminated.
10-18
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The transmission mode of the

DTMF
DTMF signal.
Mode
Its value includes transparent
Configuration
Method
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
and RFC2833.
Enables / disables the QinQ
function.
Select or clear the
When the QinQ State check box

QinQ State
is selected, the QinQ function
Compulsory
will be enabled, and users can
QinQ State check

box.
configure the SVLAN and

priority.
Optional.
This parameter
SVLAN ID
The SVLAN ID of the voice

service.
is valid only
Click to type the
when the QinQ
SVLAN ID.
function is
enabled.
Optional.
This parameter
Outer COS
The priority of the outer VLAN.
is valid only
7.
when the QinQ

function is
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
enabled.
Optional.
This parameter
Inner COS
The priority of the inner VLAN.
is valid only
7.
when the QinQ

function is
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
enabled.
Version: A
10-19
10.3.10
Configuring CATV Service on a Port
Command function
The CATV port configuration command is used to configure the parameters related
to the CATV service on each CATV port of an ONU.
Applicable object
The AN5006-04 and the AN5006-07B support this command.
Access method
Config in the shortcut menu. Then click the CATV Config tab in the window that
appears, and the CATV Config window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Select or clear the
CATV
Enables / disables the CATV
Enable/Disable
service.
Compulsory
CATV
Enable/Disable
button box.
10.3.11
Configuring TDM Service on a Port
Command function
The TDM port configuration command is used to configure the parameters related
to the TDM service on each E1 port of an ONU.
Applicable object
The AN5006-06A supports this command.
10-20
Version: A
Access method
Config in the shortcut menu. Then click the E1 Config tab in the window that
appears, and the E1 Config window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Port No
The number of the current E1
port.
Value Range /
Requirement
TDM Slot
The slot number of the TDM
No
service card.
16.
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Click to type the
TDM E1
The E1 timeslot number of the
No
local OLT.
32.
Compulsory
E1 timeslot
number of the
local OLT.
10.3.12
Configuring Encryption
Command function
The encryption configuration command is used to perform encryption setting of the
ONU data. In the PON system, the data are broadcasted to various ONUs in the
downlink direction, and each ONU can receive all downlink data. To prohibit user
information from being stolen, the system must transmit all downlink data frames in
encryption mode.
The AN5516-06 uses the AES algorithm to perform encryption. The ONU
generates the key and modifies it regularly, and each ONU uses its dedicated key.
Via this operation, the privacy of the downlink data can be guaranteed.
Applicable object
Version: A
10-21
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Encryption in
the shortcut menu. Then the Encryption window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Compulsory
ONU.
PON Port
No.
ONU No.

ONU.
encryption function.
Click the
Enable, the system will perform

Encryption
encryption of the downlink data
drop-down list to
select the value.
to the ONU.
Disable, the system will not use
the encryption function.
Optional.
When the
Encryption
The time interval to modify the
Refresh
encryption key value of the
Time (s)
downlink data.

65534.
encryption
function is
enabled, this
parameter is
valid.
10-22
Double-click to
type the time
interval to modify
the encryption key
value of the
downlink data.
Version: A
10.3.13
Configuring Port Isolation
Command function
The port isolation configuration command is used to enable or disable the port
isolation function of an ONU. After the port isolation function of an ONU is enabled,
the communications between its ports are disabled, and the collision domains can
be isolated.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Port
Isolation in the shortcut menu. Then the Port Isolation window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
ONU No.
State
Version: A

ONU.
Enables / disables the port
isolation function.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
10-23
10.3.14
Configuring Performance Threshold of an FE Port
Command function
The FE port performance threshold configuration command is used to set the CRC
error detection threshold of each FE port on an ONU. When the detected CRC
error exceeds the set threshold value, a corresponding alarm will occur and be
reported to the ANM2000.
Applicable object
The AN5006-04 supports this command.
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config FE Port Perf
Threshold in the shortcut menu. Then the FE Port Perf Threshold window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port No.
ONU No.

the ONU.
Port No.
The FE number of the ONU.
Up
The uplink CRC error
Crc-Threshold
statistical threshold of the FE
(/sec)
port. Here the CRC is used.
Down
The downlink CRC error
Crc-Threshold
(/sec)
port. Here the CRC is used.
10-24

4294967294.
4294967294.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.
Version: A
10.3.15
Configuring VLAN Translation Mode
Command function
The VLAN translation mode configuration command is used to set the VLAN
translation mode of an ONU. The VLAN translation function is described as follows:
When the VLAN tag added to the service by the subscriber terminal is not in the
valid range assigned by the operator, users can enable the translation function to
strip the old tag and add a new valid tag.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Translation
VLAN Mode in the shortcut menu. Then the Translation VLAN Mode window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Requirement

Slot No.

ONU.
PON Port
No.
ONU No.
Version: A

the ONU.
10-25
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The VLAN translation mode.

Convergence: N: 1 VLAN
translation. In this mode,
multiple uplink VLANs are
aggregated into a unique
network side VLAN ID, and
they are reversely mapped into
the corresponding multiple
Switch
VLANs in the downlink

direction.
Compulsory

Not-Convergence: 1: 1 VLAN
translation. In this mode, the
system strips the invalid VLAN
tag of the uplink data, and then
adds the valid tag.
Hybrid: the mixed mode of N:1
VLAN translation and 1:1
VLAN translation.
10.3.16
Controlling Port MAC Address Number
Command function
The port MAC address number control command is used to control MAC address
number on the PON port and FE port of an ONU. Under each port, the number of
online MAC addresses is assigned so that the number of PCs sharing this port at
the same time is restricted. The purpose of this operation is to control the traffic in
the network and avoid blocking.
Applicable object
10-26
Version: A
Access method
MAC-Learning Limit in the shortcut menu. Then the Config Port MAC Limit
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port No.
ONU No.

the ONU.
Port No.
interface and FE port of the

ONU.
Click the
Enables / disables the port

Enable/Disable
MAC address number control
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
function.
Is used to set the maximum
allowed number of MAC
addresses under each port.
Optional.
For a PON port, this

maximum allowed number of
Mac Number
online MAC addresses on the

ONU.
For an FE port, this parameter
refers to the maximum

8191.
64.
When
Enable/Disable
Double-click to
is set to Enable,
type the
this parameter
parameter value.
must be
configured.
allowed number of online

MAC addresses under this
port.
Version: A
10-27
10.3.17
Binding a Packet Suppression Profile
Command function
The packet suppression profile binding command is used to bind a certain FE port
of the ONU with a configured packet suppression profile. For a port bound with the
packet suppression profile, its rate will be controlled according to rules defined in
the profile.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Packets Rate
Control Profile Attach in the shortcut menu. Then the Packets Rate Control
Profile Attach window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
Onu No.
Port No.
10-28

ONU.
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The name of the packet

suppression profile.
To select the name of the packet
Click the
suppression profile in the

Profile Id
drop-down list, users need to
Compulsory
complete configuration of the
drop-down list to
select the value.
packet suppression profile via

the configuration of the HSWA
card.
10.3.18
Configuring User Defined Alarms
Command function
The user defined alarm configuration command is used to enable the low-level
alarm access function of the ONU. When a certain access point detects the low
level status, a low-level alarm will occur and be reported to the ANM2000.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config User Defined
Alarm Config in the shortcut menu. Then the User Defined Alarm Config window
will appear.
Version: A
10-29
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
ONU No.

ONU.
The interface number of the
ONU alarm access point that
Interface
Number
Double-click to
can be enabled currently.

For the FTTH ONU, up to two
The value range: 1 to 5.
Compulsory
type the interface

number.
alarm interfaces can be enabled.

For the FTTB ONU, up to five
alarm interfaces can be enabled.
The report condition of the
access point alarm. When the
Alarm
access point detects the low
Conditions
level status, a low-level alarm
Read-only
will occur and be reported to the

ANM2000.
10.3.19
Configuring Port ACL Rules
Command function
The port ACL rule configuration command is used to configure the ACL rules
(access control list rules) of an ONU FE port. The FE port will control the data
stream according to the defined rules.
Applicable object
The AN5006-04 and the HG220 support this command.
10-30
Version: A
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Port Rules in
the shortcut menu. Then click the FE Port ACL Rule tab in the window that
appears, and the FE Port ACL Rule window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Port No.
The number of each FE port on
the ONU.
Value Range /
Property
Read-only
Compulsory
Requirement
The operation to the data

meeting the data stream control
rules. Its value includes Forward
and Deny.
Action
Forward: Forwards the data

meeting the data stream control

rules.
Deny: Discards the data meeting
the data stream control rules.
The data stream control rules of
Double-click and
the FE port.
Rule
Users can select rules such as
Define
Based on SA MAC, Based on
perform configuration
DA MAC, and Based on DA

Type of IP.
10.3.20
Compulsory
operations in the Rule

Define window that
appears.
Configuring Port QoS Rules
Command function
The port QoS rule configuration command is used to configure the QoS rules of an
ONU FE port. The FE port will control the data stream according to the defined
rules.
Applicable object
The AN5006-04 and the AN5006-07B support this command.
Version: A
10-31
Access method
the shortcut menu. Then click the FE Port QoS Rule tab in the window that
appears, and the FE Port QoS Rule window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Port No.
The number of each FE port on
the ONU.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
Precedence
The priority of the QoS control
rule of the data stream.
12.
Compulsory
the priority of the QoS

control rule of the data
stream.
Queue
The number of the priority
Mapped
queue.
Compulsory
Click the drop-down

The priority of the data stream

on the FE port.
Users can select 1 to 7
Priority
(meaning the corresponding

priority) or Disable (meaning to
The value range: 1 to 7,

and Disable.
Compulsory
Click the drop-down

disable the priority setting

function).
The data stream control rules of
Double-click and
the FE port.
Rule Define

Based on SA MAC, Based on
DA MAC, and Based on DA
Type of IP.
10.3.21
perform configuration
Compulsory
operations in the Rule

Define window that
appears.
Configuring Port Flow Rate Control Rules
Command function
The port flow rate control rule configuration command is used to configure the flow
rate control rules of an ONU FE port. The FE port will control the data stream rate
according to the defined rules.
10-32
Version: A
Applicable object
The AN5006-07B supports this command.
Access method
the shortcut menu. Then click the FE Port Stream Rate Limiting tab in the window
that appears, and the FE Port Stream Rate Limiting window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Port No.
The number of each FE port
on the ONU.
US Policing
Enables / disables the uplink
Enable/Disable
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Optional.
US Policing
The guaranteed value of the
The value should be a
CIR (kbit/s)
uplink rate on this FE port.
multiple of 64.
When the uplink
Double-click to
rate control
type the
function is
guaranteed value
enabled, this
of the uplink rate
parameter is
on this FE port.
valid.
Optional.
US CBS (Byte)
The uplink burst size of data
The value should be a
transmission on this FE port.
multiple of 64.
When the uplink
Double-click to
rate control
type the uplink
function is
burst size of data
enabled, this
transmission on
parameter is
this FE port.
valid.
Optional.
When the uplink
rate control
The uplink excess burst size

US EBS (Byte)
of data transmission on this

FE port.
function is
enabled, this
parameter is
valid.
Version: A
Double-click to
type the uplink
excess burst size
of data
transmission on
this FE port.
10-33
Parameter
Name
DS Policing
Enable/Disable
downlink rate control function.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Compulsory
CIR (kbit/s)
downlink rate on this FE port.
drop-down list to
select the value.
When the
The guaranteed value of the
Method
Click the
Optional.
DS Policing
Configuration
downlink rate
control function
is enabled, this
parameter is
valid.
Double-click to
type the
guaranteed value
of the downlink
rate on this FE
port.
Optional.
DS PIR (kbit/s)
The maximum value of the

downlink cell rate.
When the
Double-click to
downlink rate
type the
control function
maximum value
is enabled, this
of the downlink
parameter is
cell rate.
valid.
Double-click and
The data stream control rules
perform
of the FE port.
Rule Define

Based on SA MAC, Based
on DA MAC, and Based on
DA Type of IP.
10.3.22
configuration
Compulsory
operations in the
Rule Define
window that
appears.
Configuring ONU Optical Power Compensation
Command function
The ONU optical power compensation configuration command is used to
compensate the optical power of an ONU. When the Tx / Rx optical power of an
ONU is too high or too low, users can execute this command to adjust the optical
power, so as to ensure that the optical power value is in the proper range.
Applicable object
10-34
Version: A
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config ONU Optical
Compensation in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Optical Compensation
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
ONU No.

ONU.
Double-click to
Tx Adjust
The Tx optical power adjustment
The value range:
(dBm)
value of the ONU.
-10000.00 to 10000.00.
Compulsory
type the Tx optical

power adjustment
value of the ONU.
Double-click to
Rx Adjust
The Rx optical power adjustment
The value range:
(dBm)
value of the ONU.
-10000.00 to 10000.00.
Compulsory
type the Rx optical

power adjustment
value of the ONU.
OLT Rx
Adjust
(dBm)
10.3.23
Double-click to
The Rx optical power adjustment
The value range:
value of the OLT.
-10000.00 to 10000.00.
Compulsory
type the Rx optical

power adjustment
value of the OLT.
Configuring Bandwidth of the Highest-Priority Service
Command function
The highest-priority service bandwidth configuration command is used to set the
bandwidth of the highest-priority service on an ONU.
Version: A
10-35
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config High-Pri
Services Bandwidth in the shortcut menu. Then the High-Pri Services
Bandwidth window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Requirement

ONU Slot
No.

ONU.
PON Port
No.
ONU No.

ONU.
The bandwidth of the
Bandwidth
highest-priority service on the

ONU. The unit is kbit/s.
10.3.24

1000000.
Compulsory
bandwidth of the
highest-priority service
on the ONU.
Configuring Voice Media Stream
Command function
The voice media stream configuration command is used to configure the relate
parameters of the voice media stream, including Voice RTP Service Name, RTP
Config, SVLAN Tpid, SVLAN Id, SVLAN Cos, etc.
Applicable object
10-36
Version: A
Access method
the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config ONU NGN
Config Voice RTP Config in the shortcut menu. Then the Voice RTP Config
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON No.
ONU No.

ONU.
The name of the voice media
Voice RTP
stream service.
Service
Users should use the name of a
Name
service VLAN configured in the
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
HSWA card configuration GUI.

RTP
Enables / disables the RTP
Config
configuration function.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Optional.
When RTP
SVLAN
Tpid
The TPID of the service VLAN.
Config is set to
65534.
Enable, this
parameter is
Double-click to
type the TPID of
the service VLAN.
valid.
Optional.
When RTP
SVLAN Id
The service VLAN ID, also called
Config is set to
SVLAN ID.
4085, 4088, 65534.
Enable, this
parameter is
Double-click to
type the service
VLAN ID.
valid.
Version: A
10-37
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
When RTP
SVLAN
Cos
The priority of the service VLAN.
Config is set to
Enable, this
parameter is
Double-click to
the service VLAN.
valid.
Optional.
CVLAN
Tpid
The TPID of the customer VLAN.
When RTP
Double-click to
Config is set to
type the TPID of
65534.
Enable, this
the customer
parameter is
VLAN.
valid.
Optional.
When RTP
CVLAN Id
The customer VLAN ID, also
Config is set to
called CVLAN ID.
4085, 4088, 65534.
Enable, this
parameter is
Double-click to
type the customer
VLAN ID.
valid.
Optional.
CVLAN
The priority of the customer
Cos
VLAN.
When RTP
Double-click to
Config is set to
Enable, this
the customer
parameter is
VLAN.
valid.
RTP
IPaddr
RTP voice media stream.
Optional.
Double-click to
When RTP
type the
Config is set to
destination IP
Enable, this
address of the
parameter is
RTP voice media
valid.
stream.
Optional.
When RTP
RTP Mask
The address mask of the RTP

stream.
Config is set to
Enable, this
parameter is
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
valid.
10-38
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
RTP
The gateway address of the RTP
Gateway
stream.
When RTP
Double-click to
Config is set to
type the gateway
Enable, this
address of the
parameter is
RTP stream.
valid.
10.3.25
Enabling / Disabling a POTS Port
Command function
The enabling / disabling POTS port command is used to enable or disable a POTS
port.
Applicable object
The AN5006-04, the AN5006-07B, and the HG220 support this command.
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config ONU NGN
Config POS Port Enable/Disable in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU POS
Port Enable window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Requirement

Slot No.

ONU.
PON No.
ONU No.
Version: A

the ONU.
10-39
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
POS Port No.
Enable/disable
Requirement
The number of the POTS
port.
Read-only
Includes
Enable and
POTS port.
10.3.26
Property
Compulsory
Disable.

select the value.
Configuring POS Telephone Number
Command function
The POS telephone number configuration command is used to configure the POS
telephone number.
Applicable object
Access method
Config POS Phone Number in the shortcut menu. Then the POS Phone
Number window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON No.
ONU No.
10-40

the ONU.
Version: A
Parameter
Name
The POS telephone number.
Number
characters, and the allowed

characters set is
interconnection between
different POS services.
10.3.27
The value range is Type A

to Type H.
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the POS

telephone
number.
0123456789abcdABCD*#.
The POS type, used for
POS Type
Requirement
Property
POS
Phone
Value Range /
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Configuring Intelligent Public Telephone Number
Command function
The intelligent public telephone number configuration command is used to
configure the intelligent public telephone number.
Applicable object
The AN5006-07B and the HG220 support this command.
Access method
Config IPT Phone Number in the shortcut menu. Then the IPT Phone Number
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON No.
ONU No.
Version: A

the ONU.
10-41
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The intelligent public telephone
characters, and the allowed
Number
number.
characters set is
type the
Compulsory
number.

IPT Type
The value range is Type A
between different intelligent
to Type H.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
public telephone services.
10.3.28
intelligent public
telephone
0123456789abcdABCD*#.
type, used for interconnection
Method
Double-click to

IPT Phone
Configuration
Configuring ONU Bandwidth
Command function
The ONU bandwidth configuration command is used to configure the maximum
allowed uplink / downlink bandwidth of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config ONU
Bandwidth in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Bandwidth window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
EPON interface card

Read-only
Read-only

PON Port No.
port connected with the

ONU.
10-42
Version: A
Parameter Name
Onu No.
of the ONU.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
Upstream
The maximum uplink
Bandwidth (kbit/s)
bandwidth of the ONU.
1000.
type the
Compulsory
maximum uplink
bandwidth of the
ONU.
Double-click to
type the
Downstream
The maximum downlink
Bandwidth (kbit/s)
bandwidth of the ONU.
1000.
Compulsory
maximum
downlink
bandwidth of the
ONU.
The binding / unbinding

status of the bandwidth
ProfileBindingInfo
Read-only
Read-only
profile.
The name of the bound
ProfileName
10.3.29
bandwidth profile.
Configuring Optical Line Protection
Command function
The optical line protection configuration command is used to enable / disable the
optical line protection function of an ONU. If the optical line protection function is
enabled and the protection optical line is connected correctly, when the working
optical line has faults, the ONU can switch to the protection optical line rapidly, and
the services carried by the ONU will not be interrupted. This improves the reliability
of system running.
Applicable object
Access method
Version: A
10-43
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Optical Line
Protection in the shortcut menu. Then the Optical Line Protection window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

ONU Slot
No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
ONU No.

the ONU.
Enables / disables the optical
line protection function.
Protect
Switch
Enable
When it is set to Enable, the

optical line protection function
is enabled.
Click the
Compulsory
When it is set to Disable, the
drop-down list to
select the value.
optical line protection function

is disabled.
10.3.30
Configuring RSTP
Command function
The RSTP configuration command is used to enable / disable the RSTP function of
an ONU. Enabling the RSTP function can avoid generation of network loop inside
the LAN, so as to solve the broadcast storm problem of the looped Ethernet
network.
Applicable object
Access method
10-44
Version: A
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config RSTP in the
shortcut menu. Then the RSTP Enable window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Compulsory
Requirement

Slot No.

ONU.
PON Port
No.
ONU No.

ONU.
Enables / disables the RSTP
function.
RSTP
When it is set to Enable, the
Enable
RSTP function is enabled.

When it is set to Disable, the

RSTP function is disabled.
10.3.31
Configuring Optical Power Monitor Function
Command function
The optical power monitor configuration command is used to enable / disable the
optical power monitor function of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config ONU Alarm
Threshold in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Alarm Threshold window will
appear.
Version: A
10-45
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Compulsory
Requirement

Slot No.

ONU.
PON Port No.

ONU No.
Enable/Disable

the ONU.
power monitor function.
10.3.32

Configuring ONU Ethernet Switch Queue Scheduling

Algorithm
Command function
The ONU Ethernet switch queue scheduling algorithm configuration command is
used to set the Ethernet switch queue scheduling algorithm of an ONU. Via
executing this command, users can configure the scheduling algorithm used by
each priority queue of the ONU and the corresponding weight.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Queue
Schedule in the shortcut menu. Then the Queue Schedule window will appear.
10-46
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
ONU Slot
No.
The slot number of the card.
Value Range /
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Compulsory
Read-only
Read-only
Requirement

Slot No.

ONU.
PON Port
No.

The mode used by the
scheduling algorithm.
SP: Ensures that higher-priority
services are always processed
prior to lower-priority services.
WRR: Is a weighted round robin
queue scheduling mechanism. In
Mode
this mode, when the system

processes higher-priority

select the value.
services, lower-priority services

are processed by a certain
proportion.
hybrid: a mixed algorithm
including strict priority and
weighted priority.
The number of the priority
queue.
Queue
The value includes Priority
Priority
Queue 0, Priority Queue 1,

Priority Queue 2, and Priority
Queue 3.
Queue
Schedule
Method
Version: A
The selected scheduling

algorithm.
10-47
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property

Weight
proportion (weight). The higher
The value range:
the weight value of a service is,
1 to 55.
Compulsory
service processing
proportion.
the more bandwidth it occupies

for processing.
10.3.33
Configuring Management VLAN of an ONU
Command function
The ONU management VLAN configuration command is used to set the
parameters related to the management VLAN of an ONU.
Applicable object
The HG220 supports this command.
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config ONU manage
VLAN in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU manage VLAN window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
ONU Slot
No.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

Slot No.

ONU.
PON No.
10-48

Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The number of the management

SN
VLAN. It is generated
Read-only
automatically.
Double-click to
ManageID
The ID of the management

VLAN.
Compulsory
type the ID of the

management
VLAN.
The name of the management

Name
VLAN. The default value is

manager.
Double-click to
The maximum length
is16 characters.
Compulsory
Is value includes All, PON, GE1,
Click the
Compulsory
Tag/Untag
management VLAN.
Manage
The TPID of the management
SVLAN
SVLAN.
Tpid
drop-down list to
select the value.
and GE2.
The tagging property of the
the management
VLAN.
The uplink port of the ONU.

Port No.
type the name of
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Double-click to

65534.
Compulsory
type the TPID of

the management
SVLAN.
Double-click to
Manage
SVLAN Id
SVLAN.
4085.
Compulsory
type the ID of the

management
SVLAN.
Manage
CVLAN
Tpid
Double-click to
CVLAN.
65534.
Compulsory
type the TPID of

the management
CVLAN.
Double-click to
Manage
CVLAN Id
CVLAN.
4085.
Compulsory
type the ID of the

management
CVLAN.
Manage
CVLAN
CoS
Version: A
Double-click to
The priority of the management
CVLAN.
Compulsory

the management
CVLAN.
10-49
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
type the IP

Ip addr
network management port on
Compulsory
the ONU.
address of the
in-band network
management port
on the ONU.
Mask

management port on the ONU.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Double-click to
type the gateway

Gateway
Compulsory
the ONU.
of the in-band
network
management port
on the ONU.
10.3.34
Configuring WAN-Connected Service
Command function
The WAN-connected service configuration command is used to configure the
profile of the WAN-connected service and set the parameters such as WAN
connection mode.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config WAN Service
in the shortcut menu. Then the WAN Service window will appear.
10-50
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter Name
ONU Slot No.
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
The slot number of

the card.
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Compulsory
Compulsory
The slot number of

the EPON interface
Slot No.
card containing the

PON port connected
with the ONU.
The number of the
PON No.
PON port connected

with the ONU.
It is generated
automatically by the
equipment according
WAN Index
to the generation
sequence of the WAN
connection. The index
value increases in
increment order.
The name of the WAN
connection. The
generation rule is
Wan_Name
number_key
word_bridge or route
mode_ PVC / VLAN
information.
The WAN connection
mode.
Wan_Mode
Its value includes

TR069, INTERNET,

TR069_INTERNET,
and Other.
The WAN connection
Wan_Conn_Type
type. Its value

includes Route and

Bridge.
Version: A
10-51
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Its value should use
Wan_Vlan_Id
the CVLAN ID value
The value range:
configured in the
1 to 4085, or
Services
0xffff (indicating
Configuration dialog
null). The default
box in the Data Port
value is 0xffff.
Compulsory

parameter value.
Config window.
The value range:
Wan_COS
The 802.1p priority of

the WAN connection.
0 to 7, or 0xffff
(indicating null).
Compulsory
The default
802.1p priority of the

WAN connection.
value is 0xffff.
Wan_NAT_Enable
NAT function.
Compulsory
Compulsory

Enable.
The mode of the WAN
connection obtaining
Wan_D_S_P
the IP address.
Its value includes

DHCP, Static, and

PPPOE.
Optional.
When
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_Ip_Address
set to Static, it means
the static IP address.
Wan_D_S_P
is set to
static IP address of the
Static, this
WAN connection.
parameter is
valid.
Optional.
When
Wan_D_S_P
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_Ip_Subnet

the subnet mask.
is set to
Static, this

parameter is
valid.
10-52
Version: A
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Optional.
When
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_Gateway
the default gateway.
Wan_D_S_P
is set to
default gateway of the
Static, this
WAN connection.
parameter is
valid.
Optional.
When
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_Master_DNS
the master DNS.
Wan_D_S_P
is set to
master DNS of the
Static, this
WAN connection.
parameter is
valid.
Optional.
When
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_Slave_DNS
the slave DNS.
Wan_D_S_P
is set to
slave DNS of the WAN
Static, this
connection.
parameter is
valid.
Optional.
Wan_PPPOE_Proxy
When
PPPoE proxy
Wan_D_S_P
function.
is set to
PPPOE, this
Disable.
parameter is

valid.
Optional.
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_PPPOE_Username
set to PPPOE, it
means the user name
of the connection.
When
The maximum
Wan_D_S_P
length is 32
is set to
user name of the
characters.
PPPOE, this
PPPoE connection.
parameter is
valid.
Version: A
10-53
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Optional.
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_PPPOE_Password
set to PPPOE, it
means the password
of the connection.
When
The maximum
Wan_D_S_P
length is 32
is set to
password of the PPPoE
characters.
PPPOE, this
connection.
parameter is
valid.
Optional.
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_PPPOE_Name
set to PPPOE, it
means the name of
the PPPoE service.
When
The maximum
Wan_D_S_P
length is 32
is set to
name of the PPPoE
characters.
PPPOE, this
service.
parameter is
valid.
Optional.
When
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_PPPOE_Mode
set to PPPOE, it
means the connecting
Wan_D_S_P
is set to
PPPOE, this
mode.

parameter is
valid.

QoS function of the
WAN connection.
Wan_Qos_Enable
Compulsory

Disable.
10.3.35
Configuring Binding Relationship with WAN
Command function
The WAN binding relationship configuration command is used to bind the
configured WAN connection service profile with the appointed port of an ONU.
Applicable object
10-54
Version: A
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config WAN Binding
in the shortcut menu. Then the WAN Binding window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
ONU Slot
No.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

Slot No.

ONU.
PON No.
Wan_Name

The Wan_Name configured in
the WAN Service window.
Click the
Compulsory
select the value.

Double-click and
Sets the ONU port that the

configured WAN connection
service profile is to be bound
LAN_Port
with.
The value includes cable service
ports FE1 to FE4 and radio ports
SSID1 to SSID4.
Version: A
drop-down list to
select the
The value range: cable

service ports FE1 to
FE4, radio ports SSID1
to SSID4.
corresponding
Compulsory
port in the
LAN_Port_Select
window that
appears.
10-55
10.4
Control Command
10.4.1
Resetting an ONU
Command function
The resetting ONU command is used to restart the appointed ONU.
Applicable object
The AN5006-04, The AN5006-07B, and the HG220 all support this command.
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Control Command
Reset ONU in the shortcut menu. Then the Reset ONU window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

OLT No.
16.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
8.
ONU.
64.
ONU No.
10-56
Version: A
10.4.2
Refreshing Firmware
Command function
The refreshing firmware command is used to refresh the firmware of an ONU.
When the firmware version upgrade operation fails, users can execute this
command to refresh the firmware.
Applicable object
Access method
Restore ONU in the shortcut menu. Then the Restore ONU window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

OLT No.
to 16.
ONU.
PON Port
No.
8.
the ONU.
64.
ONU No.
Version: A
10-57
10.4.3
Performing Forced Protection Switching of an ONU
Command function
Generally, when the working optical line has faults, the ONU supporting the
protection switching function can switch to the protection optical line automatically.
Sometimes the manual switching is also needed. Users can execute the forced
protection switching command to switch the service to the protection optical line
without interrupting the carried service.
Applicable object
Access method
Force Switch To Standby in the shortcut menu. Then the Force Switch To
Standby window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

OLT No.
to 16.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
8.
the ONU.
64.
ONU No.
10-58
Version: A
10.4.4
Forcing to Register Again
Command function
If a certain terminal is unregistered, users can excute the forcing-to-register-again
command to force this terminal to register again.
Applicable object
Access method
Click an EPON interface card in the object tree pane, right-click the appointed
terminal in the terminal list at the right pane, and select Control Command
Force Register Again in the shortcut menu. Then the Force Register Again
window will appear
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

OLT No.
ONU No.
Version: A
PON port connected with
to 16.
terminal.
the terminal.

64.
Read-only
Read-only
10-59
10.5
10.5.1
Viewing Optical Module Parameters Information
Command function
The viewing optical module parameters command is used to view optical module
status parameters of an ONU, including optical module type, optical module
temperature, optical module voltage, bias current, Tx and Rx optical power.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information
OptModule Para Information in the shortcut menu. Then the OptModule Para
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
EPON interface card
to 16.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port No.

ONU.
ONU No.
Optical module
type (KM)
10-60

8.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
64.
At present the 20 km
optical module is used
typically.
The value is 20, with

the unit being km.
Version: A
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The temperature of the

Temperature (C)
current optical module
The unit is .
Read-only
The unit is V.
Read-only
The unit is mA.
Read-only
The unit is dBm.
Read-only
The unit is dBm.
Read-only
on the ONU.
The voltage of the
Voltage (V)

on the ONU.
The bias current of the
Current (mA)

on the ONU.
The Tx optical power of
Tx power (Dbm)
the current optical

module on the ONU.
The Rx optical power of
Rx power (Dbm)
the current optical

module on the ONU.
10.5.2
Viewing PON Port Operating Status
Command function
The viewing PON port operating status command is used to view the PON port
operating status of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
PonPort Working State in the shortcut menu. Then the PonPort Working State
window will appear.
Version: A
10-61
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
to 16.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
8.
the ONU.
64.
Onu No.
Active PON
Number
The number of the current

working PON port on the
ONU.
10.5.3

2.
Viewing Wi-Fi Status Information
Command function
The viewing Wi-Fi status information command is used to view the enabling status
and WPS Wi-Fi protection setting status of the radio interface of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information WIFI
Information in the shortcut menu. Then the WIFI Information window will appear.
10-62
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
EPON interface card
to 16.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Fail / Succeed.
Read-only
Again / Normal
Read-only
Disable / Enable
Read-only

PON No.

ONU.
ONU No.
WPS-Status
WPS-Overlap
WLAN-Enable

8.
of the ONU.
64.
The Wi-Fi protection setting

session status.
session triggering status.
The enabling status of the
Wi-Fi radio interface.
10.5.4
Viewing WAN Connection Information
Command function
The viewing WAN connection information command is used to view the WAN
connection status statistical information of the HG220.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information WAN
Information Statistics in the shortcut menu. Then the WAN Information
Statistics window will appear.
Version: A
10-63
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
EPON interface card
to 16.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Enable / Disable
Read-only
down / up
Read-only
Read-only

ONU No.

the ONU.

8.
The index number of the

Wan NO
WAN connection. Its
value is assigned by the
99.
OLT.
The name of the WAN
connection. The value is
Wan_Name
composed of WAN
connection index, service
type, bridge mode, and
VLAN ID.
Wan_Vlan_ID
Wan_COS
The VLAN ID of the WAN

connection.
The 802.1p priority of the
WAN connection.
7.
The IP address
Wan_D_S_P
acquisition mode of the

WAN connection.
Static / PPPOE /
DHCP
Indicates whether the

WAN connection enables
Wan_Qos_Enable
the QoS function for

queue configuration and
flow control.
The current connection
Wan_Status
status of the WAN

network.
When the value of
Wan_D_S_P is Static, it
Wan_Ip_Address
means the configured

static IP address of the
WAN connection.
10-64
Version: A
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
When the value of

Wan_Ip_Subnet
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
subnet mask of the WAN

connection.
When the value of
Wan_Gateway
default gateway of the

WAN connection.
When the value of
Wan_Master_DNS
master DNS of the WAN

connection.
When the value of
Wan_Slave_DNS
slave DNS of the WAN

connection.
10.5.5
Obtaining ONU Port MAC Address
Command function
The obtaining ONU port MAC address command is used to view the MAC address
learned by an ONU port.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information ONU
Port MAC in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Port MAC window will appear.
Version: A
10-65
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
to 16.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
8.
the ONU.
64.
ONU No.
Port No.
MAC
Number
MAC
The port number of the ONU.

24.
The quantity of MAC

addresses learned by the
ONU port currently.
The MAC address learned by
the ONU port currently.
The VLAN ID of a MAC
VLAN ID
address, indicating the service

VLAN containing this MAC
address.
10.5.6
Viewing ONU Port Connected Equipment Type
Command function
The viewing ONU port connected equipment type command is used to view the
type of the equipment set connected with the appointed port of an ONU. The type
of the equipment set can be home gateway, computer, or no connection.
Applicable object
10-66
Version: A
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information Ports,
Connected Device Type in the shortcut menu. Then the Ports, Connected
Device Type window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
to 16.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
8.
the ONU.
64.
ONU No.
Port No.
The port number of the ONU.

The type of the equipment set
State
connected with the port of the

ONU.
10.5.7

24.
HG Intelligent / PC /
No Connection
Viewing ONU Ranging Value
Command function
The viewing ONU ranging value command is used to view the ranging value
between the ONU and the OLT.
Applicable object
Version: A
10-67
Access method
RTT Value in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU RTT Value window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
to 16.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
8.
the ONU.
64.
ONU No.
RTT Value
The distance between the
(m)
ONU and the OLT.
10.5.8

being m.
Testing POTS Port External Line Status
Command function
The testing POTS port external line status command is used to view the external
voice line status of an ONU. When the voice line has faults, users can execute this
command to perform line diagnosis.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information Line
Test in the shortcut menu. Then select the POTS Outline Test tab in the window
that appears, and the POTS Outline Test window will appear.
10-68
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
EPON interface card
The value range is
11 to 16.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port No.
ONU No.
to 8.
the ONU.
to 64.
POTS Port No.
The number of the POTS
port to be tested.
to 16.
Compulsory
the number of the

POTS port to be
tested.
Selects the external line test

mode of the POTS port.
TestType
When Force is selected, no

matter the subscriber is in
Click the
Force / Non-force
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
conversation, this test will be

performed.
The test status. Its value
TestState
includes Test Succeed and

Test Refused.
Refused
The reason of the test being
Reason
refused.
Test Succeed / Test

Refused
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Its values
corresponding to the
following port status
items: normal / line
insulation bad / line
Port State
The status of the port.
breakage / mixed
line / line grounding
bad / line interfere /
line creepage / not
hang up / short
circuit.
A -> ground DC
Voltage (V)
Version: A
The DC voltage of telephone

line A, with the earth as the
The unit is V.
reference.
10-69
Parameter
Name
B -> ground DC
Voltage (V)
line B, with the earth as the
Voltage (V)
telephone lines A and B.
A -> ground
The impedance of telephone
insulation
resistance ()
reference.
B -> ground
The impedance of telephone
insulation
resistance ()
reference.
resistance ()
Configuration
Method
The unit is V.
Read-only
The unit is V.
Read-only
The unit is .
Read-only
The unit is .
Read-only
The unit is .
Read-only
The unit is .
Read-only
The unit is PF.
Read-only
The unit is PF.
Read-only
The unit is PF.
Read-only
The unit is V.
Read-only
The unit is V.
Read-only
The unit is V.
Read-only
The unit is .
Read-only
reference.
The DC voltage between
insulation
Requirement
Property
The DC voltage of telephone
A ->B DC
A -> B
Value Range /
The impedance between

A -> B polarity
reversal
The polarity reversal
insulation
resistance.
resistance ()
A -> ground
The capacitance of
capacitance
telephone line A, with the
(PF)
earth as the reference.
B -> ground
The capacitance of
capacitance
telephone line B, with the
(PF)
earth as the reference.
A -> B
capacitance
(PF)
A -> ground AC
Voltage (V)
B-> ground AC
Voltage (V)
The capacitance between

The AC voltage of telephone
reference.
The AC voltage of telephone
reference.
A -> B AC
The AC voltage between
Voltage (V)
A -> B loop
The total resistance of the AB
resistance ()
loop.
10-70
Version: A
10.5.9
Testing POTS Port Internal Line Status
Command function
The testing POTS port internal line status command is used to view the internal
Applicable object
Access method
POTS Inline Test in the shortcut menu. Then select the POTS Inline Test tab in
the window that appears, and the POTS Inline Test window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Slot No.

ONU.
Value Range /
Requirement
Configuration
Method
The value
range is 11 to
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
16.
The value
range is 1 to 8.
ONU Authorized
The value
No.
ONU.
range is 1 to 64.
PON Port No.
Property
Double-click to
POTS Port No.
The number of the POTS port to
The value
be tested.
range is 1 to 16.
Compulsory
type the number

of the POTS port
to be tested.
Selects the internal line test

mode of the POTS port. When
TestType
Force is selected, no matter the

subscriber is in conversation,
Force /
Non-force
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
this test will be performed.
Version: A
10-71
Parameter Name
TestState
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The unit is A.
Read-only
The unit is V.
Read-only
The dial tone level value.
The unit is dB.
Read-only
The dial tone frequency value.
The unit is HZ.
Read-only
The unit is V.
Read-only
The current dial tone status.
Loop current State
Test Succeed /
Configuration
Test Refused.
FeederVoltageState
Requirement
Property
Read-only
SignalToneState
Value Range /
Test Refused
Normal /
Abnormal
The current status of the
Normal /
telephone feed voltage value.
Abnormal
Whether the loop current of the
Normal /
ONU voice port is normal.
Abnormal
The current value in the loop

formed after off-hook. The unit is
Loop current (A)
A.
The telephone feed voltage
Feeder voltage (V)
value.
Signaltone level
(DB)
Signaltone
frequency (HZ)
Ringing current
The ringing current voltage
voltage (V)
value.
10.5.10
Viewing NGN Statistical Information
Command function
The viewing NGN statistical information command is used to view the voice
statistical information of an IAD. When the voice line has faults, users can execute
this command to perform line diagnosis.
Applicable object
10-72
Version: A
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information NGN
Statistic Info in the shortcut menu. Then select the NGN Statistic Info tab in the
window that appears, and the NGN Statistic Info window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Slot No.
PON Port No.
ONU Authorized No.
ReceivedNGN
ReqPackets
Value Range /
Requirement
The value
interface card containing the PON
range is 11 to
port connected with the ONU.
16.
The value
range is 1 to 8.

ONU.
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The value
range is 1 to
64.
The number of the request packets

received by the ONU from the
softswitch platform or other MGs.
The number of the request packets
SendNGNReqPackets
sent by the ONU to the softswitch

platform or other MGs.
The number of the response
ReceivedNGN
packets received by the ONU from
RespPackets
the softswitch platform or other

MGs.
SendNGN
RespPackets
The number of the response

packets sent by the ONU to the
softswitch platform or other MGs.
The number of the RTP voice
ReceivedRTPPackets
packets received by the ONU from

the media server or other MGs.
The number of the RTP voice
SendRTPPackets
packets sent by the ONU to the

media server or other MGs.
The number of the RTP voice bytes
ReceivedRTPBytes
received by the ONU from the

media server or other MGs.
Version: A
10-73
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The number of the RTP voice bytes

sent by the ONU to the media
SendRTPBytes
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
server or other MGs.

The packet loss rate of the ONU
sending and receiving voice
PacketLoss (%)
packets.
NetworkAvgDelay
The network average delay of the
(ms)
ONU sending voice packets.
RTPAvgJitterBuffer
(ms)
The average jitter delay of the ONU

sending and receiving voice
packets.
Bandwidth Usage
(kbit/s)
The lost signaling packet number of

the ONU sending and receiving
LostSigPackets
voice packets.
The retransmitted signaling packet
RetransmitPackets
number of the ONU sending and

receiving voice packets.
The error signaling packet number
of the ONU sending and receiving
WrongSigPackets
voice packets.
The unknown signaling packet
UnknownSigPackets
number of the ONU sending and

10.5.11
Viewing NGN Port Statistical Information
Command function
The viewing NGN port statistical information command is used to view the voice
statistical information of an ONU POTS port. When the voice line has faults, users
can execute this command to perform diagnosis.
Applicable object
10-74
Version: A
Access method
Statistic Info in the shortcut menu. Then select the NGN Port Statistic Info tab in
the window that appears, and the NGN Port Statistic Info window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
EPON interface card
The value range is
11 to 16.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON No.

ONU.
ONU No.
ONU Port No.

to 8.
of the ONU.
to 64.
voice port.
to 16.
The number of the RTP

ReceivedRTPPackets
voice packets received by

the ONU from the media
SendRTPPackets
voice packets sent by the

ONU to the media server
or other MGs.
ReceivedRTPBytes
voice bytes received by

the ONU from the media
SendRTPBytes
voice bytes sent by the

ONU to the media server
or other MGs.
The average jitter delay of
RTPJitterBuffer (ms)
the ONU sending and

Version: A
10-75
Parameter Name
Lastest Call Begin
The start time of the latest
Time
call.
Lastest Call End
The end time of the latest
Time
call.
Last Call Duration (s)
The current call duration.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The uplink rate.
Read-only
The downlink rate.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The total call duration of a
(s)
subscriber.
DownstreamRate
(kbit/s)
Method
Total Call Duration
(kbit/s)
Configuration
Read-only
subscriber.
UpstreamRate
Requirement
Property
The call times of a
Total Call Times
Value Range /
The network average
AvgNetworkDelay
delay of the ONU sending
(ms)
voice packets.
The packet loss rate of
the ONU sending and
PacketLoss (%)
10.5.12
Viewing NGN Resource Status
Command function
The viewing NGN resource status command is used to view the subscriber status
of an ONU POTS port and the corresponding RTP resource information.
Applicable object
Access method
Statistic Info in the shortcut menu. Then select the NGN Resource State tab in
the window that appears, and the NGN Resource State window will appear.
10-76
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter Name
The slot number of the EPON interface
Slot No.
card containing the PON port

PON No.
Requirement
The value range is
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
1 to 8.
The POTS port number of the ONU.

The telephone number configured for
the POTS port.
Method
Read-only
POTS No.
Configuration
The value range is
Property
Read-only
11 to 16.
ONU No.
Telephone No.
Value Range /
The value range is

1 to 64.
The value range is
2 to 16.
The values
correspond to the
following status
items:
non-activated,
registering, idle,
Reg Status
The call status of the POTS port.
off-hook, dialing,
ringing, ring back
tone, connecting,
connected,
on-hook,
disconnected,
busy, failed, and
not on-hook for a
long time.
The ID of the termination point. This

Termination ID
item is valid only when the H.248

softswitch platform protocol is used.
The name of the RTP resource used
RTP Name
by the POTS port. This item is valid

only when the H.248 softswitch
platform protocol is used.
The number of the RTP port. This item
RTP Port
is valid only when the H.248 softswitch

platform protocol is used.
Version: A
10-77
10.5.13
Viewing NGN RTP Resource Configuration
Command function
The viewing NGN resource configuration command is used to view the RTP
resource configuration information of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
Statistic Info in the shortcut menu. Then select the NGN RTP Resource tab in the
window that appears, and the NGN RTP Resource window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
EPON interface card
16.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port No.

ONU.
ONU No.
RTP Resource
Name

8.
of the ONU.
64.
The name of the RTP

resource. The first 128
Read-only
items are displayed.
Note: The AN5516-06 supports configuration of 6000 NGN RTP resource items, but only 128 items can be
displayed via the NGN RTP Resource command.
10-78
Version: A
10.5.14
Command function
The viewing RSTP bridge information command is used to view the RSTP bridge
information of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
RSTP Bridge Info in the shortcut menu. Then the RSTP Bridge Info window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
EPON interface card
16.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port
No.
8.
the ONU.
64.
ONU No.
Bridge Max
The maximum aging time of
Age (s)
the spanning tree bridge.

The priority of the bridge
when the RSTP function is
Bridge
enabled. A bridge with a
Priority
smaller priority value has a

higher priority to be selected
as the root bridge.
Bridge Mac
Address
RSTP bridge.
Version: A
10-79
Parameter
Name
Bridge Hello
Time (s)
Force
Version
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The time interval between

two successive Hello
Read-only
Read-only
packets received.
The RSTP mode currently.
10.5.15
Command function
of an appointed ONU port.
Applicable object
Access method
the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information RSTP
Port Info in the shortcut menu. Then the RSTP Port Info window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
ONU Slot
No.
Value Range /
Requirement
The value range is
11 to 16.
PON Port
The value range is
No.
1 to 8.
The value range is
ONU.
1 to 64.
ONU No.
Port No.
Port Priority
10-80
The port number of the ONU
The value range is

1 to 24.
The priority of the port when the
The value range is
RSTP is enabled. A port with a
1 to 128.
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
smaller priority value is preferred

to act as the root port.
Its value includes:
Selectable,
Port State
The operating mode of the port.
Backup, Root,
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Appointed, not
joining RSTP,
and Unknown.
Port Path
Cost
Designated
Root
Priority
Designated
Root Mac
Address
Designated
Path Cost
The additional cost of the port

passed by the data when the
RSTP is enabled.
The value range

is >0.
The priority of the opposite end
The value range is
bridge port.
1 to 32768.
The MAC address of the opposite

end bridge.
The total sum of the lowest path
costs to reach the appointed
bridge. It is a sum value.
Designated
The number of the appointed port
Port No.
at the opposite end bridge.
Designated
The priority of the appointed port
The value range is
Port Priority
at the opposite end bridge.
1 to 128.
The priority of the opposite end
The value range is
bridge.
1 to 32768.
Designated
Bridge
Priority
Designated
Bridge MAC
Address
10.5.16
The MAC address of the opposite

end bridge.
Viewing Equipment Information
Command function
The viewing equipment information command is used to view the information of the
HG220.
Version: A
10-81
Applicable object
Access method
Device Information in the shortcut menu. Then the Device Information window
will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The OUI of the manufacturer.
Read-only
The hardware version number.
Read-only
The software version number.
Read-only
Read-only

ONU No.
DI-Model Name
DI-Manufacturer
OUI
DI-Hardware
Version
DI-Software
Version

ONU.
The ID information of the
equipment.
DI-Serial
The serial number of the
Number
equipment.
10.5.17
Querying MG Configuration
Command function
The querying MG configuration command is used to query the configuration
information of the MG.
Applicable object
10-82
Version: A
Access method
the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information MG
Configuration Report in the shortcut menu. Then the MG Configuration Report
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port No.

ONU Authorized
No.
the ONU.
MGID
The ID of the MG.

The type of the softswitch
ProtocolType
platform protocol.
The value includes MGCP,
MEGAGO, and SIP.
EID
First MGCIP
Second MGCIP
First SIP Server
Second SIP Server
The gateway domain name.

The IP address of the active
softswitch platform.
The IP address of the standby
The IP address of the SIP
active register server.
standby register server.
First SIP-Proxy
Server
active proxy server.
Second SIP-Proxy
Server
standby proxy server.
Signal Svlan Tpid
The signaling SVLAN TPID.
Read-only
Signal Svlan ID
The signaling SVLAN ID.
Read-only
Version: A
10-83
Value Range /
Svlan COS
The signaling SVLAN priority.
Read-only
Signal Cvlan Tpid
The signaling CVLAN TPID.
Read-only
Signal Cvlan ID
The signaling CVLAN ID.
Read-only
Cvlan COS
The signaling CVLAN priority.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
RTP Svlan Tpid

RTP Svlan ID
RTP Svlan COS
RTP Cvlan Tpid
RTP Cvlan ID
RTP Cvlan COS
The media stream SVLAN

TPID.
The media stream SVLAN ID.
The media stream SVLAN
priority.
The media stream CVLAN
TPID.
The media stream CVLAN ID.
The media stream CVLAN
priority.
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Parameter Name
Method
The IP address acquisition

IP Mode
mode.
Its value includes Static,
PPPoE, and DHCP.
Signal IP
Signal gateway
The signaling IP address.

The signaling gateway
address.
RTP IP
The media stream IP address.
Read-only
RTP gateway
The media gateway address.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The user name for obtaining

PPPoe name
the IP address in PPPoE

mode.
PPPoe password
Keep Alive
The password for obtaining the

IP address in PPPoE mode.
heartbeat function.
Alive Interval
The heartbeat interval.
Read-only
Alive Times
The heartbeat test times.
Read-only
10-84
Version: A
10.5.18
Querying Parameter Configuration of Fax / Modem

Service
Command function
The fax / modem service parameter configuration query command is used to query
the related parameters of the fax / modem service of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information GET
FAX/Modem Configuration in the shortcut menu. Then the GET FAX/Modem
Parameter
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The slot number of

the EPON interface
Slot No.
card containing the
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Compulsory
Read-only
PON port connected

with the ONU.
The number of the
PON Port No.
PON port connected

with the ONU.
ONU Authorized No.

Port No.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
The number of the
ONU port.
to 32.
The transmission
VoiceT38Enable
mode of the fax
service.
Version: A
10-85
Parameter Name
VoiceFax/ModemControl
10.5.19
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
The control mode of

the fax data.
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
Querying ONU POTS Port Status
Command function
The querying ONU POTS port status command is used to query the current status
of an ONU POTS port.
Applicable object
Access method
User Port Status in the shortcut menu. Then the NGN User Port Status window
will appear.
Parameters
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Compulsory
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port No.
ONU Authorized No.
Port No.

ONU.
The value range

is 1 to 64.

Port Status
subscriber port.
The status includes the
10-86
Version: A
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
following items: 1. registering;

2. idle; 3. off-hook; 4. dialing;
5. ringing; 6. ring back tone; 7.
connecting; 8. connected;
9. releasing connection; 10.
register failed; 11. disabled;
12. other.
Termination ID
The ID of the termination point.
Read-only
RTP Name
The name of the RTP resource.
Read-only
RTP Port
The RTP port number.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

subscriber port service.
iadPortServiceState
following items: 1. terminating

services locally; 2. terminating
services at the opposite end; 3.
terminating services
automatically; 4. normal.
The coding / decoding mode of
the port.
iadPortServiceCodecMode
Includes G.711A, G.729,

G.711U, G.723, G.726, and
T.38.
Echo Cancel
Reversed Polarity
The echo suppression function

enabling status.
The polarity reversal signal
enabling status.
Rx Gain (dB)
The Rx gain.
Read-only
Tx Gain (dB)
The Tx gain.
Read-only
SIP Telephone
The SIP telephone number.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
SIPUSERNAME
SIPUSERPWD
Version: A
The user name corresponding

to the SIP subscriber port.
The password corresponding to
the SIP subscriber port.
10-87
10.5.20
Performing Emulation Command
Command function
The emulation command is used to detect the operating status of an ONU POTS
port via the incoming / outgoing call emulation test.
Applicable object
Access method
Simulation Command in the shortcut menu. Then the Simulation Command
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Ingoing call simulation begin
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
EPON interface card
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The time-out duration of the
incoming call test.
300. Its unit is s.
Compulsory
Read-only

PON No.
ONU No.
Port No.
Timeout

the ONU.
The current test status.

State

following items: test started
and test not started.
10-88
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Ingoing call simulation query
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only

PON No.

ONU No.
Read-only
Port No.
Read-only
Read-only
The current status of the port.

State
The status includes the following

items: idle, off-hook, ringing,
connected, on-hook, and test end.
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
Ingoing call simulation end
Property
The slot number of the EPON interface card containing the PON port connected
with the ONU.
Read-only
PON No.
The number of the PON port connected with the ONU.
Read-only
ONU No.
Read-only
Port No.
Read-only

State
The status includes the following items: idle, off-hook, ringing, connected,
Read-only
on-hook, and test end.

The test conclusion of the incoming call emulation.
Conclusion
The conclusion includes the following items: succeeded, failed, call has been
Read-only
set up, call status is not confirmed.

The reason of test failure.
Fail Reason
The reason includes the following items: no signaling interaction, called offhook,
Read-only
SS does not respond to the offhook signaling.
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
Version: A
Outgoing call simulation begin
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
10-89
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

PON No.

with the ONU.
Read-only
ONU No.
Read-only
Port No.
Read-only
Tel
The calling telephone number.
Compulsory
Compulsory
Read-only
Timeout
The time-out duration of the outgoing

call test.
It should be a
string.
The value range is
60 to 300. Its unit
is s.

State
The status includes the following items:
test started and test not started.
Parameter
Name
Outgoing call simulation query
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only

PON No.

with the ONU.
ONU No.
Read-only
Port No.

Read-only
State
Idle, off-hook, dial tone, receiving,
Read-only
receive end, ringing-back, connected,

busy tone, on-hook, test end.
Parameter
Name
Outgoing call simulation end
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
card containing the PON port connected
Read-only
with the ONU.
10-90
Version: A
Parameter
Name
PON No.
with the ONU.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
ONU No.
Read-only
Port No.

Read-only
State
Idle, off-hook, dial tone, receiving,
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
receive end, ringing-back, connected,

DIALNUMB
ER
The dialed telephone number.
TARGETNU
The telephone number reported to the
MBER
FAILEDSIG
The signaling indication for test failure.

The test conclusion of the outgoing call
emulation.
Conclusion
The conclusion includes the following

items: succeeded, failed, call has been
set up, call status is not confirmed.
The reason includes the following items:
The SS off-hook response signaling is
not received, the SS-transmitting dial
tone signaling is not received, MG
Fail Reason
internal reason, the dialed telephone

number is not the same as the one
reported to the SS, the ring back tone is
not received, the opposite end not
off-hook, the channel setup failure, the
SS does not respond to the on-hook
signaling, others.
10.5.21
Querying ONU Capability
Command function
The querying ONU capability command is used to query the capability parameters
of an ONU.
Version: A
10-91
Applicable object
The AN5006-04, The AN5006-07B, and the HG220 all support this command.
Access method
Ability in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Ability window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The slot number of

the EPON interface
Slot No.
card containing the
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Compulsory
Compulsory
Read-only
Compulsory
PON port connected

with the ONU.
The number of the
PON Port No.
PON port connected

with the ONU.
Onu No.
Port No.
FirmWare
ONU Verdor ID1

ONU Chipset ID
ONU Version
ONU Chip Date

ONU Verdor ID2
10-92
The authorization
number of the ONU.
The number of the
ONU port.
The version number
of the ONU firmware.
The equipment
vendor ID1.
The ID of the chip.
The version number
of the ONU.
The production date
of the ONU chip.
The equipment
The value
range is 1 to
24.
The value can
include up to
20 characters.
The value
range is 0 to
the ID of the chip.
Compulsory
65534.
the version number

of the ONU.
Compulsory
the production date

of the ONU chip.
Optional
Version: A
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
vendor ID2.
Configuration
Method
the equipment
vendor ID2.
ONU Model
ONU MAC Address
Hardware Version
Software Version
The ONU model.

The MAC address of
the ONU.
The hardware version
number.
number.
Compulsory
the ONU model.
Compulsory
the MAC address of

the ONU.
Compulsory
the hardware
version number.
Compulsory
the software version

number.
The equipment type

of the ONU.
The value includes
SFU, HGU, SBU, Box
Style MDU with Lan,
ONU Type
Small SlotPlug with

Lan, BoxStyle MDU
Click the drop-down
Compulsory
list to select the

value.
with DSL, Huge

SlotPlug MDU with
DSL, SlotPlug MDU
with Lan and DSL,
MTU.
Whether the ONU
supports Multiple
Click the drop-down
LLIDs.
Multi LLID
The value includes
Compulsory
list to select the

value.
Support Multi LLID

and only Support
Single LLID.
The optical link
protection type
Click the drop-down
supported by the
Protection Type
ONU.
The value includes
Compulsory
list to select the

value.
unsupport, support
C-Type Protection,
Version: A
10-93
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
and support D-Type

Protection.
The number of uplink
Num of PON IF
PON ports supported

by the ONU.
The value
range is 1 to 2.
the number of uplink

Compulsory
PON ports
supported by the
ONU.
the number of
The number of
Num of Slot
service slots of an
The value
ONU which can
range is 1 to 2.
Compulsory
service slots of an
ONU which can
accommodate
accommodate cards.
cards.
The Capabilities
version.
Capabilities Ver
The value includes

ONU Capabilities-1
Click the drop-down
Compulsory
list to select the

value.
and ONU
Capabilities-2.
Optional.
ONU Upstream Queue
The quantity of uplink
Number
queques of the ONU.
The value
When Capabilities
range is 0 to
Ver is set to ONU
65534.
Capabilities-1, this
parameter is valid.
ONU Upstream Max

Queue Number
Queue Number
The value
When Capabilities
the maximum
quantity of uplink
range is 0 to
Ver is set to ONU
quantity of uplink
queques of the ONU.
65534.
queques of the
parameter is valid.
ONU.
The quantity of
The value
When Capabilities
downlink queques of
range is 0 to
Ver is set to ONU
the ONU.
65534.
The maximum
The value
When Capabilities
quantity of downlink
range is 0 to
Ver is set to ONU
queques of the ONU.
65534.
parameter is valid.
10-94
the ONU.
The maximum
Optional.
Max Queue Number
uplink queques of
parameter is valid.
ONU Downstream
the quantity of
Optional.
Optional.
ONU Downstream
the quantity of
downlink queques
of the ONU.
the quantity of
downlink queques
of the ONU.
Version: A
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The standby battery

status of the ONU.
Click the drop-down
The value includes

ONU Backup Battery
No ONU Backup
Compulsory
list to select the

value.
Battery and Has

ONU Backup
Battery.
Whether IPv6 is
supported.
IPv6 Supported
The value includes
Click the drop-down
Compulsory
list to select the

value.
unsupport and
support.
The power supply
control capability of
the ONU.
The value includes
dont support ONU
ONUPowerSupplyCon
trol
Click the drop-down
Power Supply
Control, support
Compulsory
list to select the

value.
ONU Tx Power
Supply Control
Only, and support
both Tx and Rx
Power Supply
Control.
The rate capability of
the ONU.
ONUSpeedCapability
The value includes

unsupport, 1G/1G,
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
10G/1G, and
10G/10G.
The type of the ONU
interface.
The value includes: 1.
InterfaceType
GE; 2. FE; 3. VoIP; 4.

TDM; 5. ADSL2+; 6.
VDSL2+; 7. WLAN;
8.USB; 9.CATV RF.
Num of Port
Version: A
The ports number of a
10-95
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
certain interface type.

The PortBitMap flag.
PortBitMapFlag
The value includes

PortBitMap valid and
Read-only
Read-only
PortBitMap invalid.
PortBitMap
10-96
Version: A
11
GUI Reference of a GPON Terminal

This chapter discusses operation commands of a GPON terminal in detail, and
includes the following sections. In this chapter, we take the AN5506-04-B (FTTH
ONU), the AN5506-10-B1 (FTTB ONU), and the HG260 (home gateway ONU) as
examples.
Control command
Version: A
11-1
11.1
Command function
The deauthorizing ONU command is used to deauthorize an authorized ONU.
Caution:
This command can cause loss of configuration data on the ONU and
interrupt services on the ONU.
Applicable object
The AN5506-04-B, the AN5506-10-B1, and the HG260 all support this command.
Access method
Click a GPON interface card in the object tree pane, right-click the appointed ONU
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Deauthorize ONU in the
shortcut menu. Then the Deauthorize ONU window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The slot number of the GPON interface

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
with the ONU to be deauthorized.

PON Port
No.
with the ONU to be deauthorized.
Onu No.
11-2
Version: A
11 GUI Reference of a GPON Terminal
11.2
11.2.1
Configuring GPON Service Bandwidth
Command function
The GPON service bandwidth configuration command is used to configure
bandwidth of various services on the ONU. The service types include broadband
data service, IPTV service, voice service, TDM service, and integrated service.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config GPON Service
Bandwidth Config in the shortcut menu. Then the GPON Service Bandwidth
Config window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
with the ONU.

PON Port
No.
with the ONU.
ONU No.
Version: A
11-3
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The service type. The value includes

data, IPTV, voip, TDM, and Integrate
Service.
Click the
data: the unicast data service.

Service Type
IPTV: the multicast service.
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
voip: the NGN voice service.

TDM: the TDM service.
Integrate Service: the management data
or unicast data service.
Fixed
Bandwidth
(Kbyte/s)
The fixed bandwidth assigned to the
The value range
designated uplink service on the ONU.
is 16 to 128000,
Even if the designated uplink service
with the unit
does not use the fixed bandwidth
being kbyte/s.
resource, other services cannot occupy it
The default
either.
value is 16.
The guaranteed bandwidth that the

assured
Bandwidth
(Kbyte/s)
designated uplink service on the ONU

can obtain. If the designated uplink
service does not occupy the guaranteed
bandwidth resource totally, other services
can use it.
Double-click to
type the fixed
bandwidth
Compulsory
designated
uplink service on
the ONU.
Double-click to
The value range
type the
is 0, 32 or
guaranteed
128000, with the

unit being
assigned to the
Compulsory
kbyte/s. The
bandwidth that
the designated
uplink service on
default value is
the ONU can
0.
obtain.
Double-click to
Maximum
Bandwidth
(Kbyte/s)
The maximum bandwidth assigned to the
The value range
type the
designated uplink service on the ONU.
is 16 to 128000,
maximum
The summation of the Fixed Bandwidth
with the unit
value and the assured Bandwidth value
being kbyte/s.
cannot exceed the value of Maximum
The default
designated
Bandwidth.
value is 64.
uplink service on
Compulsory
bandwidth
assigned to the
the ONU.
11-4
Version: A
11.2.2
Configuring Data Service on a Port
Command function
The data port configuration command is used to configure the parameters related
to the data service on each FE port of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Service
Config in the shortcut menu. Then click the Data Port Config tab in the window
that appears, and the Data Port Config window will appear.
Click the Add button in the Data Port Config window to make the Services
Configuration window appear. In the Services Configuration window, users can
configure the parameters related to the data service on the ONU, including the
service classification, the service type, etc.
Version: A
11-5
Parameter
Data service parameter of the AN5506-04-B
Parameter
Name
Port No.
Enables / disables the FE port.
Enable/Disable
When an FE port is enabled, users
Port
can configure the data service of

this FE port.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
An FE port is
enabled by
Configuration
Method
Select or clear the
Compulsory
default.
Enable/Disable
Port button box.
Enables / disables the port auto

negotiation function.
Port Auto
Negotiation
When the auto negotiation function
The auto
of a port is enabled, this port will
negotiation
match its rate and duplex mode
function of a port
with other ports automatically.
is enabled by
When the auto negotiation function
default.
Select or clear the

Compulsory
Port Auto
Negotiation
button box.
of a port is disabled, users need to

set its rate and duplex mode.
Optional.
Port Speed
The rate of the FE port.
The value range
When the port
includes 10M,
auto negotiation
100M, and
function is
1000M.
disabled, this
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
port is valid.
Optional.
When the port
The duplex mode of the FE port. Its

Duplex
value includes Full-duplex and
Half-duplex.
auto negotiation
function is
disabled, this
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
port is valid.
Enables / disables the flow control
function of the FE port.
The flow control
Flow Control
Selecting the button box means
function of a port
Enable/Disable
enabling the flow control function,
is disabled by
and clearing the button box means
default.
Select or clear the

Compulsory
Flow Control
Enable/Disable
button box.
disabling the flow control function.
11-6
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Enables / disables the rate control

The flow control
Speed Limit
function of a port
Enable/Disable
enabling the rate control function,
is disabled by
default.
Select or clear the

Compulsory
Speed Limit
Enable/Disable
button box.
disabling the rate control function.

Optional.
When the rate
Speed Limit
The maximum rate of the uplink
Up
data on the FE port.
control function
The unit is kbit/s.
of the port is
enabled, this
parameter is
Click to type the

maximum rate of
the uplink data on
the FE port.
valid.
Optional.
When the rate
Speed Limit
The maximum rate of the downlink
Down
data on the FE port.
control function
The unit is kbit/s.
of the port is
enabled, this
parameter is
Click to type the

maximum rate of
the downlink data
on the FE port.
valid.
The tagging mode of the FE port.
Tag
Its value includes Untag, Tag, and
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
TLS.
service.
When this parameter is set to Tag,
the ONU will add a VLAN tag for
the data.
CVLAN Mode
transparent, the ONU does not

process the data and transmits
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
them transparently.
translation, the equipment will
translate the old tag from the ONU
into the new VLAN tag.
Version: A
11-7
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
When CVLAN
COS
The Ethernet priority of the FE port.
The value range
Mode is set to
is 0 to 7.
Tag, this
parameter is
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
valid.
The value range:
CVLAN ID
The inner VLAN ID.
1 to 4085. It can
Optional
also be null.
Click to type the

inner VLAN ID.
Optional.
VLAN ID
The VLAN tag of the FE port.
The value range:

1 to 4085.
When Tag is set
Click to type the
to Tag, this
VLAN tag of the
parameter is
FE port.
valid.
Priority or
The priority of the data service on
The value range
COS
the port.
is 0 to 7.
Enables / disables the downlink

Down
Encryption
Enable
data encryption function of the port.

enabling the encryption function,
disabling the encryption function.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
The downlink
Select or clear the
data encryption
Down
function of a port
Compulsory
Encryption
is disabled by
Enable button
default.
box.

function of the port.
QinQ State

enabling the QinQ function, and
Select or clear the
Compulsory
QinQ State
button box.
clearing the button box means

disabling the QinQ function.
Optional.
This parameter
SVLAN ID
The local VLAN ID.
is valid only
Click to type the
when the QinQ
local VLAN ID.
function is
enabled.
Service Name
11-8
The local VLAN name

Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Priority or
The inter-PON priority of the data
COS
service.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Data service parameter of the AN5506-10-B1 and the HG260

Parameter
Name
Port No.
Enables / disables the FE port.
Enable/Disable
When an FE port is enabled, users
Port
can configure the data service of

this FE port.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
An FE port is
enabled by
Configuration
Method
Select or clear the
Compulsory
default.
Enable/Disable
Port button box.
Enables / disables the port auto

negotiation function.
When the auto negotiation
Port Auto
Negotiation
function of a port is enabled, this
The auto
port will match its rate and duplex
negotiation
mode with other ports
function of a port
automatically.
is enabled by
When the auto negotiation
default.
Select or clear the

Compulsory
Port Auto
Negotiation
button box.
function of a port is disabled, users

need to set its rate and duplex
mode.
Optional.
The value range
Port Speed
The rate of the FE port.
includes 10M,
100M, and
1000M.
When the port

auto
Click the
negotiation
drop-down list to
function is
select the value.
disabled, this
port is valid.
Optional.
When the port
The duplex mode of the FE port.

Duplex
Its value includes Full-duplex and

Half-duplex.
auto
Click the
negotiation
drop-down list to
function is
select the value.
disabled, this
port is valid.
Version: A
11-9
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Enables / disables the flow control

The flow control
Flow Control
function of a port
Enable/Disable
enabling the flow control function,
is disabled by
default.
Select or clear
Compulsory
Flow Control
Enable/Disable
button box.
disabling the flow control function.

TLS
Enables / disables the TLS

function.
Click the
Optional.
If the CVLAN
range of the data that are
ID is null,
Classification
users can use
If the CVLAN ID is null, the system

will transmit VLANs according to
drop-down list to
select the value.
Is used to configure the VLAN
Service
Compulsory
the service classification setting.
this parameter
to set the
VLAN range of
If the service classification is also
the data that
null, the system will transmit all
are transmitted
VLANs transparently.
transparently.
Click the Service

Classification
button in the
Services
Configuration
window, and
perform
configuration in
the Rule Define
window that
appears.
The type of the data service.

Users can select unicast or
Service type
multicast. unicast means the

common data service, and
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
multicast means the IPTV

service.
service.
When this parameter is set to tag,
Click the
the ONU will add a VLAN tag for

CVLAN mode
the data.
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.

transparent, the ONU does not
process the data and transmits
them transparently.
TPID
11-10
The TPID type of the VLAN.
The value range:
1 to 65534.
Click to type the

Compulsory
TPID type of the

VLAN.
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
When the
system needs
The inner VLAN ID.

In tag mode, users should type the
inner VLAN ID assigned by the
CVLAN ID
ONU.
In transparent mode, users
should type the inner VLAN ID
The value range is

1 to 4085, and the
value also can be
set to null.
to transmit the
data service of
a certain
CVLAN ID
Click to type the

inner VLAN ID.
transparently,
users can
assigned by the home gateway.
configure this
parameter.
COS
The priority of the service.
The value range is

0 to 7.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Enables / disables the translation

function.
Translation
State
enabling the translation function,
Select or clear the
Compulsory
Translation State
button box.

disabling the translation function.
Optional.
This
parameter is
Translation
value
The post-translation VLAN ID.
valid only
when the
translation
Click to type
post-translation
VLAN ID.
function is
enabled.
function.
QinQ State

enabling the QinQ function, and
clearing the button box means
Select or clear the
Compulsory
QinQ State button

box.
disabling the QinQ function.
Version: A
11-11
Parameter
Name
Profile Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The name of the QinQ profile.
Optional.
The OinQ profile is used when the
This
Click the Profile
SVLAN is added at the ONU side.
parameter is
Name button, and
valid only
select a profile in
at the OLT side, the QinQ function
when the QinQ
the window that
is disabled, and this parameter is
function is
appears.
invalid.
enabled.
If users select to add the SVLAN
Optional.
This
Service Name
The name of the local VLAN

parameter is
Click the
valid only
drop-down list to
when the QinQ
select the value.
function is
enabled.
Optional.
This
SVLAN ID
The SVLAN ID, also called local

VLAN ID.
parameter is
only valid
when the QinQ
Click to type the

SVLAN ID.
function is
enabled.
Click to type the
Service
The minimum uplink bandwidth of
Upstream
the service.
Minimum
Guaranteed
kbit/s).
service.
Service
The maximum uplink bandwidth of
Click to type the
Upstream
the service.
Maximum
Allowed
kbit/s).
service.
Service
The downlink bandwidth of the
Click to type the
Downstream
service.
Bandwidth
(kbit/s)
kbit/s).
11-12
Compulsory
Compulsory
Compulsory
minimum uplink
bandwidth of the
maximum uplink
bandwidth of the
downlink
bandwidth of the
service.
Version: A
11.2.3
Configuring Voice Service on a Port
Command function
to the voice service on each FE port of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
Config in the shortcut menu. Then click the Voice Config tab in the window that
appears, and the Voice Config window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The number of the

Port No.
voice port needing

the service
Read-only
configuration.
The telephone
number
corresponding to the
port.
Phone
Its value should be
Number
the same as the

telephone number
Click to type
Compulsory
the telephone
number.
configured in the
NGN Configuration
window.
Version: A
11-13
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The CVLAN ID.

In single-tagged
VLAN mode and
Signal
QinQ mode, this
VLAN ID
parameter should
4085.
Compulsory
Click to type
the CVLAN ID.
both be set to the

inner CVLAN ID
value.
The coding and
Click the
decoding rule of the

Voice
voice service.
CodecMode
Its value includes
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
G.711A, G.711U,
G.723, and G.729.
The transmission
Click the
mode of the fax

Fax Mode
service.
Its value includes
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
transparent and
T.38.
The transmission
Click the
mode of the DTMF

DTMF Mode
signal.
Its value includes
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
transparent and
RFC2833.
The control mode of
Fax Control
Mode
Its value includes

PassThrough, SS,
and Auto VBD.
11-14
Click the
the fax data.
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Enables / disables
the echo
suppression
Echo
Cancel
Select or clear
function.
After the echo
Compulsory
suppression function
the Echo
Cancel button
box.
is enabled, the echo

in the conversation
can be eliminated.
Enables / disables
the silence
compression
function.
Users can select the
Select or clear
SlienceSp button
SlienceSp
box to enable the
Compulsory
the SlienceSp
button box.
silence compression
function. The
purpose is to reduce
the mute frames in
the line and save
bandwidth.
Click to type
Input Gain
The input gain of the
The value range: -32 to
voice stream.
Compulsory
the input gain

of the voice
stream.
Click to type
Output Gain
The output gain of
The value range: -32 to
the voice stream.
Compulsory
the output
gain of the
voice stream.
Enables / disables
the QinQ function.
When the QinQ
Select or clear
State button box is

QinQ State
selected, the QinQ

function is enabled,
and users can
Compulsory
the QinQ
State button
box.
configure the
SVLAN and priority.
Version: A
11-15
Parameter
Parameter
Value Range /
Name
Description
Requirement
Svlan State
Outer COS
Inner COS
The SVLAN ID of the

voice service.
The priority of the

outer VLAN.
The priority of the

inner VLAN.
11.2.4
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
Click to type
the SVLAN ID
when the QinQ function is
of the voice
enabled
service.
Optional.
Click the
drop-down list
to select the
enabled.
value.
Optional.
Click the
drop-down list
to select the
enabled.
value.
Configuring CATV Service on a Port
Command function
to the CATV service on the CATV port of an ONU.
Applicable object
The AN5506-04-C supports this command.
Access method
Config in the shortcut menu. Then click the CATV Config tab in the window that
appears, and the CATV Config window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
CATV
Enables / disables the CATV
Enable/Disable
service.
11-16
Property
Compulsory
Select or clear the CATV Enable/Disable
button box.
Version: A
11.2.5
Configuring Multicast Service on an ONU
Command function
The ONU multicast service configuration command is used to configure the
downlink multicast data stream VLAN and uplink / downlink multicast protocol
message VLAN passing through an ONU.
Applicable object
The AN5506-04-B supports this command.
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config ONU IGMP
Config in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU IGMP Config window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
slot number of the
The slot number of the GPON

Slot No.

Compulsory
GPON interface card

connected with the
ONU.
ONU.
PON Port
No.
Compulsory
number of the PON port

connected with the
ONU.
ONU No.
Port No.
Version: A

the ONU.
ONU.
Compulsory
ONU authorization
number.
Read-only
11-17
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The VLAN mode of the

stream. Its value includes
UNTAG and TAG.
UNTAG: Means that the
IGMP
VLAN
stream passing through this
Mode
ONU port is untagged.
Compulsory

TAG: Means that the

stream passing through this
ONU port is tagged with the
appointed VLAN tag.
The VLAN ID of the downlink
multicast data stream. It
IGMP
means that this ONU port
The value range is
VLAN
only receives the downlink
1 to 4085.

Compulsory
VLAN ID of the downlink

multicast data stream.
multicast data stream with the

appointed VLAN ID.
The VLAN priority of the
IGMP
COS

stream. 0 means the lowest
priority, and 7 means the
highest priority.
11-18

The value range is
0 to 7.
Compulsory
VLAN priority of the

stream.
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
The VLAN mode of the uplink

/ downlink multicast protocol
message passing through the
ONU port. Its value includes
TRANSPARENT, TAG,
RETAG, and REMOVE.
TRANSPARENT indicates
that the uplink / downlink
multicast protocol message is
IGMP
Protocol
VLAN
Mode
TAG indicates that a VLAN
tag is added to the uplink /
Compulsory
downlink multicast protocol

message.
RETAG indicates that the
system replaces the VLAN
tag of the uplink / downlink
multicast protocol message
with a new VLAN tag.
REMOVE indicates that the
system strips the VLAN tag of
the uplink / downlink multicast
protocol message.
Optional.
IGMP Up
The VLAN ID of the uplink
Protocol
VLAN
If IGMP Protocol
The value range is
VLAN Mode is set
VLAN ID of the uplink
1 to 4085.
to TAG or RETAG,
multicast protocol
this parameter is
message.
valid.
Optional.

IGMP Up
uplink multicast protocol
The value range is
Protocol
message. 0 means the lowest
0 to 7. The default
COS
value is 7.
highest priority.
Version: A
If IGMP Protocol
VLAN Mode is set
to TAG or RETAG,
uplink multicast protocol
this parameter is
message.
valid.
11-19
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Optional.
IGMP
If IGMP Protocol
Down
The VLAN ID of the downlink
The value range is
VLAN Mode is set
VLAN ID of the downlink
Protocol
1 to 4085.
to TAG or RETAG,
multicast protocol
this parameter is
message.
VLAN
valid.
IGMP
Down
Protocol
COS
Optional.

downlink multicast protocol
message. 0 means the lowest
If IGMP Protocol
The value range is
VLAN Mode is set
0 to 7.
to TAG or RETAG,
downlink multicast
this parameter is
protocol message.
highest priority.
11.2.6
valid.
Configuring Wi-Fi Service
Command function
The Wi-Fi service configuration command is used to configure the Wi-Fi service
parameters of an ONU or home gateway.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config WiFi Service
Config in the shortcut menu. Then the WiFi Service Config window will appear.
11-20
Version: A
Parameters
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The slot
number of the
GPON
Slot No.
interface card
containing the
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
PON port
connected with
the ONU.
The number of
PON Port No.
the PON port

connected with
the ONU.
The
ONU NO
authorization
number of the
ONU.
Compulsory.
Enables or
IGD-WLAN-APModuleEnable
disables the
Wi-Fi service.
Its value includes

Enable and Disable.
Enable.
The following
parameters
are valid only
when this
parameter is
Click the
drop-down list
to select the
value.
set to Enable.
The wireless
IGD-WLAN-COUNTRY
communication
Its value includes ETSI
standard used
and ATSI. The default
by the Wi-Fi
value is ETSI.
service.
Version: A
Click the
Optional
drop-down list
to select the
value.
11-21
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
When
IGD-WLAN-COUNTRY
is set to ETSI, the
value range of this
IGD-WLAN-CHANNEL
parameter is 0 to 13.
Double-click to
The number of
When
type the
the wireless
IGD-WLAN-COUNTRY
channel
is set to ATSI, the
occupied by the
value range of this
channel
service.
parameter is 0 to 11.
occupied by
The default value is 0,
the service.
number of the
Optional
wireless
and it indicates that the

system selects the
number of the wireless
channel automatically.
Selects the
type of the
IGD-WLAN-STANDARD
wireless
communication
standard.
The Tx power
IGD-WLAN-POWER (dBm)
of the wireless
signal.
Its value includes

Click the
802.11b, 802.11g,
802.11b/g, 802.11n,
and 802.11bgn. The
Optional
drop-down list
to select the
value.
default value is
802.11bgn.
Double-click to

dBm. The default value
type the Tx
Optional
power of the
wireless
is 20.
signal.
The SSID
number. It is
SSID No.
assigned by the
Read-only
system
automatically.
11-22
Version: A
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The SSID
(service set
identifier),
meaning the
name of the
WLAN. It is
used to
distinguish
different
networks. Only
the subscribers
IGD-WLAN-SSID
passing the
identity
32 characters.
Optional
Double-click to
type the SSID.
authentication
can access the
corresponding
network, and
the
unauthorized
subscribers are
prohibited from
accessing the
corresponding
network.
Optional.
Enables or
IGD-WLAN-ENABLE
disables the
SSID function.
Its value includes

Enable and Disable.
Enable.
The following
parameters
are valid only
when this
parameter is
Click the
drop-down list
to select the
value.
set to Enable.
Version: A
11-23
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Selects
whether the
SSID is hidden.
If the SSID is
hidden, a
IGD-WLAN-SSIDHide
subscriber
Its value includes
cannot find the
Non-hide and Hide.
SSID via his /
her PC, but can
Non-hide.
Click the
Optional
drop-down list
to select the
value.
access the
wireless
network via
configuring the
SSID manually.
Its value includes
The WLAN
IGD-WLAN-AuthMode
authentication
mode.
Click the
OPEN, SHARED,
WPAPSK, and
WPA2PSK. The
Optional
drop-down list
to select the
value.
default value is
WPAPSK.
When the WLAN
authentication mode is
OPEN, this parameter
can be set to NONE
and WEP.
When the WLAN
IGD-WLAN-Encrypt
The WLAN
SHARED, this
encryption
parameter can only be
type.
set to WEP.
When the WLAN
Click the
Optional
drop-down list
to select the
value.
WPAPSK or
WPA2PSK, this
parameter can be set
to TKIP, AES, and
TKIPAES.
11-24
Version: A
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The pre-shared
key of the WPA
Optional.
encryption
When the
mode. The
WLAN
WPA is the
IGD-WLAN-PresharedKey
improved
version of the
64 characters.
WEP, and it
authentication
mode is
WPAPSK or
WPA2PSK,
enhances the
this parameter
key protection
Double-click to
type the
pre-shared key
of the WPA
encryption
mode.
is valid.
and the 802.1x

protocol.
Optional.
When the
The time
IGD-WLAN-WPAReKey Interval
(s)
interval to
modify the
pre-shared key
of the WPA.

beings. The default
value is 86400.
WLAN
authentication
mode is
WPAPSK or
WPA2PSK,
this parameter
Double-click to
type the time
interval to
modify the
pre-shared key
of the WPA.
is valid.
The IP address
RADIUS-Server
of the RADIUS
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
server.
The port of the
RADIUS-Port
RADIUS
server.
The password
RADIUS-Key
of the RADIUS
server.
IGD-WLAN-WEPEncryptionLevel
The length of
(bit)
the WEP key.
IGD-WLAN-WEPKey Index
WLAN-WEPKey 1
WLAN-WEPKey 2
Version: A
The number of
the WEP key.
The 1st WEP
key.
The 2nd WEP
key.
11-25
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
rd
The 3 WEP
WLAN-WEPKey 3
key.
th
The 4 WEP
WLAN-WEPKey 4
11.2.7
key.
Read-only
Read-only
Configuring TL1 Interface WAN-Connected Service
Command function
The TL1 interface WAN-connected service configuration command is used to
configure the profile of the WAN-connected service and set parameters such as
WAN connection mode.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config WAN Service
in the shortcut menu. Then the WAN Service window will appear.
11-26
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

GPON interface card
Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
connected with the

ONU.
PON Port No.

ONU.
ONU NO
The authorization
number of the ONU.
It is generated
automatically by the
equipment according to
WAN Index
the generation
sequence of the WAN
connection in increment
order.
The name of the WAN
connection. The
generation rule is
WAN_Name
number_key
word_bridge or route
mode_ PVC / VLAN
information.
The WAN connection
mode.
WAN_Mode
Its value includes

TR069, INTERNET,
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
TR069_INTERNET,
and Other.
The WAN connection
WAN_Conn_Type
type. Its value includes

Route and Bridge.
Version: A
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
11-27
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Its value should use the
WAN_Vlan_Id
CVLAN ID value
The value range:
configured in the
1 to 4085, or
Services
0xffff (indicating
Configuration dialog
null). The default
box in the Data Port
value is 0xffff.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the parameter

value.
Config window.
The value range:
WAN_CoS
The 802.1p priority of

the WAN connection.
Double-click to
0 to 7, or 0xffff
(indicating null).
Compulsory
The default value

WAN_NAT_Enable
priority of the WAN

connection.
is 0xffff.
NAT function.
type the 802.1p
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Enable.
The mode of the WAN
connection obtaining
Wan_D_S_P
the IP address.
Its value includes
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
DHCP, Static, and

PPPOE.
Optional.
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_Ip_Address
the static IP address.
When
Double-click to
Wan_D_S_P is
type the static IP
set to Static, this
address of the
parameter is
WAN connection.
valid.
Optional.
When
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_Subnet

the subnet mask.
Wan_D_S_P is
set to Static, this
parameter is
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
valid.
11-28
Version: A
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_Gateway
the default gateway.
When
Double-click to
Wan_D_S_P is
type the default
set to Static, this
gateway of the
parameter is
WAN connection.
valid.
Optional.
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_Master_DNS
the master DNS.
When
Double-click to
Wan_D_S_P is
type the master
set to Static, this
DNS of the WAN
parameter is
connection.
valid.
Optional.
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_Slave_DNS
the slave DNS.
When
Double-click to
Wan_D_S_P is
type the slave
set to Static, this
DNS of the WAN
parameter is
connection.
valid.
Optional.
When

Wan_PPPOE_Proxy
PPPoE proxy function.

Wan_D_S_P is
set to PPPOE,
this parameter is
Disable.
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
valid.
Optional.
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_PPPOE_Username
set to PPPOE, it means

the user name of the
connection.
The maximum
length is 32
characters.
When
Wan_D_S_P is
set to PPPOE,
this parameter is
valid.
Double-click to
type the user
name of the
PPPoE
connection.
Optional.
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_PPPOE_Password

the password of the
connection.
The maximum
length is 32
characters.
When
Double-click to
Wan_D_S_P is
type the password
set to PPPOE,
of the PPPoE
this parameter is
connection.
valid.
Version: A
11-29
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_PPPOE_NAME

the PPPoE service
name.
The maximum
length is 32
characters.
When
Wan_D_S_P is
set to PPPOE,
this parameter is
Double-click to
type the PPPoE
service name.
valid.
Optional.
When
When Wan_D_S_P is
Wan_PPPOE_MODE
the connecting mode.
Wan_D_S_P is
set to PPPOE,
this parameter is
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
valid.
QoS function of the
Wan_Qos_Enable
WAN connection.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Disable.
Sets the ONU port that
the configured WAN
FE1 to FE4, SSID1 to

SSID4
connection service
The value range:
profile is to be bound
cable service
with.
ports FE1 to FE4,
The value includes
radio ports SSID1
cable service ports FE1
to SSID4.
Select the
Compulsory
corresponding
port.
to FE4 and radio ports

SSID1 to SSID4.
The VLAN operation
VLAN mode
mode. Its value

includes tag and
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
transparent.
Optional.
When VLAN
Translation State

translation function.
mode is set to
transparent,
this parameter is
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
valid.
11-30
Version: A
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
When VLAN
mode is set to
Translation Value
The post-translation
The value range
VLAN ID.
is 1 to 4085.
transparent and
Translation
State is set to
Enable, this
Double-click to
type the
post-translation
VLAN ID.
parameter is
valid.
Optional
When VLAN
mode is set to
The translation priority.
COS
The value range

is 0 to 7.
transparent and
Click the
Translation
drop-down list to
State is set to
select the value.
Enable, this
parameter is
valid.
11.2.8
Configuring Management VLAN of an ONU
Command function
The ONU management VLAN configuration command is used to set the
parameters related to the management VLAN of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config ONU manage
VLAN in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU manage VLAN window will appear.
Version: A
11-31
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON No.
ONU No.

ONU.
The number of the management
SN
VLAN. It is generated
automatically.
Double-click to
ManageID

VLAN.
Compulsory
type the ID of the

management
VLAN.
The name of the management

Name
VLAN. The default value is

manager.
Double-click to
The maximum length
is16 characters.
Compulsory
Is value includes All, PON, GE1,
Click the
Compulsory
Tag/Untag
management VLAN.
Manage
SVLAN
SVLAN.
Tpid
drop-down list to
select the value.
and GE2.
The tagging property of the
the management
VLAN.
The uplink port of the ONU.

Port No.
type the name of
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Double-click to

65534.
Compulsory
type the TPID of

the management
SVLAN.
Double-click to
Manage
SVLAN Id
SVLAN.
4085.
Compulsory
type the ID of the

management
SVLAN.
Manage
SVLAN
CoS
11-32
Double-click to
SVLAN.
Compulsory

the management
SVLAN.
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Manage
CVLAN
Tpid
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
CVLAN.
65534.
Compulsory
type the TPID of

the management
CVLAN.
Double-click to
Manage
CVLAN Id
CVLAN.
4085.
Compulsory
type the ID of the

management
CVLAN.
Manage
CVLAN
CoS
Double-click to
CVLAN.
Compulsory

the management
CVLAN.
Double-click to
type the IP

Ip addr
Compulsory
the ONU.
address of the
in-band network
management port
on the ONU.
Mask

management port on the ONU.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Double-click to
type the gateway

Gateway
Compulsory
the ONU.
of the in-band
network
management port
on the ONU.
11.2.9
Configuring Voice Media Stream
Command function
The voice media stream configuration command is used to configure the related
parameters of the voice media stream.
Applicable object
The AN5506-04-B and the AN5506-10-B1 support this command.
Version: A
11-33
Access method
Config Voice RTP Config in the shortcut menu. Then the Voice RTP Config
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
Pon No.
ONU No.

ONU.
The name of the voice media
Voice RTP
stream service.
Service
Users should use the name of a
Name
service VLAN configured in the
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
HSWA card configuration GUI.

RTP
Enables / disables the RTP
Config
configuration function.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Optional.
When RTP
SVLAN
Tpid
The TPID of the service VLAN.
Config is set to
65534.
Enable, this
parameter is
Double-click to
type the TPID of
the service VLAN.
valid.
Optional.
When RTP
SVLAN Id
The service VLAN ID, also called
Config is set to
SVLAN ID.
4085, 4088, 65534.
Enable, this
parameter is
Double-click to
type the service
VLAN ID.
valid.
11-34
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
When RTP
SVLAN
CoS
The priority of the service VLAN.
Config is set to
Enable, this
parameter is
Double-click to
the service VLAN.
valid.
Optional.
CVLAN
Tpid
The TPID of the customer VLAN.
When RTP
Double-click to
Config is set to
type the TPID of
65534.
Enable, this
the customer
parameter is
VLAN.
valid.
Optional.
When RTP
CVLAN Id
The customer VLAN ID, also
Config is set to
called CVLAN ID.
4085, 4088, 65534.
Enable, this
parameter is
Double-click to
type the customer
VLAN ID.
valid.
Optional.
CVLAN
The priority of the customer
CoS
VLAN.
When RTP
Double-click to
Config is set to
Enable, this
the customer
parameter is
VLAN.
valid.
RTP
Ipaddr
RTP voice media stream.
Optional.
Double-click to
When RTP
type the
Config is set to
destination IP
Enable, this
address of the
parameter is
RTP voice media
valid.
stream.
Optional.
When RTP
RTP Mask
The address mask of the RTP

stream.
Config is set to
Enable, this
parameter is
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
valid.
Version: A
11-35
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
RTP
The gateway address of the RTP
Gateway
stream.
When RTP
Double-click to
Config is set to
type the gateway
Enable, this
address of the
parameter is
RTP stream.
valid.
11.2.10
Configuring POS Telephone Number
Command function
The POS telephone number configuration command is used to configure the POS
telephone number.
Applicable object
Access method
Config POS Phone Number in the shortcut menu. Then the POS Phone
Number window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
Pon No.
ONU No.
11-36

ONU.
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Double-click to
20 characters, and the

POS Phone
Number
The POS telephone number.
allowed characters set

is
Compulsory
type the POS

telephone
number.
0123456789abcdABCD
*#.
POS Type
The POS processing mode,
The value range is
including eight values.
Type A to Type H.
11.2.11
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Configuring Intelligent Public Telephone Number
Command function
The intelligent public telephone number configuration command is used to
configure the intelligent public telephone number.
Applicable object
Access method
Config IPT Phone Number in the shortcut menu. Then the IPT Phone Number
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
Pon No.
Version: A

11-37
Parameter
Name
ONU No.
ONU.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method

Double-click to
20 characters, and the

IPT Phone
allowed characters set
Number
number.
is
Compulsory
type the intelligent

public telephone
number.
0123456789abcdABCD
*#.
IPT Type
processing mode, including

eight values.
11.2.12
The value range is

Type A to Type H.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Configuring ONU Port Loopback
Command function
The ONU port loopback configuration command is used to enable the loopback
function of an ONU port. The loopback direction is from the appointed port of the
ONU to the OLT side.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config ONU Port
Loopback in the shortcut menu. Then the Port loopback window will appear.
11-38
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port
No.
ONU No.
Port No.

ONU.
The PON port number and FE port
number of the ONU.
The loopback status of the PON port
State
or FE port of the ONU. Its value

includes Loopback and Disable.
11.2.13

Disable.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Configuring Port Isolation
Command function
The port isolation configuration command is used to enable or disable the port
isolation function of an ONU. After the port isolation function of an ONU is enabled,
the communications between its ports are disabled, and the collision domains can
be isolated.
Applicable object
Access method
Click a GPON interface card in the object tree, right-click the appointed ONU in the
ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Port Isolation in the
shortcut menu. Then the Port Isolation Enable window will appear.
Version: A
11-39
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port
No.
ONU No.

ONU.
Enables / disables the port isolation
function. Its value includes Enable
and Disable.
Enable: Enables the port isolation
function. In this mode, various ports
State
of this ONU cannot communicate

with each other.
The default
value is Enable.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Disable: Disables the port isolation

function. In this mode, various ports
of this ONU can communicate with
each other.
11.2.14
Controlling Port MAC Addresses Number
Command function
The port MAC addresses number control command is used to control MAC
address number on the FE port of an ONU. Under each FE port, the number of
PCs sharing this port at the same time is restricted. The purpose of this operation is
to control the traffic in the network and avoid blocking.
Applicable object
11-40
Version: A
Access method
MAC-Learning Limit in the shortcut menu. Then the Config Port MAC Limit
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port No.
ONU No.
Port No.
Mac Number
11.2.15

the ONU.
The number of the FE port of
the ONU.
Is used to set the maximum
allowed number of MAC
to 254.
addresses under each port.
Optional.
Double-click to
type the
parameter value.
Configuring Performance Threshold of an FE Port
Command function
The FE port performance threshold configuration command is used to set the CRC
error detection threshold of each FE port on an ONU. When the detected CRC
error exceeds the set threshold value, a corresponding alarm will occur and be
reported to the ANM2000.
Applicable object
Version: A
11-41
Access method
ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config FE Port Perf
Threshold in the shortcut menu. Then the FE Port Perf Threshold window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port No.
ONU No.

the ONU.
Port No.
The FE number of the ONU.
Up
The uplink CRC error
Crc-Threshold
(/sec)
port.
Down
The downlink CRC error
Crc-Threshold
(/sec)
port.
11-42

4294967294, with the
unit being /sec. The
Double-click to
Compulsory
parameter value.
default value is 0.
4294967294, with the
unit being /sec. The
default value is 0.
type the
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.
Version: A
11.2.16
Command function
disable the performance collection function of an ONU. The performance
parameters to be collected include port performance statistics, optical module
parameters, and CPU / memory utilization ratio.
Note:
After completing performance collection, users need to disable this
function in a timely manner. The purpose is to save system resource and
ensure normal running of the system.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Performance
Sort Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the Performance Sort Switch window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
ONU No.
Version: A

ONU.
11-43
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The performance collection item

name of the ONU.
Perf Code
Its value includes Port Perf
Read-only
Statistic, Optical Detect, and

CPU/Memory Usage.
performance collection function
Switch
of various performance
parameters. Its value includes

Disable.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
Enable and Disable.
11.2.17
Configuring Optical Power Monitor Function
Command function
The optical power monitor configuration command is used to enable / disable the
optical power monitor function of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Optical Detect
Enable in the shortcut menu. Then the Optical Detect Enable window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port No.
11-44

Version: A
Parameter
Name
ONU No.
the ONU.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Read-only
Configuration
Method
Click the
State

power monitor function.
drop-down list to
Compulsory
select the value

(Enable or
Disable).
11.2.18
Configuring GEMPort Mapping Mode
Command function
The GEMPort mapping mode configuration command is used to configure the
GEMPort mapping mode.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config GEMPort
maping mode in the shortcut menu. Then the GEMPort maping mode window
will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
ONU No.
Version: A

the ONU.
11-45
Parameter
Name
GEMPort
maping
mode
Requirement
Property
The GEMPort mapping mode.

The value includes Ethernet
Priority, VLAN ID, and
Compulsory
Method
drop-down list to
select the value.

The inner TPID.
Configuration
Click the
Ethernet Priority + VLAN ID.
Inner
protocol
Value Range /
65534. The default
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the inner
identifier
value is 33024.
TPID.
Outter
Double-click to
protocol
The outer TPID.
65534. The default
Compulsory
value is 33024.
identifier
11.2.19
type the outer

TPID.
Performing Loop Test of a Port
Command function
The port loop test command is used to enable / disable the loop test function of an
ONU port; in addition, it can be used to set the time interval of loop test. After the
loop test function of a certain ONU port is enabled, users can test the link status.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Port Loop
Detect in the shortcut menu. Then the Port Loop Detect window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port
No.
11-46
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Onu No.
ONU Port
No.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
The number of the ONU FE port.
Read-only
Enables / disables the loop test

UNI Loop
Detect
Management
function.
When this parameter is set to Enable,
the loop test function is enabled;
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
When this parameter is set to Disable,

the loop test function is disabled.
Detect Port
Loop Time
The time interval of loop test.
(s)
11.2.20
The value range
Optional.
is 10 to 3600,
This parameter
Double-click to
with the unit
is valid only
type the time
being s. The
when the loop
interval of loop
default value is
test function is
test.
20.
enabled.
Binding Ethernet Switch Queue Scheduling Algorithm

Profile
Command function
The binding Ethernet switch queue scheduling algorithm profile command is used
to bind an ONU with an Ethernet switch queue scheduling algorithm profile. After
this command is executed, the ONU will determine the data priority according to
the queue scheduling algorithm and mode defined in the profile.
Applicable object
The AN5506-10-B1 supports this command.
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Queue
Schedule Profile Attach in the shortcut menu. Then the Queue Schedule Profile
Attach window will appear.
Version: A
11-47
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
Onu No.

the ONU.
Compulsory.
The profile name
should be
configured in the
Queue Schedule
Profile window.
The access
method is
The name of the Ethernet

Profile Id
switch queue scheduling

algorithm profile.
described as
follows: Right-click
the HSWA card in
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
the object tree,

and select Config
ONU Bridge
Manage
Queue Schedule
Profile in the
shortcut menu.
11.2.21
Binding an ONU Port with a Traffic Policy
Command function
The binding ONU port with traffic policy command is used to bind an ONU port with
a traffic policy. After this command is executed, the ONU port will process the
uplink and downlink service flow according to the traffic policy.
11-48
Version: A
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Port Binding
Flow Policy in the shortcut menu. Then the Port Binding Flow Policy window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
Onu No.
Port No.

the ONU.
ONU.
Compulsory.
The traffic policy
name should be
configured in the
Flow Policy
The ID of the traffic policy
window. The
Ingress
profile that the ONU uplink
access method is
Policy ID
service flow is to be bound

with.
described as
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
the HSWA card in

the object tree,
and select Config
Flow Policy in
the shortcut menu.
Version: A
11-49
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Compulsory.
The traffic policy
name should be
configured in the
Flow Policy
window. The
The ID of the traffic policy

Egress
profile that the ONU downlink
Policy ID
service flow is to be bound
with.
access method is
described as
Click the
drop-down list to
select the value.
the HSWA card in

the object tree,
and select Config
Flow Policy in
the shortcut menu.
11.2.22
Configuring Control of ONU Fan
Command function
The ONU fan control configuration command is used to configure the starting
temperature and stopping temperature of the ONU fan.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config ONU Fan
Control in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Fan Control window will appear.
11-50
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
ONU No.

the ONU.
When the equipment
temperature reaches the fan
starting temperature threshold
Fan start
set by this parameter, the fan
temperature
starts running.
being . The default
The fan starting temperature
value is 35.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.
must be higher than the fan

stopping temperature.
When the equipment
temperature reaches the fan
stopping temperature
Fan stop
temperature
threshold set by this

parameter, the fan stops
running.
The fan starting temperature

being . The default
value is 25.
Double-click to
Compulsory
type the
parameter value.
must be higher than the fan

stopping temperature.
11.2.23
Enabling / Disabling RSTP
Command function
The enabling / disabling RSTP command is used to enable or disable the RSTP
function. When it is enabled, the RSTP implements path redundancy and path
optimization via certain algorithms, and also prunes a loop network into a loop-free
tree network. This helps to avoid proliferation and infinite loop of packets in the loop
network.
Version: A
11-51
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config RSTP Switch
in the shortcut menu. Then the RSTP Switch window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port
No.
ONU No.

the ONU.
Click the
RSTP
Enables or disables the RSTP
Enable
function.
drop-down list to
Compulsory
select the value

(Enable or
Disable).
11.2.24
Binding a Packet Suppression Profile
Command function
The packet suppression profile binding command is used to bind a packet
suppression profile with an ONU port. When an ONU port is bound with a packet
suppression profile, the system will perform rate control of broadcast packets,
multicast packets, and unknown packets passing through this port according to the
configuration in the profile.
11-52
Version: A
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Packet Rate
Control Profile Attach in the shortcut menu. Then the Packet Rate Control
Profile Attach window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port
No.
Onu No.
Port No.

ONU.
Compulsory.
The packet
suppression profile
name should be
configured in the
Packets Rate
Control Profile
Profile Id
The name of the packet suppression

profile.
window. The access
Click the
method is described
drop-down list to
as follows: Right-click
select the value.
the HSWA card in the

object tree, and select
Config ONU
Bridge Manage
Packets Rate
Control Profile in the
shortcut menu.
Version: A
11-53
11.2.25
Configuring Bandwidth of an ONU
Command function
The ONU bandwidth configuration command is used to configure the uplink /
downlink service bandwidth of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config ONU
Bandwidth in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Bandwidth window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port No.
Onu No.

ONU.
The value range is

Upstream
Bandwidth
(kbit/s)
The uplink service bandwidth of

the ONU.
Double-click to
256 to 1000000,
with the unit being
Compulsory
kbit/s. The default

The value range is
Bandwidth
(kbit/s)
The downlink service bandwidth

of the ONU.
kbit/s. The default

value is 1000000.
11-54
Double-click to
256 to1000000,
with the unit being
service bandwidth
of the ONU.
value is 1000000.
Downstream
type the uplink
Compulsory
type the downlink

service bandwidth
of the ONU.
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Profile Binding
The binding / unbinding status of
Info
the bandwidth profile.
Profile Name
11.2.26
The name of the bound

bandwidth profile.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Enabling Anti-DoS Attack Function
Command function
The enabling anti-DoS attack command is used to enable the anti-DoS attack
function of an ONU. The DoS attack refers to an attack from a malicious user who
sends a large number of protocol packets, which results in denying service
requests of normal users by the system. When the anti-DoS attack function of an
ONU is enabled, the ONU can receive appointed protocol packets in selective
mode.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Anti-Dos attack in
the shortcut menu. Then the Anti-Dos attack window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
GPON interface card

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port No.
ONU No.
Version: A

the ONU.
11-55
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

anti-IP_LAND attack
function.
The LAND attack is
Click the
described as follows: A
IP_LAND
malicious user sets both the
The default value
source and destination
is Disable.
drop-down list to
Compulsory
select the value

(Enable or
addresses of a packet to the
Disable).
IP address of the attacked

host, and then sends this
packet to the attacked host
via IP spoofing.
anti-TCP_BLAT attack
function.
The TCP_BLAT attack is
Click the
malicious user sends a
TCP_BLAT
forged packet with the same

TCP source and destination
The default value

is Disable.
drop-down list to
Compulsory
select the value

(Enable or
port numbers; the attacked
Disable).
system tries to send a

response message to itself,
and this causes paralysis or
restart of the system.
anti-UDP_BLAT attack
function.
The UDP_BLAT attack is
malicious user sends a
UDP_BLAT
forged packet with the same

UDP source and destination
port numbers; the attacked
Click the
The default value
is Disable.
drop-down list to
Compulsory
select the value

(Enable or
Disable).
system tries to send a

response message to itself,
and this causes paralysis or
restart of the system.
11-56
Version: A
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

anti-TCP_NULLScan attack
Click the
function.
TCP_NULLScan
The TCP_NULLScan attack
The default value
Switch
is described as follows: For a
is Disable.
drop-down list to
Compulsory
select the value

(Enable or
packet, its TCP serial
Disable).
number is set to 0, and its

control bits are all set to 0.
anti-XMASScan attack
Click the
function.
The XMASScan attack is
TCP_XMASScan
described as follows: For a

packet, its TCP serial
The default value

is Disable.
drop-down list to
Compulsory
select the value

(Enable or
number is set to 0, and its
Disable).
FIN / URG / PSH bits are set

to 1.
Click the
TCP_SYNFINScan
anti-TCP_SYNFINScan
attack function.
The default value

is Disable.
drop-down list to
Compulsory
select the value

(Enable or
Disable).

anti-TCP_SYNError attack
Click the
function.
The TCP_SYNError attack is
TCP_SYNError

packet, its SYN is 1, ACL is
0, and layer 4 destination
The default value

is Disable.
drop-down list to
Compulsory
select the value

(Enable or
Disable).
port number is less

than1024.
Version: A
11-57
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

anti-TCP_ShortHDR attack
Click the
function.
The TCP_ShortHDR attack is
TCP_ShortHDR

packet, its TCP packet
The default value

is Disable.
drop-down list to
Compulsory
select the value

(Enable or
header length is less than the
Disable).
minimum allowed TCP

packet header length.
Click the
anti-TCP_FragError attack
function.
TCP_FragError
The TCP_FragError attack is

The default value

is Disable.
drop-down list to
Compulsory
select the value

(Enable or
packet, its fragmentation
Disable).
wander is 1.
anti-ICMPv4_Fragment
attack function.
The ICMPv4_Fragment
ICMPv4_Fragment
attack is described as
The default value
follows: For an ICMP frame,
is Disable.
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
it is set with a More

fragment flag, and specifies
an offset value in the offset
field.
anti-ICMPv6_Fragment
attack function.
Click the
The ICMPv6_Fragment
ICMPv6_Fragment
The default value
follows: For an ICMP frame,
is Disable.
it is set with a More

fragment flag, and specifies
drop-down list to
Compulsory
select the value

(Enable or
Disable).
an offset value in the offset

field.
11-58
Version: A
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

anti-ICMPv4_LongPing
attack function.
Click the
The ICMPv4_LongPing
follows: A malicious user
ICMPv4_LongPing
uses the pinging broadcast
The default value

is Disable.
drop-down list to
Compulsory
select the value

(Enable or
storm to flood the entire
Disable).
target system so that this

system denies service
requests of normal users.
anti-ICMPv6_LongPing
attack function.
Click the
The ICMPv6_LongPing
follows: A malicious user
ICMPv6_LongPing
uses the pinging broadcast
The default value

is Disable.
drop-down list to
Compulsory
storm to flood the entire
select the value

(Enable or
Disable).
target system so that this

system denies service
requests of normal users.
11.2.27
Configuring Remote Management
Command function
The remote management configuration command is used to configure the TR069
remote management function.
Applicable object
Version: A
11-59
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config Remote
Management Config in the shortcut menu. Then the Remote Management
Config window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The slot number of

the GPON interface
Slot No.
card containing the
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
PON port connected

with the ONU.
The number of the
PON Port No.
PON port connected

with the ONU.
Onu No.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
The value
IGD-TR069-Enable
Enables / disables
includes
the TR069 function.
Disable and
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
Enable.
Double-click to
IGD-ACS-SERVER-URL
The ACS server URL

provided by the ISP.
type the ACS
Compulsory
server URL
provided by the
ISP.
Double-click to
type the
IGD-ACS-SERVER-UserName
The authentication
authentication
user name for the
user name for
terminal to send the
Compulsory
the terminal to
connection request to
send the
the ACS server.
connection
request to the
ACS server.
11-60
Version: A
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
type the
IGD-ACS-SERVER-Password
The authentication
authentication
password for the
password for
terminal to send the
Compulsory
the terminal to
connection request to
send the
the ACS server.
connection
request to the
ACS server.
Enables / disables
the Inform message
regular report
function. It is used for
the equipment to
communicate with
the ACS server of the
ISP regularly. When
IGD-Inform-Enable
the report interval

expires, the
equipment will report
The value
includes
Disable and
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
Enable.
the Inform message

information
automatically, so as
to implement
information
interaction.
If
IGD-Inform-Enable
is set to Enable,
when the regular
report interval set by
IGD-Inform-Interval (s)
this parameter
expires, the
equipment will
conduct verification
connection with the
The value
range is 0 to
4294967295,
with the unit
being s. The
default value is
43200.
Optional.
When
Double-click to
IGD-Inform-Enable
type the
is set to Enable,
parameter
this parameter is
value.
valid.
ACS server of the

ISP automatically.
Version: A
11-61
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
type the port to
perform
The port to perform
IGD-CONN-Port
subscriber
The value
subscriber
authentication when
range is 0 to
authentication
the ACS server
65534. The
sends the connection
default value is
server terminal
request to the
8099.
sends the
Compulsory
when the ACS
connection
terminal.
request to the
terminal.
Double-click to
type the user
IGD-CONN-Username
The user name to
name to
perform subscriber
perform
authentication when
subscriber
the ACS server
Compulsory
authentication
when the ACS
request to the
server sends
terminal.
the connection
request to the
terminal.
Double-click to
type the
IGD-CONN-Password
The password to
password to
perform subscriber
perform
authentication when
subscriber
the ACS server
Compulsory
authentication
when the ACS
request to the
server sends
terminal.
the connection
request to the
terminal.
11-62
Version: A
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Optional.
The value
IGD-Midware-Enable
Enables or disables
includes
the middleware.
Disable and
Enable.
When this
parameter is set to
Enable, the
following two
parameters are
Click the
drop-down list
to select the
value.
valid.
Double-click to
type the
The middleware
IGD-Midware-URL
server URL
Compulsory
appointed by the ISP.
middleware
server URL
appointed by
the ISP.
Double-click to
IGD-Midware-Port
The middleware
The value
server port appointed
range is 0 to
by the ISP.
65534.
type the
Compulsory
middleware
server port
appointed by
the ISP.
Version: A
11-63
11.3
Control Command
11.3.1
Resetting an ONU
Command function
is restarted, it will register to the OLT again, and the authorization number and
configuration of this ONU are still valid.
Caution:
This command can interrupt services on the ONU, so use care when
executing it.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Control Command Reset
ONU in the shortcut menu. Then the Reset ONU window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
with the ONU.

PON No.
ONU No.
11-64

with the ONU.
Version: A
11.3.2
Resetting an ONU FE Port
Command function
The resetting ONU FE port command is used to restart the appointed FE port of an
ONU. After a certain FE port is restarted, the configuration of this port is still valid.
Caution:
This command can interrupt services on the ONU FE port, so use care
when executing it.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Control Command reset
ONU FE Port in the shortcut menu. Then the reset ONU FE Port window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON No.
ONU No.

ONU.
ONU FE
The number of the FE port to be
PORT No
restarted.
Version: A
Double-click to
Its value range depends

on the number of ONU
FE ports.
Compulsory
type the number

of the FE port to
be restarted.
11-65
11.3.3
Resetting an ONU PON Port
Command function
The ONU PON port resetting command is used to enable or disable the PON port
of the ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Control Command reset
ONU PON Port in the shortcut menu. Then the reset ONU PON Port window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The slot number of the GPON interface card

Slot No.
containing the PON port connected with the
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON No.
ONU No.
The number of the PON port connected with

the ONU.
Click the
PON Switch
Enables or disables the PON port of the
The default value
ONU.
is Enable.
Compulsory
drop-down list
to select the
value.
11-66
Version: A
11.4
11.4.1
Viewing ONU Ranging Value
Command function
The viewing ONU ranging value command is used to view the logical ranging value
between the ONU and the OLT.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information ONU RTT
Value in the shortcut menu. Then the Get ONU RTT Value window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The unit is m.
Read-only
with the ONU.

PON Port
No.
with the ONU.
ONU No.
RTT value
The logical ranging value between the ONU
(m)
and the OLT.
Version: A
11-67
11.4.2
Testing POTS Port External Line Status
Command function
The testing POTS port external line status command is used to query the external
Applicable object
Access method
Test in the shortcut menu. Then click the POTS Outline Test tab in the window
that appears, and the POTS Outline Test window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port
No.
ONU No.

ONU.
Its value range

POTS Port
The number of the POTS port to be
depends on the
No.
tested.
number of ONU
Compulsory
the number of the

POTS port to be
tested.
FE ports.
The external line test mode of the
POTS port. The value includes
Test Type
Force Test and No Force Test.

When Force is selected, no matter
Click the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
the subscriber is in conversation,
11-68
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
this test will be performed. During

the test, the subscriber service will
be interrupted.
When No Force Test is selected,
the test will be performed only
when the subscriber is not in
conversation.
The external line test status. Its
Test State
value includes Test Succeed and

Test Refused.
Refused
Reason
refused.
Test Succeed /
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The unit is V.
Read-only
The unit is V.
Read-only
The unit is V.
Read-only
The unit is .
Read-only
The unit is .
Read-only
The unit is .
Read-only
Test Refused
The status of the tested port. Its

values corresponding to the
following port status items: normal /
Port State
line insulation bad / line breakage /

mixed line / line grounding bad /
line interfere / line creepage / not
hang up / short circuit.
A -> ground
DC Voltage
(V)
B -> ground
DC Voltage
(V)
The DC voltage of telephone line

A, with the earth as the reference.
The DC voltage of telephone line
B, with the earth as the reference.
A ->B DC
The DC voltage between
Voltage (V)
A -> ground
insulation
The impedance of telephone line
resistance
()
B -> ground
insulation
The impedance of telephone line
resistance
()
A -> B
insulation
The impedance between
resistance
()
Version: A
11-69
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
A -> B
polarity
reversal
insulation
The polarity reversal resistance.
The unit is .
Read-only
The unit is PF.
Read-only
The unit is PF.
Read-only
The unit is PF.
Read-only
The unit is V.
Read-only
The unit is V.
Read-only
The unit is V.
Read-only
The unit is .
Read-only
resistance
()
A -> ground
capacitance
(PF)
B -> ground
capacitance
(PF)
A -> B
capacitance
(PF)
A -> ground
AC Voltage
(V)
B-> ground
AC Voltage
(V)
The capacitance of telephone line

The capacitance of telephone line
The capacitance between
The AC voltage of telephone line A,
with the earth as the reference.
The AC voltage of telephone line B,
with the earth as the reference.
A -> B AC
The AC voltage between telephone
Voltage (V)
lines A and B.
A -> B loop
resistance
The total resistance of the AB loop.
()
11.4.3
Testing POTS Port Internal Line Status
Command function
The testing POTS port internal line status command is used to query the internal
Applicable object
11-70
Version: A
Access method
Test in the shortcut menu. Then click the POTS Inline Test tab in the window that
appears, and the POTS Inline Test window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON Port No.

ONU Authorized
No.
the ONU.
Double-click to
Its value range

POTS Port No.
The number of the POTS port
depends on the
to be tested.
number of ONU
Compulsory
type the number

of the POTS port
to be tested.
FE ports.
The internal line test mode of
the POTS port. The value
includes Force Test and No
Force Test.
When Force is selected, no
matter the subscriber is in
Click the
conversation, this test will be

Test Type
performed. During the test, the
Compulsory
drop-down list to
select the value.
subscriber service will be

interrupted.
When No Force Test is
selected, the test will be
performed only when the
subscriber is not in
conversion.
Test State
Read-only
Test Refused.
Version: A
11-71
Parameter Name
Refused Reason
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The unit is A.
Read-only
The unit is V.
Read-only
The dial tone level value.
The unit is dB.
Read-only
The dial tone frequency value.
The unit is Hz.
Read-only
The unit is V.
Read-only
refused.
The current dial tone status.
Signal Tone State
Includes Normal and

Abnormal.
Feeder Voltage
telephone feed voltage value.
State
Includes Normal and

Abnormal.
The loop current status in the
Loop Current State
loop formed after off-hook.

Includes Normal and
Abnormal.
The current value in the loop
formed after off-hook. The unit
Loop Current (A)
is A.
The telephone feed voltage
Feeder Voltage (V)
value.
Signal Tone
Volume (DB)
Signal Tone
Frequency (HZ)
Ringing Current
The ringing current voltage
Voltage (V)
value.
11.4.4
Viewing NGN Statistical Information
Command function
The viewing NGN statistical information command is used to view the voice
signaling packets and RTP packets Tx / Rx status of an ONU.
Applicable object
The AN5506-04-B and the HG260 support this command.
11-72
Version: A
Access method
ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information NGN
Statistic Info in the shortcut menu. Then the NGN Statistic Info window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
GPON interface card

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port No.

ONU.
ONU Authorization
No.
of the ONU.
ReceivedNGNReq
Packets
The number of the NGN

request packets received
by the ONU.
The number of the
SendNGNReqPackets
request packets sent by

the ONU.
ReceivedNGN
RespPackets
SendNGN
RespPackets
The number of the

response packets
received by the ONU.
The number of the
response packets sent by
the ONU.
ReceivedRTPPackets

the ONU.
SendRTPPackets

ONU.
ReceivedRTPBytes
voice bytes received by

the ONU.
Version: A
11-73
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

SendRTPBytes
Read-only
The unit is %.
Read-only
The unit is ms.
Read-only
The unit is ms.
Read-only
The unit is kbit/s.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
The packet loss rate of
PacketLoss (%)
the ONU.
NetworkAvgDelay
The network average
(ms)
delay of the ONU.
RTPAvgJitterBuffer
The average voice jitter
(ms)
delay of the ONU.

The bandwidth occupied
Bandwidth Usage
by the voice service on
(kbit/s)
the ONU.
The lost signaling packet
LostSigPackets
number of the ONU.

The retransmitted
RetransmitPackets
signaling packet number

of the ONU.
The error signaling
packet number of the
WrongSigPackets
ONU.
The unknown signaling
UnknownSigPackets
packet number of the

ONU.
11.4.5
Viewing NGN Port Statistical Information
Command function
The viewing NGN port statistical information command is used to view the
statistical information of an ONU POTS port, including RTP stream Tx / Rx
statistical information and call duration statistical information.
Applicable object
11-74
Version: A
Access method
Statistic Info in the shortcut menu. Then select the NGN Port Statistic Info tab in
the window that appears, and the NGN Port Statistic Info window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
GPON interface card

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON No.
ONU No.

the ONU.
Double-click to
Its value range

ONU Port No.
depends on the
POTS port.
number of ONU
Compulsory
type number of
the ONU POTS
port.
POTS ports.
ReceivedRTPPackets
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The unit is ms.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
the POTS port.

SendRTPPackets

POTS port.
ReceivedRTPBytes
voice bytes received by the

POTS port.
SendRTPBytes

POTS port.
RTPJitterBuffer (ms)
The voice jitter delay of the

POTS port.
Lastest Call Begin
The start time of the latest
Time
call of the POTS port.
Lastest Call End
The end time of the latest
Time
call of the POTS port.
Version: A
11-75
Parameter Name
Last Call Duration (s)
Total Call Times
The current call duration of
the POTS port.
The call times of a
subscriber of the POTS port.
Total Call Duration
The total call duration of a
(s)
subscriber of the POTS port.
UpstreamRate
The uplink rate of the POTS
(kbit/s)
port.
DownstreamRate
The downlink rate of the
(kbit/s)
POTS port.
AvgNetworkDelay
The network average delay
(ms)
of the POTS port.
PacketLoss (%)
11-76
The packet loss rate of the

POTS port.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The unit is s.
Read-only
Read-only
The unit is s.
Read-only
The unit is kbit/s.
Read-only
The unit is kbit/s.
Read-only
The unit is ms.
Read-only
The unit is %.
Read-only
Version: A
11.4.6
Viewing NGN Resource Status
Command function
The viewing NGN resource status command is used to view the subscriber status
of an ONU voice port and the corresponding RTP resource information.
Applicable object
Access method
Statistic Info in the shortcut menu. Then select the NGN Resource State tab in
the window that appears, and the NGN Resource State window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
POTS No.
The POTS port number of the ONU.
Read-only
Telephone
The telephone number configured for the
No.
POTS port.
Read-only
Read-only
Slot No.

with the ONU.
PON Port No.

with the ONU.
ONU
Authorization
No.
The call status of the POTS port.

The status includes: non-activated,
Reg Status
registering, idle, off-hook, dialing, ringing,

ring back tone, connecting, connected,
on-hook, disconnected, busy, failed, and
not on-hook for a long time.
Version: A
11-77
Parameter
Name
Termination
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
RTP Name
Read-only
RTP Port
The number of the RTP port.
Read-only
ID
11.4.7
Viewing NGN RTP Resource Configuration
Command function
The viewing NGN RTP resource configuration command is used to view the RTP
resource configuration information of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
Statistic Info in the shortcut menu. Then select the NGN RTP Resource tab in the
window that appears, and the NGN RTP Resource window will appear.
11-78
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port No.

ONU
Authorization
No.
The name of the RTP resource. The
RTP
first 128 items are displayed.
Resource
The AN5516-06 supports
Name
configuration of 6000 NGN RTP

resource items.
11.4.8
Viewing ONU Port Loopback Test
Command function
The viewing ONU port loopback test command is used to view the test results of
ONU port loopback. The parameters include number and delay of the Tx / Rx
frames.
Applicable object
Access method
Port loopback check-up in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Port loopback
check-up window will appear.
Version: A
11-79
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
with the ONU.

PON Port No.
ONU No.

with the ONU.
The value
Port No.
The number of the ONU port to be

looped back.
Click the
range includes
numbers of all
Compulsory
PON ports and
drop-down list
to select the
value.
FE ports.
The number of Tx frames.
Read-only
The number of Rx correct frames.
Read-only
The number of Rx error frames.
Read-only
Min Delay (us)
The minimum delay of Rx frames.
The unit is us.
Read-only
Max Delay (us)
The maximum delay of Rx frames.
The unit is us.
Read-only
Avg Delay (us)
The average delay of Rx frames.
The unit is us.
Read-only
Send Frame
Frames Received
OK
Frames Received
Corrupted
11.4.9
Viewing Port Status Information
Command function
The viewing port status information command is used to view the status information
of various ONU ports, including connection status, flow control status, and port
physical status.
Applicable object
11-80
Version: A
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information port
info in the shortcut menu. Then the port info window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

GPON interface card
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The rate of the port.
Read-only
Duplex
The duplex mode of the port.
Read-only
Loopback
The loopback status of the
Status
port.
Read-only
Slot No.

PON Port
No.
ONU No.
Port No.
LINK Status

the ONU.
port.
The connection status of the
port.
Flow Control
flow control function on the

port.
Phy Admin
The enabling / disabling
State
status of the port.
AutNeg
Admin State
Speed
(Mbit/s)
Version: A

auto negotiation function on
the port.
11-81
11.4.10
Viewing Optical Module Parameters Information
Command function
The viewing optical module parameters command is used to view optical module
status parameters of an ONU, including optical module type, optical module
temperature, optical module voltage, bias current, Tx and Rx optical power.
Applicable object
Access method
OptModule Para Information in the shortcut menu. Then the OptModule Para
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
GPON interface card

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The unit is km.
Read-only
The unit is .
Read-only
The unit is V.
Read-only
The unit is mA.
Read-only

PON Port No.
ONU No.

the ONU.
Optical module
The optical module type. The
type (KM)
Temperature (C)
Voltage (V)
Current (mA)
11-82

optical module.
The voltage of the optical
module.
The bias current of the
optical module.
Version: A
Parameter Name
The Tx optical power of the
Tx power (Dbm)
optical module.
The Rx optical power of the
Rx power (Dbm)
optical module.
11.4.11
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The unit is dBm.
Read-only
The unit is dBm.
Read-only
Querying MG Configuration
Command function
The querying MG configuration command is used to query the configuration
information of the MG.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information MG
Configuration Report in the shortcut menu. Then the MG Configuration Report
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The ID of the MG.
Read-only
Read-only

with the ONU.
PON Port No.

with the ONU.
ONU
Authorized
No.
MGID
Protocol Type
Version: A
The type of the softswitch platform protocol.

The value includes MGCP, MEGAGO, and
11-83
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
SIP.
EID
First MGC IP
The gateway domain name.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The signaling SVLAN TPID.
Read-only
The signaling SVLAN ID.
Read-only
The signaling SVLAN priority.
Read-only
The signaling CVLAN TPID.
Read-only
The signaling CVLAN ID.
Read-only
The signaling CVLAN priority.
Read-only
The media stream SVLAN TPID.
Read-only
The media stream SVLAN ID.
Read-only
The media stream SVLAN priority.
Read-only
The media stream CVLAN TPID.
Read-only
The media stream CVLAN ID.
Read-only
The media stream CVLAN priority.
Read-only
The IP address of the active softswitch

platform.
Second MGC
The IP address of the standby softswitch
IP
platform.
First SIP
The IP address of the SIP active register
Server
server.
Second SIP
The IP address of the SIP standby register
Server
server.
First
SIP-Proxy
Server
Second
SIP-Proxy
Server
Signal SVLAN
TPID
Signal SVLAN
ID
SVLAN Cos
Signal
CVLAN TPID
Signal
CVLAN ID
CVLAN Cos
RTP SVLAN
TPID
RTP SVLAN
ID
RTP SVLAN
Cos
RTP CVLAN
TPID
RTP CVLAN
ID
RTP CVLAN
Cos
11-84
The IP address of the SIP active proxy

server.
The IP address of the SIP standby proxy
server.
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The IP address acquisition mode.
Read-only
The signaling IP address.
Read-only
The signaling gateway address.
Read-only
RTP IP
The media stream IP address.
Read-only
RTP Gateway
The media gateway address.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
IP MODE
Its value includes Static, PPPoE, and

DHCP.
Signal IP
Signal
Gateway
PPPoE name
The user name for obtaining the IP address

in PPPoE mode.
PPPoE
The password for obtaining the IP address
Password
in PPPoE mode.
Keep Alive
The enabling status of the heartbeat

function.
Alive Interval
The heartbeat interval.
Read-only
Alive Time(s)
The heartbeat test times.
Read-only
11.4.12
Querying Parameter Configuration of Fax / Modem

Service
Command function
The fax / modem service parameter configuration query command is used to query
the related parameters of the fax / modem service of an ONU.
Applicable object
Version: A
11-85
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information GET
FAX/Modem Configuration in the shortcut menu. Then the GET FAX/Modem
Parameter
Parameter Name
Parameter
Value Range /
Description
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
The slot number of

the GPON interface
card containing the
Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Compulsory
Read-only
Read-only
PON port connected

with the ONU.
The number of the
PON port connected
PON Port No.
with the ONU.

ONU Authorized No.
Port No.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
The number of the
ONU port.
to 32.
The transmission
mode of the fax
Voice38Enable
service.
VoiceFax/ModemControl
11.4.13
The control mode of

the fax data.
Querying ONU POTS Port Status
Command function
The querying ONU POTS port status command is used to query the current status
of an ONU POTS port.
Applicable object
11-86
Version: A
Access method
POTS Status in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU POTS Status window will
appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Slot No.
The slot number of the GPON interface card containing
the PON port connected with the ONU.
Property
Read-only
PON Port No.
Read-only
ONU Authorized No.
Read-only
Port No.
The number of the ONU port. The value range is 1 to 64.
Compulsory
The current status of the subscriber port.

The status includes the following items: 1. registering; 2.
Port Status
idle; 3. off-hook; 4. dialing;

5. ringing; 6. ring back tone; 7. connecting; 8. connected;
Read-only
9. releasing connection; 10. register failed; 11. disabled;

12. other.
Termination ID
Read-only
RTP Name
Read-only
RTP Port
The RTP port number.
Read-only
The current status of the subscriber port service.

iadPortServiceState
The status includes the following items: 1. terminating

services locally; 2. terminating services at the opposite
Read-only
end; 3. terminating services automatically; 4. normal.

iadPortCodecMode
The coding / decoding mode of the port.

Includes G.711A, G.729, G.711U, G.723, G.726, and T.38.
Read-only
Echo Cancel
The echo suppression function enabling status.
Read-only
Reversed Polarity
The polarity reversal signal enabling status.
Read-only
Rx Gain (dB)
The Rx gain.
Read-only
Tx Gain (dB)
The Tx gain.
Read-only
SIP Telephone
The SIP telephone number.
Read-only
SIPUSERNAME
The user name corresponding to the SIP subscriber port.
Read-only
SIPUSERPWD
The password corresponding to the SIP subscriber port.
Read-only
Version: A
11-87
11.4.14
Performing Emulation Command
Command function
The emulation command is used to detect the operating status of an ONU POTS
port via the incoming / outgoing call emulation test.
Applicable object
Access method
Simulation Command in the shortcut menu. Then the Simulation Command
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Incoming start
Value Range /
Requirement
Property

Slot No.

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
ONU.
PON No.
ONU No.
Port No.
Timeout

ONU.
The time-out duration of the
incoming call test.
The value range

is 60 to 300. Its
Compulsory
unit is s.

State
The status includes the following

items: test started and test not
Read-only
started.
11-88
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Incoming query
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
GPON interface card

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON No.

ONU.
ONU No.
Port No.

of the ONU.
port.
port.
State
following items: idle,

off-hook, ringing,
connected, on-hook, and
test end.
Parameter
Name
Slot No.
Incoming stop
The slot number of the GPON interface card containing the PON port connected
with the ONU.
Property
Read-only
PON No.
Read-only
ONU No.
Read-only
Port No.
Read-only

State
The status includes the following items: idle, off-hook, ringing, connected,
Read-only
on-hook, and test end.

The test conclusion of the incoming call emulation.
Conclusion
The conclusion includes the following items: succeeded, failed, call has been set
Read-only
up, call status is not confirmed.

Fail Reason
The reason includes the following items: no signaling interaction, called offhook,
Read-only
SS does not respond to the offhook signaling.
Version: A
11-89
Outgoing start
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
GPON interface card

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
It should be a string.
Compulsory
Compulsory
Read-only

PON No.

ONU.
ONU No.
Port No.
Tel
Timeout

of the ONU.
port.
The calling telephone
number.
The time-out duration of
the outgoing call test.
300. Its unit is s.

State

following items: test started
and test not started.
Parameter Name
Outgoing query
The slot number of the GPON interface card containing the PON port
Slot No.
Property
Read-only
PON No.
Read-only
ONU No.
Read-only
Port No.
Read-only

State
Idle, off-hook, dial tone, receiving, receive end, ringing-back, connected,
Read-only
Outgoing stop
Parameter Name
Property
Slot No.
The slot number of the GPON interface card containing the PON port
Read-only
11-90
Version: A
Parameter Name
Property

PON No.
Read-only
ONU No.
Read-only
Port No.

Read-only
State
Idle, off-hook, dial tone, receiving, receive end, ringing-back, connected,
Read-only

DIALNUMBER
The dialed telephone number.
Read-only
TARGETNUMBER
The telephone number reported to the softswitch platform.
Read-only
FAILEDSIG
The signaling indication for test failure.
Read-only
The test conclusion of the outgoing call emulation.

The conclusion includes the following items: succeeded, failed, call has
Conclusion
Read-only
been set up, call status is not confirmed.

The reason includes the following items:
The SS off-hook response signaling is not received, the SS-transmitting
dial tone signaling is not received, MG internal reason, the dialed
Fail Reason
Read-only
telephone number is not the same as the one reported to the SS, the ring
back tone is not received, the opposite end not off-hook, the channel
setup failure, the SS does not respond to the on-hook signaling, others.
11.4.15
Command function
The viewing RSTP bridge information command is used to view the RSTP bridge
information of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information RSTP
Bridge Info in the shortcut menu. Then the RSTP Bridge Info window will appear.
Version: A
11-91
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
GPON interface card

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The unit is s.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The unit is s.
Read-only
The unit is s.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The unit is s.
Read-only
The unit is s.
Read-only

PON Port
No.
ONU No.

the ONU.
Bridge Max
Age (s)
the RSTP bridge.

The priority of the bridge
when the RSTP function is
Bridge
enabled. A bridge with a
Priority
smaller priority value has a

higher priority to be selected
as the root bridge.
Bridge Mac
Address
RSTP bridge.
Bridge Hello
Time (s)
packets received by the

RSTP bridge.
Forward
The forward delay time of
Delay (s)
the RSTP bridge.
Force
Version
The RSTP version.
Root Bridge
The priority of the root
Priority
bridge.
Root Bridge
Mac
Address
Root Port
The MAC address of the root

bridge.
The port number of the root
bridge.
Root Max
Age (s)
the root bridge.
Root Hello
Time (s)
11-92
Version: A
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
packets received by the root

bridge.
Root
The forward delay time of
Forward
the root bridge.
11.4.16
The unit is s.
Read-only
Command function
of an appointed ONU port.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information RSTP Port
Info in the shortcut menu. Then the RSTP Port Info window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

ONU Slot
GPON interface card
No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port
No.
ONU No.
Port No.
Port Priority
Version: A

the ONU.
The number of the port to be
queried.
The priority of the port when
Compulsory
the number of the

port to be queried.
Read-only
11-93
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
the RSTP is enabled. A port

with a smaller priority value is
preferred to act as the root
port.
The role of the port. Its value
includes: Selectable,
Port Role
Backup, Root, Appointed,
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
not joining RSTP, and

Unknown.
The operating mode of the
port. Its value includes:
Port State
Disabled, Discarded,
Learning, Forwarding, Not
Joining, and Unknown.
Port Path
The path cost of the port
Cost
when the RSTP is enabled.
Designated
Root
Priority
Designated
Root Mac
Address
The priority of the appointed

root port.
appointed root port.
Designated
The path cost of the
Path Cost
appointed root port.

The number of the appointed
Designated
Port
port.
It depends on the port
number of the opposite end
equipment.
Designated
Port Priority
port.
Designated
Bridge
Priority
Designated
Bridge MAC
Address
11-94

bridge.
appointed bridge.
Version: A
11.4.17
Obtaining ONU MAC Address
Command function
The obtaining ONU MAC address command is used to query the MAC address of
an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
MAC-learning table on ONU in the shortcut menu. Then the MAC-learning Table
On ONU window will appear.
Version: A
11-95
Parameter
Parameter Name
Port Type
The type of the port. The value
includes PON and FE.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
The number of the port.

For a PON port, the value of this
Port No.
parameter is 1.
For an FE port, the value of this
parameter is the FE port number.
MAC Address
The MAC address learned by the

port.
The VLAN ID value
VLAN ID
corresponding to the MAC

address.
11.4.18
The value range: 1

to 4085.
Querying ONU Environment Status
Command function
The querying ONU environment status command is used to query the environment
status information of an ONU, including temperature and fan rotating speed of this
ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
Environment State in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Environment State
window will appear.
11-96
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
GPON interface card

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port
No.
ONU No.
temperature
Fan speed

ONU.
of the ONU.
ONU.
The fan rotating speed of
this ONU.
11.4.19
Viewing ONU Port Connected Equipment Type
Command function
The viewing ONU port connected equipment type command is used to view the
type of the equipment set connected with the appointed port of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information Ports,
Connected Device Type in the shortcut menu. Then the Ports, Connected
Device Type window will appear.
Version: A
11-97
Parameter
Parameter Name
Property
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

GPON interface card
Slot No.

connected with the
ONU.
PON Port No.

ONU.
ONU No.
Port No.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
ONU.
The type of the
equipment set
connected with the port
State
of the ONU. The value

includes HG Intelligent,
PC, and No
Connection.
11.4.20
Querying ONU Voice Port Activation Status
Command function
The querying ONU voice port activation status command is used to query the RTP
activation status of an ONU voice port.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information ONU IAD
Port Active Status in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU IAD Port Active Status
window will appear.
11-98
Version: A
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
GPON interface card

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port
No.
ONU No.

ONU.
of the ONU.
Double-click to
Port No.
The number of the port to

be queried.
type the
Compulsory
number of the
port to be
queried.
The RTP activation status

Active
of the ONU voice port. The
Status
value includes Active and
Read-only
Non-Active.
11.4.21
Viewing ONU Power Supply Management Status
Command function
The viewing ONU power supply management status command is used to view the
power supply management status of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
Power Management in the shortcut menu. Then the Power Management window
will appear.
Version: A
11-99
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
GPON interface card

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON Port
No.
ONU No.
Power
Supply
Mode

ONU.
of the ONU.
The current power supply
mode of the ONU. The
value includes Main Power
and Backup Battery.
Backup
Indicates whether a backup
Battery
battery exists.
Backup
Battery
State
11.4.22
The status of the backup

battery. The value includes
Invalid, Charging,
Working, and Saturation.
Viewing Equipment Information
Command function
The viewing equipment information command is used to view the equipment
information of the HG260.
Applicable object
11-100
Version: A
Access method
Device Information in the shortcut menu. Then the Device Information window
will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
GPON interface card

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

ONU No.
DI-Model Name

of the ONU.
The ID information of the
equipment.
DI-Manufacturer
The OUI of the
OUI
manufacturer.
DI-Hardware
The hardware version
Version
number.
DI-Software
Version
number.
DI-Serial
The serial number of the
Number
equipment.
11.4.23
Viewing Wi-Fi Status Information
Command function
The viewing WiFi status information command is used to view the status of the
Wi-Fi service.
Applicable object
Version: A
11-101
Access method
ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information WIFI
Information in the shortcut menu. Then the WIFI Information window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
GPON interface card

Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

PON No.

ONU.
ONU No.

of the ONU.
session status. The Wi-Fi
protection setting (WPS) is
WPS-Status
used to help subscribers

set SSIDs and configure
WPA data coding and
authentication modes.
WPS-Overlap
WLAN-Enable
11-102

session overlap status.
Wi-Fi radio interface.
Version: A
11.4.24
Viewing WAN Connection Statistical Information
Command function
The viewing WAN connection information command is used to view the WAN
connection status statistical information.
Applicable object
Access method
in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information WAN
Information Static in the shortcut menu. Then the WAN Information Static
window will appear.
Parameter
Parameter Name
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method

Slot No.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only

ONU No.
Wan NO
Wan_Name
Wan_Vlan_ID
Wan_CoS
Wan_D_S_P
Wan_QoS_Enable
Wan_Status
Wan_Ip_Address
Version: A

The number of the WAN
connection.
The name of the WAN connection.
The VLAN ID of the WAN
connection.
The 802.1p priority of the WAN
connection.
The IP address acquisition mode of
the WAN connection.
Indicates whether the QoS function
of the WAN connection is enabled.
The status of the WAN connection.
The static IP address of the WAN
connection.
11-103
Parameter Name
Wan_Ip_Subnet
Wan_Gateway
Wan_Master_DNS
Wan_Slave_DNS
11-104
The subnet mask of the WAN
connection.
The default gateway of the WAN
connection.
The ISP-provided IP address of the
master DNS server.
The ISP-provided IP address of the
slave DNS server.
Value Range /
Requirement
Property
Configuration
Method
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Version: A
Product Documentation Customer Satisfaction Survey

Thank you for reading and using the product documentation provided by FiberHome. Please take a
moment to complete this survey. Your answers will help us to improve the documentation and better
suit your needs. Your responses will be confidential and given serious consideration. The personal
information requested is used for no other purposes than to respond to your feedback.
Name
Phone Number
Email Address
Company
To help us better understand your needs, please focus your answers on a single documentation or a
complete documentation set.
Documentation Name
Code and Version
Usage of the product documentation:

1. How often do you use the documentation?
Frequently
Rarely
Never
Other (please specify)
2. When do you use the documentation?

in starting up a project
in installing the product
in daily maintenance
in
troubleshooting
3. What is the percentage of the operations on the product for which you can get instruction from the
documentation?
100%
80%
50%
0%
4. Are you satisfied with the promptness with which we update the documentation?
Satisfied
Unsatisfied (your advice)
5. Which documentation form do you prefer?

Print edition
Electronic edition
Quality of the product documentation:

1. Is the information organized and presented clearly?
Very
Somewhat
Not at all (your advice)
2. How do you like the language style of the documentation?

Good
Normal
Poor (please specify)
3. Are any contents in the documentation inconsistent with the product?
4. Is the information complete in the documentation?

Yes
No (please specify)
5. Are the product working principles and the relevant technologies covered in the documentation
sufficient for you to get known and use the product?
Yes
No (please specify)
6. Can you successfully implement a task following the operation steps given in the documentation?
Yes (please give an example)
No (please specify the reason)
7. Which parts of the documentation are you satisfied with?
8. Which parts of the documentation are you unsatisfied with? Why?
9. What is your opinion on the Figures in the documentation?

Beautiful
Unbeautiful (your advice)
Practical
Unpractical (your advice)
10. What is your opinion on the layout of the documentation?

Beautiful
Unbeautiful (your advice)
11. Thinking of the documentations you have ever read offered by other companies, how would you
compare our documentation to them?

Product documentations from other companies:
Satisfied (please specify)
Unsatisfied (please specify)
12. Additional comments about our documentation or suggestions on how we can improve:
Thank you for your assistance. Please fax or send the completed survey to us at the contact information
included in the documentation. If you have any questions or concerns about this survey please email at
edit@fiberhome.com.cn.

AN5516-06 Optical Line Terminal Equipment GUI Reference

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AN5516-06 Optical Line Terminal Equipment GUI Reference

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AN5516-06

Optical Line Terminal Equipment

FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

Thank you for choosing our products.

We appreciate your business. Your satisfaction is our

+86 27 8769 1549

+86 27 8769 1755

are trademarks of FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

All rights reserved

AN5516-06 Optical Line

Introduces the retrieval method, contents, releasing,

reading approach, and suggestion feedback method for the

complete manual set for the AN5516-06.

AN5516-06 Optical Line

features, hardware structure, FTTx application model,

AN5516-06 Optical Line

including GPON / EPON access, GPON / EPON terminal

AN5516-06 Optical Line

Introduces the appearance, structure, functions, technical

AN5516-06 Optical Line

from unpacking inspection to power-on examination after

Terminal Equipment Installation

the equipment is delivered on site, and provides reference

information (e.g. safety principles and wiring scheme of a

AN5516-06 Optical Line

Management System, such as basic configuration, voice

Terminal Equipment EPON

service configuration, data service configuration, multicast

service configuration, and software upgrading configuration,

AN5516-06 Optical Line

AN5516-06 inside ANM2000 Network Management

AN5516-06 Optical Line

AN5516-06s components, including preparations,

Terminal Equipment Component

precautions, early operations, operation process and

subsequent operations, so as to guide users with the

AN5516-06 Optical Line

Introduces routine maintenance operations of the

Terminal Equipment Routine

AN5516-06, including remote maintenance and on-site

AN5516-06 Optical Line

Introduces the AN5516-06s alarm information and event

AN5516-06 Optical Line

fault diagnosis and locating for the AN5516-06. Also

AN5516-06 Optical Line

Introduces the AN5516-06 installation and cable connection

Terminal Equipment Quick

and layout using diagrams to guide a quick installation for

Operation and maintenance engineers

To utilize this manual, these prerequisite skills are necessary:

Access network technology

Ethernet switch technology

Computer network technology

Basic operation methods of the ANM2000

FiberHome AN5516-06 Optical Line Terminal Equipment

4EPON-C Interface Card (type B)

8EPON-C Interface Card (type B)

4GPON-B Interface Card (type B)

8GPON-C Interface Card (type B)

1STM-1 Optical Interface Card (CES Mode)

32E1 Optical Interface Card (CES mode) (type B)

Public Card (type A)

Core Switch Card (EPON) (card number: 2.115.334)

4GE +110GE Optical Interface Uplink Card